BLACKROCK NEW JERSEY MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

497 1 d497.htm BLACKROCK NEW JERSEY MUNICIPAL BOND FUND BLACKROCK NEW JERSEY MUNICIPAL BOND FUND


EQUITIES		FIXED INCOME		REAL ESTATE		LIQUIDITY		ALTERNATIVES		BLACKROCK SOLUTIONS

BlackRock

New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund of BlackRock Multi-State Municipal Series Trust

Prospectus

September 29, 2008

This Prospectus contains information you should know before investing, including information about risks. Please read it before you invest and keep it for future reference.

NOT FDIC INSURED

MAY LOSE VALUE

NO BANK GUARANTEE

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

LOGO

Table of Contents


*Key Facts*	BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund at a Glance	3

	Risk/Return Bar Chart	4

	Fees and Expenses	6

*Details About the Fund*	How the Fund Invests	10
*Details About the Fund*	Investment Risks	11

	Statement of Additional Information	14

*Your Account*	Pricing of Shares	15

	Distribution and Service Plans	21

	How to Buy, Sell, Transfer and Exchange Shares	22

	How Shares are Priced	28

	Participation in Fee-Based Programs	29

	Dividends and Taxes	30

	Electronic Delivery	31

	Delivery of Shareholder Documents	31

*Management of the Fund*	BlackRock Advisors, LLC	32
*Management of the Fund*	Financial Highlights	34



*For More Information*	Shareholder Reports	Back Cover
*For More Information*	Statement of Additional Information	Back Cover

Key Facts

IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS

In an effort to help you better understand the many concepts involved in making an investment decision, we have defined highlighted terms in this Prospectus in the sidebar.

Investment Grade — any of the four highest debt obligation rating categories used by recognized rating agencies, including Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings.

New Jersey Municipal Bond — a debt obligation issued by or on behalf of a governmental entity in New Jersey or other qualifying issuer that pays interest that is, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer, excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes and exempt from New Jersey personal income taxes.

Credit Risk — the risk that the issuer of a bond or other fixed-income security will be unable to pay the interest or principal when due.

Call and Redemption Risk — the risk that a bond’s issuer may call a bond held by the Fund for redemption before it matures.

BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund at a Glance

What is the Fund’s investment objective?

The investment objective of the Fund is to provide shareholders with income that is exempt from Federal income tax and New Jersey personal income taxes.

What are the Fund’s main investment strategies?

The Fund invests primarily in a portfolio of long term investment grade New Jersey municipal bonds. These bonds may be obligations of a variety of issuers including governmental entities in New Jersey and issuers located in Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in New Jersey municipal bonds. When choosing investments, Fund management considers various factors, including the credit quality of issuers, yield analysis, maturity analysis and the call features of the obligations. Under normal conditions, the Fund’s weighted average maturity will be more than ten years.

What are the main risks of investing in the Fund?

The Fund cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective.

As with any fund, the value of the Fund’s investments — and, therefore, the value of Fund shares — may fluctuate. These changes may occur in response to interest rate changes or other factors that may affect the municipal bond market generally, or a particular issuer or obligation. Generally, when interest rates go up, the value of debt instruments like municipal bonds goes down. Also, Fund management may select securities that underperform the municipal bond markets, the relevant indices or securities selected by other funds with similar investment objectives and investment strategies. Prices of longer term securities generally change more in response to interest rate changes than prices of shorter term securities. If the value of the Fund’s investments goes down, you may lose money.

The Fund’s investments in municipal bonds are also subject to credit risk and call and redemption risk.

The Fund is a non-diversified fund, which means that it may invest more of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than if it were a diversified fund. For this reason, the risks associated with and developments affecting an individual issuer may have a greater impact on the Fund’s performance. In addition, since the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in New Jersey municipal bonds, it is more exposed to negative political or economic factors in New Jersey than a fund that invests more widely.

Who should invest?

Investors should consider their own investment goals, time horizon and risk tolerance before investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors and is not intended to be a complete investment program. The Fund may be an appropriate investment for you if you:

Are looking for income that is exempt from Federal income tax and New Jersey personal income tax

Want a professionally managed portfolio without the administrative burdens of direct investments in municipal bonds

Are looking for liquidity

Can tolerate the risk of loss caused by negative political or economic developments in New Jersey, changes in interest rates or adverse changes in the price of bonds in general

Risk/Return Bar Chart

The bar chart and table shown below provide an indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows changes in the Fund’s performance for Institutional shares for each of the past ten calendar years. Sales charges are not reflected in the bar chart. If these amounts were reflected, returns would be less than those shown. The table compares the average annual total returns for each class of the Fund’s shares with those of the Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index, a broad measure of market performance. How the Fund performed in the past (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the Fund will perform in the future.

LOGO

During the period shown in the bar chart, the highest return for a quarter was 4.66% (quarter ended December 31, 2000) and the lowest return for a quarter was -2.67% (quarter ended September 30, 1999). The year-to-date return as of June 30, 2008 was -0.88%.

After-tax returns are shown only for Institutional shares and will vary for other classes. The after-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest applicable marginal Federal individual income tax rates in effect during the periods measured and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. The after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts or through tax-advantaged education savings accounts.


Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2007)	One Year	Five Years	Ten Years
BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund — Investor A(a):
Return Before Taxes(b)	-3.53%	3.48%	3.78%
BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund — Investor A1(c):
Return Before Taxes(b)	-3.05%	3.71%	3.99%
BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund — Investor B(a):
Return Before Taxes(b)	-4.34%	3.26%	3.46%
BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund — Investor B1(c):
Return Before Taxes(b)	-3.37%	3.76%	3.97%
BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund — Investor C(a):
Return Before Taxes(b)	-0.87%	3.61%	3.46%
BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund — Investor C1(c):
Return Before Taxes(b)	-0.57%	4.02%	3.88%
BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund — Institutional(d):
Return Before Taxes(b)	0.97%	4.64%	4.49%
Return After Taxes on Distributions(b)	0.95%	4.63%	4.39%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares(b)	2.16%	4.64%	4.46%
BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund — Service(e):
Return Before Taxes(b)	0.84%	4.38%	4.23%
Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index(f)	3.36%	4.30%	5.18%

(a)

Prior to the Investor A, Investor B and Investor C inception date of October 2, 2006, the returns for Investor A, Investor B and Investor C shares are based upon performance of the Fund’s Institutional shares. The returns for Investor A, Investor B and Investor C shares, however, are adjusted to reflect the distribution and service (12b-1) fees applicable to such shares. Investor B shares automatically convert to Investor A shares after approximately seven years. Investor B shares are generally no longer available for purchase except for exchanges and dividend and capital gain reinvestment for existing shareholders. See “Your Account — How to Buy, Sell, Transfer and Exchange Shares.”

(b)	Includes all applicable fees and sales charges.

(c)	Investor A1, Investor B1 and Investor C1 shares are no longer available for purchase except for dividend and capital gain reinvestment for existing shareholders. See “Your Account — How to Buy, Sell, Transfer and Exchange Shares.”

(d)	The returns for Institutional shares do not reflect the Institutional front end sales charge in effect prior to December 31, 2005. If the sales charge were included, the returns shown for Institutional shares would be lower.

(e)	Prior to the Service class inception date of October 2, 2006, the returns for Service shares are based on the performance of the Institutional shares adjusted to reflect the service (12b-1) fees applicable to Service shares.

(f)	This unmanaged index consists of long-term revenue bonds, prerefunded bonds, general obligation bonds and insured bonds. Performance of the index does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses, or taxes. Past performance is not predictive of future performance.

UNDERSTANDING EXPENSES

Fund investors pay various fees and expenses, either directly or indirectly. Listed below are some of the main types of expenses that the Fund may charge:

Expenses paid directly by the shareholder:

Shareholder Fees — these fees include sales charges that you may pay when you buy or sell shares of the Fund.

Expenses paid indirectly by the shareholder:

Annual Fund Operating Expenses — expenses that cover the costs of operating the Fund.

Management Fee — a fee paid to the Manager for managing the Fund.

Distribution Fees — fees used to support the Fund’s marketing and distribution efforts, such as compensating financial advisers and other financial intermediaries, advertising and promotion.

Service Fees — fees used to compensate securities dealers and other financial intermediaries for shareholder servicing activities.

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses — fees and expenses charged by other investment companies in which the Fund invests a portion of its assets.

Fees and Expenses

The Fund offers eight different classes of shares. Although your money will be invested the same way no matter which class of shares you buy, there are differences among the fees and expenses associated with each class. Not everyone is eligible to buy every class. After determining which classes you are eligible to buy, decide which class best suits your needs. Your financial adviser or other financial intermediary can help you with this decision.

This table shows the different fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold the different classes of shares of the Fund. Future expenses may be greater or less than those indicated below.


Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)(a)	Investor A		Investor A1(b)		Investor B(c)		Investor B1(b)(c)		Investor C		Investor C1(b)		Institutional	Service
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a percentage of offering price)	4.25%	(d)	4.00%	(d)	None		None		None		None		None	None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of original purchase price or redemption proceeds, whichever is lower)	None	(e)	None	(e)	4.50%	(d)	4.00%	(d)	1.00%	(d)	1.00%	(d)	None	None
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on dividend reinvestments	None		None		None		None		None		None		None	None
Redemption Fee	None		None		None		None		None		None		None	None
Exchange Fee	None		None		None		None		None		None		None	None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets):
Management Fee(h)	0.55%		0.55%		0.55%		0.55%		0.55%		0.55%		0.55%	0.55%
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees(f)	0.25%		0.10%		1.00%		0.50%		1.00%		0.60%		None	0.25%
Other expenses (including transfer agency fees)(g)(j)	0.15%		0.18%		0.16%		0.18%		0.16%		0.16%		0.13%	0.19%
Interest Expense(i)	0.18%		0.18%		0.18%		0.18%		0.18%		0.18%		0.18%	0.18%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses(j)	0.01%		0.01%		0.01%		0.01%		0.01%		0.01%		0.01%	0.01%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses(h)(i)(j)	1.14%		1.02%		1.90%		1.42%		1.90%		1.50%		0.87%	1.18%

(a)

In addition, certain selected securities dealers or other financial intermediaries may charge clients a processing fee when a client buys or redeems shares. For example, Merrill Lynch generally charges a fee of $5.35 when a client buys or redeems shares. Also, PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC GIS”), formerly known as PFPC Inc., the transfer agent, charges a fee of $7.50 for redemption payments made by wire transfer and $15 for redemption by check sent via overnight mail. See “Your Account — How to Buy, Sell, Transfer and Exchange Shares.”

(b)	As of October 2, 2006, Investor A1, Investor B, Investor B1 and Investor C1 shares generally are no longer available for purchase but continue to be available for dividend and capital gain reinvestment. See “Your Account — How to Buy, Sell, Transfer and Exchange Shares.”

(c)

Investor B and Investor B1 shares automatically convert to Investor A and Investor A1 shares, respectively, approximately seven years and ten years, respectively, after you buy them and will no longer be subject to distribution fees and in the case of Investor B1 shares will be subject to lower service fees. As of October 2, 2006, Investor B shares generally are not available for purchase but are available for exchanges and for dividend and capital gain reinvestment. See “Your Account — How to Buy, Sell, Transfer and Exchange Shares.”

(d)	Some investors may qualify for reductions in or waivers of the sales charge (load). See “Your Account — Pricing of Shares.”

(e)	You may pay a deferred sales charge of 0.50% if you purchase $1 million or more and you redeem within 18 months (Investor A shares) or one year (Investor A1 shares).

(f)	If you hold Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C or Investor C1 shares over time, it may cost you more in distribution and service (12b-1) fees than the maximum sales charge that you would have paid if you had bought one of the other classes.

(g)	PNC GIS, an affiliate of the Manager, provides transfer agency services to the Fund. The Fund pays a fee for these services. The Manager or its affiliates also provide certain accounting services to the Fund and the Fund reimburses the Manager or its affiliates for such services.

(h)

On October 16, 2006, the Fund acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities of BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Portfolio, a portfolio of BlackRock Funds (the “Reorganization”). The Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive and/or reimburse fees and/or expenses in order to limit expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses) as per the “Voluntary Expense Cap” column below. The Manager may reduce or discontinue these voluntary waivers and/or reimbursements at any time without notice; however, the Manager has agreed not to reduce or discontinue these waivers or reimbursements for a period of two years after the closing of the Reorganization unless approved by the Trustees of the BlackRock Multi-State Municipal Series Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees. In addition to these voluntary waivers, the Manager may waive a portion of the Fund’s management fee in connection with the Fund’s investment in an affiliated money market fund. Taking these voluntary waivers into account, the Total Net Annual Fund Operating Expenses (including acquired fund fees and expenses) would be:


Share Class	Voluntary Expense Cap	Total Net Annual Fund Operating Expenses
Investor A	0.85%	0.85%
Investor A1	0.70%	0.71%
Investor B	1.60%	1.58%
Investor B1	1.10%	1.11%
Investor C	1.60%	1.59%
Investor C1	1.20%	1.21%
Institutional	N/A	0.67%
Service	0.85%	0.86%

(i)

For financial reporting purposes, the Fund is required to report interest expense associated with the Fund’s investments in residual interest bonds (also known as “inverse floaters”). However, the Fund did not actually pay such interest expense. Excluding such interest expense and any waivers/reimbursements, the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (including Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses) for Investor A, Investor A1, Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1, Institutional and Service shares would be 0.96%, 0.84%, 1.72%, 1.24%, 1.72%, 1.33%, 0.69%, and 1.00% respectively.

(j)	The Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to average net assets given in the Fund’s annual report, which does not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses.

Examples:

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

These examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated, that your investment has a 5% return each year, that you pay the sales charges, if any, that apply to the particular class and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. These assumptions are not meant to indicate you will receive a 5% annual rate of return. Your annual return may be more or less than the 5% used in these examples. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions (including interest expense as reported in the fee table) your costs would be:


EXPENSES IF YOU DID REDEEM YOUR SHARES:

	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
Investor A	$536	$772	$1,026	$1,752
Investor A1	$500	$712	$941	$1,598
Investor B	$643	$947	$1,226	$1,931(a)
Investor B1	$545	$749	$976	$1,702
Investor C	$293	$597	$1,026	$2,222
Investor C1	$253	$474	$818	$1,791
Institutional	$89	$278	$482	$1,073
Service	$120	$375	$649	$1,432

EXPENSES IF YOU DID NOT REDEEM YOUR SHARES:

	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
Investor A	$536	$772	$1,026	$1,752
Investor A1	$500	$712	$941	$1,598
Investor B	$193	$597	$1,026	$1,931(a)
Investor B1	$145	$449	$776	$1,702
Investor C	$193	$597	$1,026	$2,222
Investor C1	$153	$474	$818	$1,791
Institutional	$89	$278	$482	$1,073
Service	$120	$375	$649	$1,432

(a)	Assumes conversion to Investor A shares approximately seven years after purchase. See note (c) to the Fees and Expenses table shown on the previous page.


EXPENSES IF YOU DID REDEEM YOUR SHARES:

	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
Investor A	$519	$718	$933	$1,553
Investor A1	$482	$657	$847	$1,396
Investor B	$625	$892	$1,133	$1,734(a)
Investor B1	$526	$693	$881	$1,500
Investor C	$275	$542	$933	$2,030
Investor C1	$235	$421	$729	$1,601
Institutional	$70	$221	$384	$859
Service	$102	$318	$552	$1,225

EXPENSES IF YOU DID NOT REDEEM YOUR SHARES:

	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
Investor A	$519	$718	$933	$1,553
Investor A1	$482	$657	$847	$1,396
Investor B	$175	$542	$933	$1,734(a)
Investor B1	$126	$393	$681	$1,500
Investor C	$175	$542	$933	$2,030
Investor C1	$135	$421	$729	$1,601
Institutional	$70	$221	$384	$859
Service	$102	$318	$552	$1,225

(a)	Assumes conversion to Investor A shares approximately seven years after purchase. See note (c) to the Fees and Expenses table shown on page 6.

Details About the Fund

ABOUT THE PORTFOLIO MANAGER

BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund is managed by a team of financial professionals comprised of Timothy T. Browse, Theodore R. Jaeckel and Walter O’Connor.

ABOUT THE MANAGER AND THE SUB-ADVISER

The Fund is managed by BlackRock Advisors, LLC and sub-advised by BlackRock Investment Management, LLC. As used in this Prospectus, the term “Manager” includes, where applicable, the sub-adviser.

How the Fund Invests

The Fund’s investment objective is to provide shareholders with income that is exempt from Federal income tax and New Jersey personal income taxes.

Outlined below are the main strategies the Fund uses in seeking to achieve its objective:

The Fund invests primarily in long term investment grade New Jersey municipal bonds. These may be obligations of a variety of issuers including governmental entities or other qualifying issuers. Issuers may be located in New Jersey or in other qualifying jurisdictions such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam. Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in New Jersey municipal bonds.

The Fund may invest in either fixed rate or variable rate obligations. At least 80% of the Fund’s assets will be invested in investment grade securities.

Under normal conditions, the Fund’s weighted average maturity will be more than ten years.

The diverse economic activity in New Jersey consists of a variety of manufacturing, construction and service industries, and is supplemented by rural areas with selective commercial agriculture. Fund management believes that current economic conditions in New Jersey will enable the Fund to continue to invest in high quality New Jersey municipal bonds.

Fund management considers a variety of factors when choosing investments, such as:

Credit Quality of Issuers — based on bond ratings and other factors including economic and financial conditions.

Yield Analysis — takes into account factors such as the different yields available on different types of obligations and the shape of the yield curve (longer term obligations typically have higher yields).

Maturity Analysis — the weighted average maturity of the portfolio will be maintained within a desirable range as determined from time to time. Factors considered include portfolio activity, maturity of the supply of available bonds and the shape of the yield curve.

In addition, Fund management considers the availability of features that protect against an early call of a bond by the issuer.

Other Strategies. In addition to the main strategies discussed above, the Fund may use certain other investment strategies.

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in high yield bonds (also known as “junk” bonds); however, the Fund will not invest in bonds that are in default or that Fund management believes will be in default.

For temporary periods, the Fund may invest up to 35% of its assets in short term tax-exempt or taxable money market obligations, although the Fund will not generally invest more than 20% of its net assets in taxable money market obligations. As a temporary measure for defensive purposes, the Fund may invest without limitation in short term tax-exempt

or taxable money market obligations. These short term investments may limit the potential for the Fund to achieve its objective.

The Fund may use derivatives for hedging purposes or to seek to enhance returns. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is derived from another security or an index such as the Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index. Derivatives may be volatile and subject to liquidity, leverage and credit risks.

The Fund may also invest uninvested cash balances in affiliated money market funds.

The Fund’s investments may include private activity bonds that may subject certain shareholders to a Federal alternative minimum tax.

Investment Risks

This section contains a summary discussion of the general risks of investing in the Fund. As with any fund, there can be no guarantee that the Fund will meet its objective or that the Fund’s performance will be positive for any period of time.

Set forth below are the main risks of investing in the Fund:

Market Risk and Selection Risk — Market risk is the risk that one or more markets in which the Fund invests will go down in value, including the possibility that a market will go down sharply and unpredictably. Selection risk is the risk that the securities or other instruments that Fund management selects will underperform the markets, the relevant indices or the securities selected by other funds with similar investment objectives and investment strategies.

Credit Risk — Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security will be unable to pay interest or repay the principal when due. Changes in an issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer. The degree of credit risk depends on both the financial condition of the issuer and the terms of the obligation.

Interest Rate Risk — Interest rate risk is the risk that prices of fixed income securities generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates increase. Prices of longer term securities generally change more in response to interest rate changes than prices of shorter term securities. The Fund may lose money if short-term or long-term interest rates rise sharply in a manner not anticipated by Fund management.

State Specific Risk — The Fund will invest primarily in New Jersey municipal bonds. As a result, the Fund is more exposed to risks affecting issuers in New Jersey than is a municipal bond fund that invests more widely. New Jersey and the nation are expected to continue to experience moderating economic growth in 2008. In the Beige Book on economic performance released by the Federal Reserve Board on June 11, 2008, the Federal Reserve Board stated that economic activity remained generally weak. The latest New Jersey economic forecasts from Global Insight, Moody’s, Economy.com and Rutgers University expect continued economic growth at a moderate pace; however, financial market stresses and the slowing housing sector may lead to further slowing of economic growth. New Jersey and the nation may experience further near-term deterioration in growth and the expected pace of economic expansion may stall if consumers, investors and businesses become more concerned about energy prices, financial market turmoil and geopolitical tensions. To a large extent, the future direction of the economy nationally and in New Jersey hinges on the assumptions regarding economic recession, energy prices and stability in financial markets. Currently, S&P rates the State of New Jersey’s general obligations AA. Moody’s and Fitch rate the State of New Jersey’s general obligation bonds Aa2 and AA-, respectively.

Call and Redemption Risk — A bond’s issuer may call a bond for redemption before it matures. If this happens to a bond the Fund holds, the Fund may lose income and may have to invest the proceeds in bonds with lower yields.

General Obligation Bonds — The faith, credit and taxing power of the issuer of a general obligation bond secures payment of interest and repayment of principal. Timely payments depend on the issuer’s credit quality, ability to raise tax revenues and ability to maintain an adequate tax base.

Revenue Bonds — Payments of interest and principal on revenue bonds are made only from the revenues generated by a particular facility or class of facilities, or the proceeds of a special tax or other revenue source. These payments depend on the money earned by the particular facility or class of facilities or the amount of revenues derived from another revenue source.

Moral Obligation Bonds — Moral obligation bonds are generally issued by special purpose public authorities of a state or municipality. If the issuer is unable to meet its obligations, repayment of these bonds becomes a moral commitment, but not a legal obligation, of the state or municipality.

Municipal Notes — Municipal notes are shorter term municipal debt obligations. They may provide interim financing in anticipation of, and are secured by, tax collection, bond sales or revenue receipts. If there is a shortfall in the anticipated proceeds, the notes may not be fully repaid and the Fund may lose money.

Municipal Lease Obligations — In a municipal lease obligation, the issuer agrees to make payments when due on the lease obligation. The issuer will generally appropriate municipal funds for that purpose, but is not obligated to do so. Although the issuer does not pledge its unlimited taxing power for payment of the lease obligation, the lease obligation is secured by the leased property. However, if the issuer does not fulfill its payment obligation, it may be difficult to sell the property and the proceeds of a sale may not cover the Fund’s loss.

Non-Diversification Risk — The Fund is a non-diversified fund. Because the Fund may invest in securities of a smaller number of issuers, the Fund may be more exposed to the risks associated with and developments affecting an individual issuer than a fund that invests more widely, which may, therefore, have a greater impact on the Fund’s performance.

The Fund may also be subject to certain other risks associated with its investments and investment strategies, including:

Borrowing and Leverage Risk — The Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet redemptions, for the payment of dividends, for share repurchases or for the clearance of transactions. Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of Fund shares and in the return on the Fund’s portfolio. Borrowing will cost the Fund interest expense and other fees. The costs of borrowing may reduce the Fund’s return. Certain derivative securities that the Fund may buy or other techniques that the Fund may use may create leverage, including, but not limited to, when issued securities, forward commitments and futures contracts and options.

Insured Municipal Bonds — Bonds purchased by the Fund may be covered by insurance that guarantees timely interest payments and repayment of principal on maturity. If a bond’s insurer fails to fulfill its obligations or loses its credit rating, the value of the bond could drop. Insurance does not protect the Fund or its shareholders from losses caused by declines in a bond’s market value.

Junk Bonds — Junk bonds are debt securities that are rated below investment grade by the major rating agencies or are unrated securities that Fund management believes are of comparable quality. Although junk bonds generally pay higher rates of interest than investment grade bonds, they are high risk investments that may cause income and principal losses for the Fund. Junk bonds generally are less liquid and experience more price volatility than higher rated debt securities. Issuers of junk bonds may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade debt securities. In the event of an issuer’s bankruptcy, claims of other creditors may have priority over the claims of junk bond holders, leaving few or no assets available to repay junk bond holders. Junk bonds may be subject to greater call and redemption risk than higher rated debt securities.

When Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments — The Fund may purchase or sell securities that it is entitled to receive on a when issued basis. The Fund may also purchase or sell securities on a delayed delivery basis or through a forward commitment. When issued and delayed delivery securities and forward commitments involve the risk that the security the Fund buys will lose value prior to its delivery. There also is the risk that the security will not be issued or that the other party to the transaction will not meet its obligation. If this occurs, the Fund loses both the investment opportunity for the assets it set aside to pay for the security and any gain in the security’s price.

Variable Rate Demand Obligations — Variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”) are floating rate securities that combine an interest in a long term municipal bond with a right to demand payment before maturity from a bank or other financial institution. If the bank or financial institution is unable to pay, the Fund may lose money.

Taxability Risk — The Fund intends to minimize the payment of taxable income to shareholders by investing in tax-exempt or municipal securities in reliance at the time of purchase on an opinion of bond counsel to the issuer that the interest paid on those securities will be excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes. Such securities, however, may be determined to pay, or have paid, taxable income subsequent to the Fund’s acquisition of the securities. In that event, the Internal Revenue Service may demand that the Fund pay Federal income taxes on the affected interest income, and, if the Fund agrees to do so, the Fund’s yield could be adversely affected. In addition, the treatment of dividends previously paid or to be paid by the Fund as “exempt-interest dividends” could be adversely affected, subjecting the Fund’s shareholders to increased Federal income tax liabilities. If the interest paid on any tax-exempt or municipal security held by the Fund is subsequently determined to be taxable, the Fund will dispose of that security as soon as reasonably practicable.

Illiquid Securities — The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities that it cannot sell within seven days at approximately current value. If the Fund buys illiquid securities it may be unable to quickly sell them or may be able to sell them only at a price below current value.

Restricted Securities — Restricted securities are securities that cannot be offered for public resale unless registered under the applicable securities laws or that have a contractual restriction that prohibits or limits their resale. They may include private placement securities that have not been registered under the applicable securities laws. Restricted securities may not be listed on an exchange and may have no active trading market.

Restricted securities may be illiquid. The Fund may be unable to sell them on short notice or may be able to sell them only at a price below current value. Also, the Fund may get only limited information about the issuer of a restricted security, so it may be less able to predict a loss. In addition, if Fund management receives material nonpublic information about the issuer, the Fund may as a result be unable to sell the securities.

Derivatives — The Fund may use derivative instruments to hedge its investments or to seek to enhance returns. Derivatives allow the Fund to increase or decrease its risk exposure more quickly and efficiently than other types of instruments. Derivatives are volatile and involve significant risks, including:

Credit risk — the risk that the counterparty (the party on the other side of the transaction) on a derivative transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to the Fund.

Leverage risk — the risk associated with certain types of investments or trading strategies that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain investments or trading strategies that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested.

Liquidity risk — the risk that certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time that the seller would like or at the price that the seller believes the security is currently worth.

The Fund may use derivatives for hedging purposes, including anticipatory hedges. Hedging is a strategy in which the Fund uses a derivative to offset the risks associated with other Fund holdings. While hedging can reduce losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains or cause losses if the market moves in a different manner than anticipated by the Fund or if the cost of the derivative outweighs the benefit of the hedge. Hedging also involves the risk that changes in the value of the derivative will not match those of the holdings being hedged as expected by the Fund, in which case any losses on the holdings being hedged may not be reduced and may be increased. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s hedging strategy will reduce risk or that hedging transactions will be either available or cost effective. The Fund is not required to use hedging and may choose not to do so.

Because the Fund may use derivatives to seek to enhance returns, its investments will expose the Fund to the risks outlined above to a greater extent than if the Fund used derivatives solely for hedging purposes. Use of derivatives to seek to enhance returns may be considered speculative.

Indexed and Inverse Floating Rate Securities — The Fund may invest in securities the potential return of which is directly related to changes in an underlying index or interest rate, known as indexed securities. The return on indexed securities will rise when the underlying index or interest rate rises and fall when the index or interest rate falls. The Fund may also invest in securities the return of which is inversely related to changes in an interest rate (inverse floaters). The Fund may also purchase synthetically created inverse floating rate bonds evidenced by custodial or trust receipts. In general, income on inverse floaters will decrease when interest rates increase and increase when interest rates decrease. Investments in inverse floaters may subject the Fund to the risks of reduced or eliminated interest payments and losses of principal. In addition, certain indexed securities and inverse floaters may increase or decrease in value at a greater rate than the underlying interest rate, which effectively leverages the Fund’s investment. As a result, the market value of such securities will generally be more volatile than that of fixed rate securities and the net asset value of the Fund’s shares may be more volatile than if the Fund did not invest in such securities. Certain of these inverse floating rate investments may be presented, for financial reporting purposes, as secured borrowings by the Fund.

Swap Agreements — Swap agreements involve the risk that the party with whom the Fund has entered into the swap will default on its obligation to pay the Fund and the risk that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligations to pay the other party to the agreement.

Private Activity Bonds — Municipalities and other public authorities issue private activity bonds to finance development of industrial facilities for use by a private enterprise. The private enterprise pays the principal and interest on the bond, and the issuer does not pledge its faith, credit and taxing power for repayment. If the private enterprise defaults on its payments, the Fund may not receive any income or get its money back from the investment.

Investment in Other Investment Companies — The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange traded funds. As with other investments, investments in other investment companies are subject to market and selection risk. In addition, if the Fund acquires shares of investment companies, shareholders bear both their proportionate share of expenses in the Fund (including management and advisory fees) and, indirectly, the expenses of the investment companies.

Statement of Additional Information

If you would like further information about the Fund, including how it invests, please see the Statement of Additional Information.

For a discussion of the Fund’s policies and procedures regarding the selective disclosure of its portfolio holdings, please see the Statement of Additional Information. The Fund makes its top ten holdings available on a monthly basis at www.blackrock.com generally within 5 business days after the end of the month to which the information applies.

Your Account

Pricing of Shares

The Fund offers eight share classes, each with its own sales charge and expense structure, allowing you to invest in the way that best suits your needs. Each share class represents an ownership interest in the same investment portfolio. When you choose your class of shares you should consider the size of your investment and how long you plan to hold your shares. Your financial adviser or other financial intermediary can help you determine which share class is best suited to your personal financial goals.

For example, if you select Institutional shares of the Fund, you will not pay any sales charge. However, only certain investors may buy Institutional shares. If you select Investor A shares of the Fund, you generally pay a sales charge at the time of purchase and an ongoing service fee of 0.25% per year. You may be eligible for a sales charge reduction or waiver.

If you select Investor C shares, you will invest the full amount of your purchase price, but you will be subject to a distribution fee of 0.75% per year and a service fee of 0.25% per year on an ongoing basis under plans adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). Because these fees are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges. In addition, you may be subject to a deferred sales charge when you sell Investor C shares.

Investor A1, Investor B, Investor B1 and Investor C1 shares are offered on a very limited basis as described below. Investor A and Investor A1 shares are subject to an ongoing service fee. Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C and Investor C1 shares are subject to ongoing service and distribution fees and may be subject to a deferred sales charge.

The Fund’s shares are distributed by BlackRock Investments, Inc. (the “Distributor”), an affiliate of the Manager.

The table below summarizes key features of each of the Fund’s share classes.

Investor A

Investor A1

Investor B

Investor B1

Investor C

Investor C1

Institutional

Service

Availability

Generally available through selected securities dealers and other financial intermediaries.

Available only for dividend and capital gain reinvestment.

Available only for exchange and for dividend and capital gain reinvestment.

Available only for dividend and capital gain reinvestment.

Generally available through selected securities dealers and other financial intermediaries.

Available only for dividend and capital gain reinvestment.

Limited to certain eligible investors including:

Ÿ Current Institutional shareholders that meet certain requirements

Ÿ Participants in certain programs sponsored by the Manager or its affiliates, or selected securities dealers or other financial intermediaries

Ÿ Certain employees and affiliates of the Manager or its affiliates

Limited to certain eligible investors including:

Ÿ Certain financial institutions, such as banks and brokerage firms, acting on behalf of their customers

Ÿ Certain persons who were shareholders of the Compass Capital Group of Funds at the time of its combination with The PNC^® Fund in 1996

Ÿ Participants in the Capital Directions^SM asset allocation program

Initial Sales Charge?

Yes. Payable at time of purchase. Lower sales charges available for larger investments.

No. Entire purchase price is invested in shares of the Fund.

Deferred Sales Charge?

No. (May be charged for purchases over $1 million that are redeemed within 18 months.)

No. (May be charged for purchases over $1 million that are redeemed within one year.)

Yes. Payable if you redeem within three years of purchase.

Yes. Payable if you redeem within six years of purchase.

Yes. Payable if you redeem within one year of purchase.

No.

Service and Distribution Fees?

0.25% Annual Service Fee; No Distribution Fee.

0.10% Annual Service Fee; No Distribution Fee.

0.25% Annual Service Fee; 0.75% Annual Distribution Fee

0.25% Annual Service Fee; 0.25% Annual Distribution Fee

0.25% Annual Service Fee. 0.75% Annual Distribution Fee.

0.25% Annual Service Fee. 0.35% Annual Distribution Fee.

0.25% Annual Service Fee; No Distribution Fee.

Redemption Fee?

No.

Conversion to Investor A/A1 shares?

N/A

Yes, to Investor A automatically after approximately seven years.

Yes, to Investor A1 automatically after approximately ten years.

No.

More information about existing sales charge reductions and waivers is available free of charge in a clear and prominent format via hyperlink at www.blackrock.com and in the Statement of Additional Information, which is available on the web site or by request.

Institutional Shares

Institutional shares are not subject to any sales charge. Only certain investors are eligible to buy Institutional shares. Your financial adviser or other financial intermediary can help you determine whether you are eligible to buy Institutional shares.

Eligible Institutional investors include the following:

Investors who currently own Institutional Shares of the Fund may make additional purchases of Institutional Shares of the Fund except for investors holding shares through certain omnibus accounts at financial intermediaries that are omnibus with the Fund and do not meet the applicable investment minimums

Institutional and individual retail investors with a minimum investment of $2 million who purchase through certain broker-dealers or directly from PNC GIS (the “Transfer Agent”)

Investors in selected fee based programs

Registered investment advisers with a minimum investment of $250,000

Trust department clients of PNC Bank and Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Company, FSB and their affiliates for whom they (i) act in a fiduciary capacity (excluding participant directed employee benefit plans); (ii) otherwise have investment discretion; or (iii) act as custodian for at least $2 million in assets

Unaffiliated banks, thrifts or trust companies that have agreements with the Distributor

Holders of certain Merrill Lynch sponsored unit investment trusts (UITs) who reinvest dividends received from such UITs in shares of the Fund

Employees and directors/trustees of BlackRock Inc., BlackRock funds, Merrill Lynch and Co, Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”), The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) or their affiliates

Investor A and Investor A1 Shares — Initial Sales Charge Option

If you select Investor A shares of the Fund, you will pay a sales charge at the time of purchase as shown in the following table.



Your Investment	As a % of Offering Price	As a % of Your Investment^(a)	Dealer Compensation as a % of Offering Price
Less than $100,000	4.25%	4.44%	4.00%
$100,000 but less than $250,000	3.25%	3.36%	3.00%
$250,000 but less than $500,000	2.50%	2.56%	2.25%
$500,000 but less than $1,000,000	2.25%	2.30%	2.00%
$1,000,000 and over(b)	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

(a)	Rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent.

(b)

If you invest $1,000,000 or more in Investor A shares, you will not pay an initial sales charge. In that case, the Manager compensates the selling dealer or other financial intermediary from its own funds. However, if you redeem your shares within 18 months after purchase, you may be charged a deferred sales charge of 0.50% of the lesser of the original cost of the shares being redeemed or your redemption proceeds.

Investor A1 shares are available only for reinvestment of dividends and capital gains. You may exchange your Investor A1 shares for Investor A shares of another BlackRock Fund, but if you exchange for a class with a higher front end sales charge, that higher charge may apply.

No initial sales charge applies to Investor A or Investor A1 shares that you buy through reinvestment of Fund dividends.

IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS

Right of Accumulation — permits you to pay the sales charge that would apply to the current value of all qualifying Investor class and Institutional shares taken together that you own in BlackRock Funds.

Letter of Intent — permits you to pay the sales charge that would apply if you add up all qualifying Investor class and Institutional shares of BlackRock Funds that you agree to buy within a 13 month period. Certain restrictions apply.

The table above shows the reduced sales charges for which you may qualify when you purchase Investor A shares of the Fund. You may qualify for these reductions through a single purchase or under a right of accumulation or letter of intent. These reductions will apply to the value of all qualifying holdings in shares of the Fund or other mutual funds advised by the Manager or its affiliates (“BlackRock Funds”) owned by you, your spouse and/or your children under the age of twenty-one and by a single trustee of a single trust estate or a single fiduciary for the benefit of such persons. For this purpose, the value of your holdings means the offering price of the newly purchased shares (including any applicable sales charge) plus the current value (including any sales charges paid) of all other shares you already hold taken together. For purposes of the right of accumulation, you may not combine with your other holdings shares held in pension, profit sharing or other employee benefit plans if those shares are held in the name of a nominee or custodian.

In order to receive a reduced sales charge, at the time you purchase shares of the Fund or any other BlackRock Fund, you should inform your financial adviser or other financial intermediary or the Transfer Agent of any other shares of the Fund or any other BlackRock Fund owned by you, your spouse and/or your children under the age of twenty-one or by a single trustee of a single trust estate or a single fiduciary for the benefit of such persons. These may include shares held in accounts held at a selected securities dealer, or another broker-dealer or other financial intermediary, including personal accounts, certain retirement accounts, employee benefit plan accounts, UGMA/UTMA accounts, Joint Tenancy accounts, trust accounts and Transfer on Death accounts, as well as shares purchased by a trust of which you are a beneficiary. Your financial adviser or other financial intermediary may request documentation — including account statements and records of the original cost of the shares owned by you, your spouse and/or your children under the age of twenty-one — from you to show that you qualify for a reduced sales charge. You should retain these records because — depending on where an account is held or the type of account — the Fund, its Transfer Agent, and/or your financial adviser or other financial intermediary may not be able to maintain this information. If you do not notify your financial adviser or other financial intermediary, or the BlackRock Funds, you may not receive the sales charge reduction to which you are otherwise entitled.

A sales charge waiver on a purchase of Investor A shares may also apply for:

Persons investing through an authorized payroll deduction plan

Persons investing through an authorized investment plan for organizations that operate under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”)

Registered investment advisers, trust companies and bank trust departments exercising discretionary investment authority with respect to amounts to be invested in the Fund

Persons associated with the Fund, the Fund’s Distributor, the Fund’s Manager, Sub-Adviser or Transfer Agent, and their affiliates

Persons participating in a fee-based program under which they (i) pay advisory fees to a broker-dealer or other financial institution or (ii) pay fees to a broker-dealer or other financial institution for providing transaction processing and other administrative services, but not investment advisory services

Employees of MetLife

If you invest $1,000,000 or more in Investor A shares, you will not pay any initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Investor A shares within 18 months after purchase, you may be charged a deferred sales charge of 0.50% of the lesser of the original cost of the shares being redeemed or your redemption proceeds. The deferred sales charge on Investor A shares is not charged in connection with (a) redemptions of Investor A shares purchased through authorized qualified employee benefit plans or savings plans and rollovers of current investments in a Fund through such plans; (b) exchanges described in “Exchange Your Shares” below; (c) redemptions made in connection with minimum required distributions due to the shareholder reaching age 70¹/2 from IRA and 403(b)(7) accounts; (d) redemptions made with respect to certain retirement plans sponsored by a Fund, BlackRock or its affiliates; (e) redemptions (i) within one year of a shareholder’s death or, if later, the receipt of a certified probate settlement (including in connection with the distribution of account assets to a beneficiary of the decedent) or (ii) in connection with a shareholder’s disability (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) subsequent to the purchase of Investor A shares; (f) involuntary redemptions of Investor A shares in accounts with low balances; (g) certain redemptions made pursuant to the Systematic Withdrawal Plan (described below); (h) redemptions related to the payment of PNC GIS custodial IRA fees; and (i) redemptions when a shareholder can demonstrate hardship, in the absolute discretion of the Fund.

If you are eligible to buy both Investor A and Institutional shares, you should buy Institutional shares since Investor A shares are subject to a front end sales charge and an annual 0.25% service fee, while Institutional shares are not. The Distributor normally pays the annual Investor A or Investor A1 service fee to dealers as a shareholder servicing fee on a monthly basis.

If you redeem Investor A, Investor A1 or Institutional shares and within 60 days buy new Investor A shares of the SAME BlackRock fund, you will not pay a sales charge on the new purchase amount. The amount eligible for this “Reinstatement Privilege” may not exceed the amount of your redemption proceeds and you may only exercise this privilege once in any twelve month period. To exercise the privilege, contact your financial adviser, selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary or notify the Fund’s Transfer Agent in writing at the address listed on the inside back cover of this Prospectus.

Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C and Investor C1 Shares — Deferred Sales Charge Options

If you select Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C or Investor C1 shares, you do not pay an initial sales charge at the time of purchase. Investor B shares of the Fund are available only through exchange and reinvestment of dividends and capital gains for current holders of such shares. Investor B1 and Investor C1 shares of the Fund are available for purchase only through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains for current holders of such shares. If you are a current shareholder of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C or Investor C1 shares, you may exchange your Investor B or Investor B1 shares for Investor B shares and your Investor C or Investor C1 shares for Investor C shares of another BlackRock Fund. The deferred sales charge that would have applied to a redemption of your original shares will also apply to a redemption of the shares you acquire in the exchange.

If you redeem your Investor B or Investor B1 shares within six years or your Investor C or Investor C1 shares within one year after purchase, you may be required to pay a deferred sales charge. No deferred sales charge applies to shares that you buy through reinvestment of dividends or capital gains. You will also pay ongoing combined distribution and service fees of 1.00% for Investor B or Investor C shares, 0.50% for Investor B1 shares and 0.60% for Investor C1 shares. Because these fees are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges. The Distributor uses the money that it receives from the deferred sales charges and the distribution fees to cover the costs of marketing, advertising and compensating the financial adviser, selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary who assists you in purchasing Fund shares.

The Distributor currently pays dealers a sales concession of 4.00% of the purchase price for Investor B and Investor B1 shares from its own resources at the time of sale. The Distributor also normally pays the annual Investor B or Investor B1 service fee to dealers as a shareholder servicing fee on a monthly basis. The Distributor normally retains the Investor B and Investor B1 shares distribution fee.

The Distributor currently pays dealers a sales concession of 1.00% of the purchase price of Investor C and Investor C1 shares from its own resources at the time of sale. The Distributor pays the annual Investor C and Investor C1 service fee as a shareholder servicing and the annual Investor C and Investor C1 distribution fee as an ongoing concession to dealers on a monthly basis for Investor C and Investor C1 shares held for over a year and normally retains the Investor C and Investor C1 distribution fee and service fee during the first year after purchase. Under certain circumstances, the Distributor will pay the full Investor C or Investor C1 shares distribution fee and service fee to dealers beginning in the first year after purchase in lieu of paying the sales concession.

Investor B and Investor B1 Shares

If you redeem Investor B or Investor B1 shares of the Fund within six years after purchase, you may be charged a deferred sales charge. No deferred sales charge applies to shares that you buy through reinvestment of dividends on capital gains. The amount of the charge gradually decreases as you hold your shares over time, according to the following schedule:


Years Since Purchase	Investor B	Investor B1(a)
0 – 1	4.50%	4.00%
1 – 2	4.00%	4.00%
2 – 3	3.50%	3.00%
3 – 4	3.00%	3.00%
4 – 5	2.00%	2.00%
5 – 6	1.00%	1.00%
6 and thereafter	0.00%	0.00%

(a)

For Investor B1 shares acquired before December 1, 2002, the four-year deferred sales charge schedule in effect at that time will apply. Not all BlackRock Funds have identical deferred sales charge schedules. If you exchange your shares for shares of another fund, the original sales charge schedule will apply.

Your Investor B shares convert automatically into Investor A shares approximately seven years after purchase and Investor B1 shares convert automatically into Investor A1 shares approximately ten years after purchase. Any Investor B or Investor B1 shares received through reinvestment of dividends paid on converting shares will also convert pro rata based on the amount of shares being converted. Investor A and Investor A1 shares are subject to lower annual expenses than Investor B or Investor B1 shares. The conversion of Investor B or Investor B1 shares to Investor A or Investor A1 shares, respectively, is not a taxable event for federal income tax purposes.

Different conversion schedules apply to Investor B shares of different BlackRock Funds. For example, Investor B shares of a fixed-income fund typically convert approximately ten years after purchase compared to approximately eight years for equity funds. If you acquire your Investor B or Investor B1 shares in an exchange from another fund with a different conversion schedule, the conversion schedule that applies to the shares you acquire in the exchange will apply. The length of time that you hold both the original and exchanged Investor B or Investor B1 shares in both funds will count toward the conversion schedule. The conversion schedule may be modified in certain other cases as well.

Investor C and Investor C1 Shares

If you redeem Investor C or Investor C1 shares within one year after purchase, you may be charged a deferred sales charge of 1.00%. The charge will apply to the lesser of the original cost of the shares being redeemed or the proceeds of your redemption. You will not be charged a deferred sales charge when you redeem shares that you acquire through reinvestment of Fund dividends or capital gains.

Investor C and Investor C1 shares do not offer a conversion privilege.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Waivers

The deferred sales charge relating to Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C or Investor C1 shares may be reduced or waived in certain circumstances, such as:

Exchanges pursuant to the exchange privilege

Redemptions resulting from shareholder death as long as the waiver request is made within one year of death or, if later, reasonably promptly following completion of probate (including in connection with the distribution of account assets to a beneficiary of the decedent)

Withdrawals resulting from shareholder disability (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) as long as the disability arose subsequent to the purchase of the shares

Involuntary redemptions made of shares in accounts with low balances

Certain redemptions made through the Systematic Withdrawal Plan offered by the Fund, the Manager or their affiliates

Redemptions related to the payment of PFPC custodial IRA fees.

Redemptions when a shareholder can demonstrate hardship, in the absolute discretion of the Fund

Service Shares

Only certain investors are eligible to buy Service shares. Your financial adviser or other financial intermediary can help you determine whether you are eligible to buy Service shares.

Eligible Service share investors include the following:

Certain financial institutions, such as banks and brokerage firms, acting on behalf of their customers

Certain persons who were shareholders of the Compass Capital Group of Funds at the time of its combination with The PNC^® Fund in 1996

Participants in the Capital Directions^SM asset allocation program

Service shares are normally purchased through a customer’s account at an institution through procedures established by the institution. In these cases, confirmation of share purchases and redemptions will be sent to the institutions. A customer’s ownership of shares will be recorded by the institution and reflected in the account statements provided by the institution to its customers. Investors wishing to purchase Service shares should contact their institutions. Purchase orders may be placed by calling (800) 441-7762.

Service shares are subject to a shareholder servicing fee of 0.25% per year. Service shares do not offer a conversion privilege. The Distributor normally pays the annual Service share shareholder servicing fee to brokers, dealers, financial institutions and industry professionals (including BlackRock, PNC Bank and their affiliates) as a service fee on a monthly basis.

Distribution and Service Plans

The Fund has adopted plans (the “Plans”) that allow the Fund to pay distribution fees for the sale of its shares under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act and shareholder servicing fees for certain services provided to its shareholders.

Under the Plans, Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C and Investor C1 shares pay a fee (“distribution fees”) to the Distributor, and/or affiliates of PNC or Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”) (including BlackRock) for distribution and sales support services. The distribution fees may be used to pay the Distributor for distribution services and to pay the Distributor and affiliates of PNC Bank or Merrill Lynch (including BlackRock) for sales support services provided in connection with the sale of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C and Investor C1 shares. The distribution fees may also be used to pay brokers, dealers, financial institutions and industry professionals (including BlackRock, PNC Bank, Merrill Lynch and their affiliates) (“Service Organizations”) for sales support services and related expenses. All Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C and Investor C1 shares pay a maximum distribution fee per year that is a percentage of the average daily net asset value of the Fund attributable to Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C and Investor C1 shares. Institutional, Service and Investor A and Investor A1 shares do not pay a distribution fee.

Under the Plans, the Fund also pays shareholder servicing fees to Service Organizations whereby the Service Organizations provide support services to their customers who own Investor and Service class shares in return for these fees. The Fund may pay a shareholder servicing fee per year that is a percentage of the average daily net asset value of Investor class shares of the Fund. All Investor and Service class shares pay this shareholder servicing fee. Institutional shares do not pay a shareholder servicing fee.

In return for the shareholder servicing fee, Service Organizations (including BlackRock) may provide one or more of the following services to their customers who own Investor and Service class shares:

(1)	Responding to customer questions on the services performed by the Service Organization and investments in Investor and Service class shares;

(2)	Assisting customers in choosing and changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; and

(3)	Providing other similar shareholder liaison services.

The shareholder servicing fees payable pursuant to the Plans are fees payable for the administration and servicing of shareholder accounts and not costs which are primarily intended to result in the sale of the Fund’s shares.

Because the fees paid by the Fund under the Plans are paid out of Fund assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges. In addition, the distribution fees paid by Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C and Investor C1 shares may

over time cost investors more than the front-end sales charge on Investor A shares. For more information on the Plan, including a complete list of services provided thereunder, see the Statement of Additional Information.

In addition to, rather than in lieu of, distribution and shareholder servicing fees that the Fund may pay to a Service Organization pursuant to a Plan and fees the Fund pays to its Transfer Agent, the Fund may enter into non-Plan agreements with Service Organizations pursuant to which the Fund will pay a Service Organization for administrative, networking, recordkeeping, subtransfer agency and shareholder services. These non-Plan payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of Fund shareholders serviced by a Service Organization or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by a Service Organization. The aggregate amount of these payments may be substantial.

The Plans permit BlackRock, the Distributor and their affiliates to make payments relating to distribution and sales support activities out of their past profits or other sources available to them (and not as an additional charge to the Fund). From time to time, BlackRock, the Distributor or their affiliates also may pay a portion of the fees for administrative, networking, recordkeeping, sub-transfer agency and shareholder services described above at its or their own expense and out of its or their legitimate profits. BlackRock, the Distributor and their affiliates may compensate affiliated and unaffiliated Service Organizations for the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for these other services to the Fund and shareholders. These payments would be in addition to the Fund payments described in this Prospectus and may be a fixed dollar amount, may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the Service Organization, or may be based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the Service Organization. The aggregate amount of these payments by BlackRock, the Distributor and their affiliates may be substantial. Payments by BlackRock may include amounts that are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing” payments. In some circumstances, these revenue sharing payments may create an incentive for a Service Organization, its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the Fund to you. Please contact your Service Organization for details about payments it may receive from the Fund or from BlackRock, the Distributor or their affiliates. For more information, see the Statement of Additional Information.

How to Buy, Sell, Transfer and Exchange Shares

The chart on the following pages summarizes how to buy, sell, transfer and exchange shares through your financial adviser, a selected securities dealer, broker, investment adviser, service provider or other financial intermediary. You may also buy, sell, transfer and exchange shares through the Transfer Agent. To learn more about buying, selling, transferring or exchanging shares through the Transfer Agent, call 1-800-441-7762. Because the selection of a mutual fund involves many considerations, your financial adviser or other financial intermediary may help you with this decision.

Because of the high costs of maintaining smaller shareholder accounts, the Fund may redeem the shares in your account (without charging any deferred sales charge) if the net asset value of your account falls below $500 (or, for Service shares, $5,000 or the minimum required initial investment for Institutional shares) due to redemptions you have made. You will be notified that the value of your account is less than $500 (or, for Service shares, $5,000 or the minimum required initial investment for Institutional shares) before the Fund makes an involuntary redemption. You will then have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring the value of your account to at least $500 (or, for Service shares, $5,000 or the minimum required initial investment for Institutional shares) before the Fund takes any action. This involuntary redemption does not apply to Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minors Act accounts.


If You Want to	Your Choices	Information Important for You to Know
Buy Shares	First, select the share class appropriate for you	Refer to the share class table in this Prospectus. Be sure to read this Prospectus carefully.
	Next, determine the amount of your investment	The Fund will not accept a purchase order of $500,000 or more for Investor C shares. Your registered representative may set a lower maximum for Investor C share purchases. The minimum initial investment for Investor A and Investor C shares of the Fund is $1,000 for all accounts except it is $250 for certain fee-based programs. The minimum initial investment for Institutional shares of the Fund is: Ÿ $2 million for institutions and individuals Ÿ $250,000 for registered investment advisers The minimum initial investment for Service shares is $5,000. (The minimums for initial investments may be waived under certain circumstances.) Investor A1, Investor B, Investor B1 and Investor C1 shares are not generally available for purchase.
	Have your financial adviser, selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary submit your purchase order	The price of your shares is based on the next calculation of net asset value after your order is placed. Any purchase orders placed by the close of business on the New York Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 pm Eastern time) will be priced at the net asset value determined that day. Certain financial intermediaries, however, may require submission of orders prior to that time. Purchase orders placed after that time will be priced at the net asset value determined on the next business day. The Fund may reject any order to buy shares and may suspend the sale of shares at any time. Selected securities dealers or other financial intermediaries may charge a processing fee to confirm a purchase.
	Or contact the Transfer Agent	To purchase shares directly, call (800) 441-7762 and request a purchase application. Mail the completed purchase application to the Transfer Agent at the address on the inside back cover of this Prospectus.
Add to Your Investment	Purchase additional shares	The minimum investment for additional purchases is generally $50 for all accounts except that certain programs, such as automatic investment plans, may have higher minimums. (The minimums for additional purchases may be waived under certain circumstances.)
	Acquire additional shares through the automatic dividend reinvestment plan	All dividends and capital gains distributions are automatically reinvested without a sales charge.
	Participate in the automatic investment plan	You may invest a specific amount on a periodic basis through your investment account.
Transfer Shares to Another Securities Dealer or Other Financial Intermediary	Transfer to a participating securities dealer or other financial intermediary	You may transfer your shares of the Fund only to another securities dealer that has entered into an agreement with a Distributor. Certain shareholder services may not be available for the transferred shares. All future trading of these assets must be coordinated by the receiving firm.
	Transfer to a non-participating securities dealer or other financial intermediary	You must either: Ÿ Transfer your shares to an account with the Transfer Agent; or Ÿ Sell your shares, paying any applicable deferred sales charges.


If You Want to	Your Choices	Information Important for You to Know
Sell Your Shares	Have your financial adviser, selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary submit your sales order	The price of your shares is based on the next calculation of net asset value after your order is placed. For your redemption request to be priced at the net asset value on the day of your request, you must submit your request to your dealer or other financial intermediary prior to that day’s close of business on the New York Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). Certain financial intermediaries, however, may require submission of orders prior to that time. Any redemption request placed after that time will be priced at the net asset value at the close of business on the next business day. Securities dealers or other financial intermediaries may charge a fee to process a redemption of shares. The Fund may reject an order to sell shares under certain circumstances.
	Sell through the Transfer Agent	You may sell shares held at the Transfer Agent by writing to the Transfer Agent. All shareholders on the account must sign the letter. A medallion signature guarantee will generally be required, but may be waived in certain limited circumstances. You can obtain a signature guarantee from a bank, securities dealer, securities broker, credit union, savings association, national securities exchange or registered securities association. A notary public seal will not be acceptable. If you hold stock certificates, return the certificates with the letter. The Transfer Agent will normally mail redemption proceeds within seven days following receipt of a properly completed request. If you make a redemption request before the Fund has collected payment for the purchase of shares, the Fund or the Transfer Agent may delay mailing your proceeds. This delay will usually not exceed ten days. You may also sell shares held at the Transfer Agent by telephone request if certain conditions are met and if the amount being sold is less than (i) $100,000 for payments by check, (ii) $250,000 for payments through the Automated Clearing House Network (ACH) or wire transfer or (iii) $10,000,000 for sales of Institutional shares. Call (800) 441-7762 for details. Redemption requests in excess of these amounts must be in writing with a medallion signature guarantee. Redemption proceeds may be paid by check or, if the Fund has verified banking information on file, through ACH or by wire transfer. Investor Shares may also be redeemed by use of the Fund’s automated voice response unit service (VRU). Payment for Investor Shares redeemed by VRU or Internet may be made for non-retirement accounts in amounts up to $25,000, either through check, ACH or wire. You will be charged a fee of $7.50 for each redemption payment made by wire transfer and $15 for redemptions by check sent via overnight mail. You are responsible for any additional charges imposed by your bank for this service.
Sell Shares Systematically	Participate in the Fund’s Systematic Withdrawal Plans	To start a Systematic Withdrawal Plan (“SWP”), you must have a current investment of $10,000 or more in a BlackRock Fund. Shareholders can elect to receive cash payments of $50 or more at any interval they choose. Shareholders may sign up by completing the SWP Application Form, which may be obtained from the Transfer Agent. To participate, you must have your Fund dividends automatically reinvested. You may change or cancel the SWP at any time, upon written notice to the Transfer Agent. If you purchase additional Investor A shares of a BlackRock Fund at the same time you redeem shares through the SWP, you may lose money because of the sales charge involved. No contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) will be assessed on redemptions of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C or Investor C1 shares made through the SWP that do not exceed 12% of the account’s net asset value on an annualized basis. For example, monthly, quarterly and semi-annual SWP redemptions of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C or Investor C1 shares will not be subject to the CDSC if they do not exceed 1%, 3% and 6%, respectively, of an account’s net asset value on the redemption date. SWP redemptions of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C or Investor C1 shares in excess of this limit will still pay any applicable CDSC. Ask your financial adviser or other financial intermediary for details.


If You Want to	Your Choices	Information Important for You to Know
Exchange Your Shares	Select the fund into which you want to exchange. Be sure to read that fund’s prospectus	Investor A, Investor B, Investor C and Institutional shares of the Fund are generally exchangeable for shares of the same class of another BlackRock Fund. If you own Investor A1 shares and wish to exchange into another fund, you will receive Investor A shares of the second fund. If you own Investor B1 shares and wish to exchange into another fund, you will receive Investor B shares of the second fund. If you own Investor C1 shares and wish to exchange into another fund, you will receive Investor C shares of the second fund. Some of the BlackRock Funds impose a different initial or deferred sales charge schedule. If you exchange Investor A or Investor A1 shares for shares of a fund with a higher initial sales charge than you originally paid, you may be charged the difference at the time of exchange. If you exchange Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C or Investor C1 shares for shares of a fund with a different deferred sales charge schedule, the schedule that applies to your original shares will apply to the shares you receive in the exchange. The time you hold Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C or Investor C1 shares in both funds will count when determining your holding period for calculating a deferred sales charge at redemption. You may systematically exchange monies from one fund to up to four other funds. You must have a minimum of $10,000 invested in the initial fund, and investments in any additional funds must meet minimum initial investment requirements. To exercise the exchange privilege contact your financial adviser, selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary or call the Transfer Agent at (800) 441-7762. Although there is currently no limit on the number of exchanges that you can make, the exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time in the future.
EZ Trader Account	Allows an investor to purchase or sell Fund shares by telephone or over the Internet through ACH.	Prior to establishing an EZ Trader account, please contact your bank to confirm that it is a member of the ACH system. Once confirmed, complete an application, making sure to include the appropriate bank information, and return the application to BlackRock Funds, c/o PNC GIS, P.O. Box 9819, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-8019. Prior to placing a telephone or internet purchase or sale order, please contact the Fund at (800) 441-7762 to confirm that your bank information has been updated on your account. Once this is established, you may place your request to sell shares with the Fund by telephone or Internet. Proceeds will be sent to your pre-designated bank account.
Dividend Allocation Plan	Automatically invests your distributions into another fund of your choice pursuant to your instructions, without any fees or sales charges.	Please call the Fund at (800) 441-7762 for details. The Fund into which you request your distributions be invested must be open to new purchases.

If You Want to

Your Choices

Information Important for You to Know

Internet Transactions

Make on-line transactions and view account balances and activity

You may redeem or exchange your shares, and view activity in your account, by logging onto the BlackRock website at www.blackrock.com/funds. To use this service, you will need a browser that supports Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher, Netscape 7.1 or higher, Firefox 1.0 or higher, and AOL 8.0 (for Windows operating systems from Windows 2000 and above). In addition, MacIntosh operating system 9 with Netscape 6.2 and MacIntosh operating system 10x with Safari 1.2.3, Netscape 6.2, and Firefox 1.0 are also supported. Purchases made on the Internet using ACH will have a trade date that is the day after the purchase is made. Proceeds from Internet redemptions may be sent via check, ACH or wire to the bank account of record. The Fund limits Internet purchases and redemptions in shares of the Fund to $25,000 per trade.

Please read the On-Line Services Disclosure Statement and User Agreement, the Terms and Conditions page and the Consent to Electronic Delivery Agreement (if you consent to electronic delivery), before attempting to transact online.

The Fund employs reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions entered over the Internet are genuine. The procedures include the use of a protected password, Secure Socket Layering (SSL), 128-bit encryption and other precautions designed to protect the integrity, confidentiality and security of shareholder information. By entering into the User Agreement with the Fund in order to open an account through the website, the shareholder waives any right to reclaim any losses from the Fund or any of its affiliates, incurred through fraudulent activity.

Short-Term Trading

The Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order, including exchanges. Short-term or excessive trading (sometimes known as “market timing”) into and out of the Fund, particularly in larger amounts, may harm performance by disrupting portfolio management strategies and by increasing expenses, including brokerage and administrative costs, and may also dilute the value of the holdings of other shareholders of the Fund. Short-term or excessive trading may cause the Fund to retain more cash than the portfolio manager would normally retain in order to meet unanticipated redemptions or may force the Fund to sell portfolio securities at disadvantageous times to raise the cash needed to meet those redemption or exchange requests. Accordingly, the Fund has adopted certain policies and procedures, which have been reviewed and approved by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, designed to deter such short-term or excessive trading. The Fund will reject purchase orders from market timers or other investors if Fund management, in its discretion, has determined that such orders are short-term or excessive, and will be disruptive to the Fund. In addition, the Fund will reject purchase orders from market timers or other investors if Fund management, in its discretion, has determined that such orders are short-term or excessive, and will be disruptive to the Fund. For these purposes, Fund management considers an investor’s trading history in the Fund or other funds advised by the Manager or its affiliates, and accounts under common ownership or control. Transactions placed through the same financial intermediary on an omnibus basis may be deemed part of a group for the purpose of this policy and may be rejected in whole or in part by the Fund. Certain accounts, such as omnibus accounts and accounts at financial intermediaries, however, include multiple investors and such accounts typically provide the Fund with net purchase or redemption and exchange requests on any given day where purchases, redemptions and exchanges of shares are netted against one another and the identity of individual purchasers, redeemers and exchangers whose orders are aggregated may not be known by the Fund. While the Fund monitors for market timing activity, the Fund may be unable to identify such activities because the netting effect in omnibus accounts often makes it more difficult to locate and eliminate market timers from the Fund. Each Distributor has entered into agreements with respect to financial advisers and other financial intermediaries that maintain omnibus accounts with the Fund’s Transfer Agent pursuant to which such financial advisers and other financial intermediaries undertake to cooperate with the Distributor in monitoring purchase, exchange and redemption orders by their customers in order to detect and prevent short-term or excessive trading in the Fund’s shares through such accounts. Identification of market timers may also be limited by operational systems and technical limitations. In the event that a financial intermediary is determined by the Fund to be engaged in market timing or other improper trading activity, the Distributor may terminate such financial intermediary’s agreement with the distributor, suspend such financial intermediary’s trading privileges or take other appropriate actions.

The Fund may from time to time use other methods that it believes are appropriate to deter market timing or other trading activity that may be detrimental to the Fund or its long-term shareholders.

The Fund applies these policies to all shareholders. However, Fund management may not be able to determine that a specific order, particularly with respect to orders made through omnibus accounts or 401(k) plans, is short-term or excessive, and will be disruptive to the Fund and so makes no representation that all such orders can or will be rejected.

Anti-Money Laundering Requirements

The Fund is subject to the USA Patriot Act (the “Patriot Act”). The Patriot Act is intended to prevent the use of the U.S. financial system in furtherance of money laundering, terrorism or other illicit activities. Pursuant to requirements under the Patriot Act, the Fund may request information from shareholders to enable it to form a reasonable belief that it knows the true identity of its shareholders. This information will be used to verify the identity of investors or, in some cases, the status of financial advisers; it will be used only for compliance with the requirements of the Patriot Act. The Fund reserves the right to reject purchase orders from persons who have not submitted information sufficient to allow the Fund to verify their identity. The Fund also reserves the right to redeem any amounts in the Fund from persons whose identity it is unable to verify on a timely basis. It is the Fund’s policy to cooperate fully with appropriate regulators in any investigations conducted with respect to potential money laundering, terrorism or other illicit activities.

BlackRock Privacy Principles

BlackRock is committed to maintaining the privacy of its current and former fund investors and individual clients (collectively, “Clients”) and to safeguarding their nonpublic personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information BlackRock collects, how we protect that information and why in certain cases we share such information with select parties.

IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS

Net Asset Value — the market value of the Fund’s total assets after deducting liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding.

If you are located in a jurisdiction where specific laws, rules or regulations require BlackRock to provide you with additional or different privacy-related rights beyond what is set forth below, then BlackRock will comply with those specific laws, rules or regulations. BlackRock obtains or verifies personal nonpublic information from and about you from different sources, including the following: (i) information we receive from you or, if applicable, your financial intermediary, on applications, forms or other documents; (ii) information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others; (iii) information we receive from a consumer reporting agency; and (iv) from visits to our website.

BlackRock does not sell or disclose to nonaffiliated third parties any nonpublic personal information about its Clients, except as permitted by law or as is necessary to service Client accounts. These nonaffiliated third parties are required to protect the confidentiality and security of this information and to use it only for its intended purpose.

We may share information with our affiliates to service your account or to provide you with information about other BlackRock products or services that may be of interest to you. In addition, BlackRock restricts access to nonpublic personal information about its Clients to those BlackRock employees with a legitimate business need for the information. BlackRock maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that are designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of its Clients, including procedures relating to the proper storage and disposal of such information.

How Shares are Priced

When you buy shares, you pay the net asset value, plus any applicable sales charge. This is the offering price. Shares are also redeemed at their net asset value, minus any applicable deferred sales charge. The Fund generally calculates the net asset value of each class of its shares (generally by using market quotations) each day the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) is open as of the close of business on the Exchange based on prices at the time of closing. The Exchange generally closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time. The net asset value used in determining your share price is the next one calculated after your purchase or redemption order is placed.

Generally, Institutional shares will have the highest net asset value because that class has the lowest expenses, and Investor A, Investor A1 and Service shares will have a higher net asset value than Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C or Investor C1 shares. Also dividends paid on Investor A, Investor A1, Institutional and Service shares will generally be higher than dividends paid on Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C or Investor C1 shares because Investor A, Investor A1, Institutional and Service shares have lower expenses.

The Fund generally values its portfolio securities using market prices provided by an independent pricing service pursuant to a valuation policy approved by the Trust’s Board of Trustees. If market quotations are not readily available or, in the Manager’s judgment, they do not accurately reflect fair value for a security, that security will be valued by another method that the Board of Trustees believes more accurately reflects the fair value. The Board has adopted valuation procedures for the Fund and has delegated the day-to-day responsibility for fair value determinations to the Manager’s Valuation Committee. Fair value determinations may be made by the Fund’s independent pricing service using a matrix pricing system or by the Valuation Committee after consideration of the material

factors that may affect the value of a particular security. Fair value determinations by the Manager that affect the Fund’s net asset value are subject to review, approval or ratification, as appropriate, by the Board of Trustees. The Fund’s use of fair value pricing is designed to ensure that the Fund’s net asset value reflects the value of its underlying portfolio securities as accurately as possible. There can be no assurance, however, that a fair value used by the Fund on any given day will more accurately reflect the market value of a security or securities than the market price of such security or securities on that day.

The Fund may accept orders from authorized financial intermediaries or their designees. The Fund will be deemed to receive an order when accepted by the intermediary or designee and the order will receive the net asset value next computed by the Fund after such acceptance. If the payment for a purchase order is not made by a designated later time, the order will be canceled and the financial intermediary could be held liable for any losses.

Participation in Fee-based Programs

If you participate in certain fee-based programs offered by the Manager or an affiliate of the Manager, or selected securities dealers or other financial intermediaries that have agreements with the Distributor, you may be able to buy Institutional shares at net asset value, including by exchange from other share classes. Sales charges on the shares being exchanged may be reduced or waived under certain circumstances.

You generally cannot transfer shares held through a fee-based program into another account. Instead, you will have to redeem your shares held through the program and purchase shares of another class, which may be subject to distribution and service fees. This may be a taxable event and you will pay any applicable sales charges or redemption fee.

Shareholders that participate in a fee-based program generally have two options at termination. The program can be terminated and the shares liquidated or the program can be terminated and the shares held in an account. In general, when a shareholder chooses to continue to hold the shares, whatever share class was held in the program can be held after termination. Shares that have been held for less than specified periods within the program may be subject to a fee upon redemption. Shareholders that held Investor A or Institutional shares in the program are eligible to purchase additional shares of the respective share class of the Fund, but may be subject to upfront sales charges. Additional purchases of Institutional shares are available only if you have an existing position at the time of purchase or are otherwise eligible to purchase Institutional shares.

Details about these features and the relevant charges are included in the client agreement for each fee-based program and are available from your financial adviser, selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary.

IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS

Dividends — exempt-interest, ordinary income and capital gains paid to shareholders. Dividends may be reinvested in additional Fund shares as they are paid.

“BUYING A DIVIDEND”

You may want to avoid buying shares shortly before the Fund pays a dividend, although the impact on you will be significantly less than if you were invested in a fund paying fully taxable dividends. The reason? If you buy shares when the Fund has realized but not yet distributed taxable ordinary income (if any) or capital gains, you will pay the full price for the shares and then receive a portion of the price back in the form of a taxable dividend. Before investing you may want to consult your tax adviser.

Dividends and Taxes

The Fund will distribute net investment income, if any, monthly and net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually. The Fund may also pay a special distribution at the end of the calendar year to comply with Federal tax requirements. Dividends may be reinvested automatically in shares of the Fund at net asset value or may be taken in cash. If you would like to receive dividends in cash, contact your financial adviser, selected securities dealer, other financial intermediary or the Transfer Agent.

The Fund intends to make distributions most of which will be excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes and exempt from New Jersey personal income taxes.

The Fund will only purchase a tax-exempt or municipal security if it is accompanied by an opinion of counsel to the issuer, which is delivered on the date of issuance of the security, that the interest paid on such security is excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes and exempt from New Jersey state and local personal income taxes (i.e., “tax-exempt”). To the extent that the dividends distributed by the Fund are from bond interest income that is excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes, they are exempt from Federal income tax. To the extent that the distributions by the Fund are derived from interest or gains from New Jersey municipal bonds and the Fund meets certain state tax requirements, they are also exempt from New Jersey state and local personal income taxes. Interest income from other investments may produce taxable distributions. Dividends derived from capital gains realized by the Fund may be subject to state and local income or property tax to the extent not attributable to gains from New Jersey municipal bonds. If you are subject to income tax in a state other than New Jersey, the dividends and gains derived from New Jersey municipal bonds generally will not be exempt from income tax in that state.

There is a possibility that events occurring after the date of issuance of a security, or after the Fund’s acquisition of a security, may result in a determination that the interest on that security is, in fact, includable in gross income for Federal income tax purposes retroactively to its date of issue. Such a determination may cause a portion of prior distributions received by shareholders to be taxable to those shareholders in the year of receipt.

Distributions derived from taxable interest income or capital gains on portfolio securities, if any, will be subject to Federal income taxes. If you redeem or exchange shares of the Fund, you generally will be treated as having sold your shares and any gain on the transaction may be subject to tax. Certain investors may be subject to a Federal alternative minimum tax on dividends attributable to the Fund’s investment in private activity bonds.

Generally, within 60 days after the end of the Fund’s taxable year, the Fund will tell you the amount of exempt-interest dividends and capital gain dividends you received that year. Capital gain dividends are taxable as long term capital gains to you, regardless of how long you have held your shares. The tax treatment of dividends from the Fund is the same whether you choose to receive dividends in cash or to have them reinvested in shares of the Fund.

By law, your dividends and redemption proceeds will be subject to a withholding tax if you have not provided a taxpayer identification number or social security number or if the number you have provided is incorrect.

This section summarizes some of the consequences under current Federal and state tax laws. It is not a substitute for personal tax advice. You should consult your personal tax adviser about the potential tax consequences of an investment in the Fund under all applicable tax laws.

Electronic Delivery

Electronic copies of most financial reports and prospectuses are available on the Fund’s website. Shareholders can sign up for e-mail notifications of quarterly statements, annual and semiannual reports and prospectuses by enrolling in the Fund’s electronic delivery program. To enroll:

Shareholders Who Hold Accounts with Investment Advisers, Banks or Brokerages: Please contact your financial adviser. Please note that not all investment advisers, banks or brokerages may offer this service.

Shareholders Who Hold Accounts Directly With BlackRock:

1) Access the BlackRock website at http://www.blackrock.com/edelivery

2) Log into your account

Delivery of Shareholder Documents

The Fund delivers only one copy of shareholder documents, including prospectuses, shareholder reports and proxy statements, to shareholders with multiple accounts at the same address. This practice is known as “householding” and is intended to eliminate duplicate mailings and reduce expenses. Mailings of your shareholder documents may be householded indefinitely unless you instruct us otherwise. If you do not want the mailing of these documents to be combined with those for other members of your household, please contact the Fund at 1-800-441-7762.

Management of the Fund

BlackRock Advisors, LLC

BlackRock Advisors, LLC, the Fund’s Manager, manages the Fund’s investments and its business operations subject to the oversight of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. While the Manager is ultimately responsible for the management of the Fund, it is able to draw upon the research and expertise of its asset management affiliates for portfolio decisions and management with respect to certain portfolio securities. The Manager is a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc.

The Fund has entered into a management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) with the Manager pursuant to which the Fund pays the Manager a fee at the annual rate of 0.55% of the average daily net assets of the Fund not exceeding $500 million; 0.525% of the average daily net assets from $500 million to $1 billion; and 0.50% of the average daily net assets exceeding $1 billion. For the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008, the Manager received a fee, net of any applicable waivers, at the annual rate of 0.49% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.

The Manager has a sub-advisory agreement with BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”), an affiliate of the Manager, under which the Manager pays the Sub-Adviser a monthly fee for services it provides at an annual rate equal to a percentage of the management fee paid to the Manager under the Management Agreement. The Sub-Adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio.

A discussion of the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of the management agreement with the Manager and sub-advisory agreement between the Manager and the Sub-Advisor is included in the Fund’s semi-annual shareholder report for the fiscal period ending January 31, 2007.

BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund is managed by a team of financial professionals comprised of Timothy T. Browse, Theodore R. Jaeckel and Walter O’Connor. Each is a member of BlackRock’s municipal tax-exempt management group. Each is jointly responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio, which includes setting the Fund’s overall investment strategy, overseeing the management of the Fund and/or selection of its investments. Messrs. Browse, Jaeckel and O’Connor have been members of the Fund’s management team since 2006.

Mr. Jaeckel joined BlackRock in 2006. Prior to joining BlackRock, he was a Managing Director (Municipal Tax-Exempt Fund Management) of Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (“MLIM”) from 2005 to 2006 and a Director of MLIM from 1997 to 2005. He has been a portfolio manager with BlackRock or MLIM since 1991.

Mr. O’Connor joined BlackRock in 2006. Prior to joining BlackRock, he was a Manager Director (Municipal Tax-Exempt Fund Management) of MLIM from 2003 to 2006 and was a Director of MLIM from 1997 to 2002. He has been a portfolio manager with BlackRock or MLIM since 1991.

Mr. Browse joined BlackRock in 2006. Prior to joining BlackRock, he was Vice President (Municipal Tax-Exempt Fund Management) of MLIM from 2004 to 2006. He has been a portfolio manager with BlackRock or MLIM since 2004. From 2000 to 2003, he was a Vice President, portfolio manager and team leader of the Municipal Investments Team with Lord Abbett & Co.

For more information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of Fund shares, please see the Statement of Additional Information.

The Manager was organized in 1994 to perform advisory services for investment companies. The Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser and a commodity pool operator and was organized in 1999. The Manager and its affiliates had approximately $1.428 trillion in investment company and other portfolio assets under management as of June 30, 2008.

From time to time, a manager, analyst, or other employee of the Manager or its affiliates may express views regarding a particular asset class, company, security, industry, or market sector. The views expressed by any such person are the views of only that individual as of the time expressed and do not necessarily represent the views of the Manager or any other person within the BlackRock organization. Any such views are subject to change at any time based upon market or other conditions and the Manager disclaims any responsibility to update such views. These views may not be relied on as investment advice and, because investment decisions for the Fund are based on numerous factors, may not be relied on as an indication of trading intent on behalf of the Fund.

Conflicts of Interest

The investment activities of BlackRock and its affiliates (including, for these purposes, Merrill Lynch, BlackRock Inc., PNC and their affiliates, directors, partners, trustees, managing members, officers and employees (collectively, the “Affiliates”)) in the management of, or their interest in, their own accounts and other accounts they manage, may present conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. BlackRock and its Affiliates provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that follow an investment program similar to that of the Fund. BlackRock and its Affiliates are involved worldwide with a broad spectrum of financial services and asset management activities and may engage in the ordinary course of business in activities in which their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with those of the Fund. One or more Affiliates act or may act as an investor, investment banker, research provider, investment manager, financer, advisor, market maker, trader, prime broker, lender, agent and/or principal, and have other direct and indirect interests, in the global fixed income, currency, commodity, equity and other markets in which the Fund directly and indirectly invests. Thus, it is likely that the Fund will have multiple business relationships with and will invest in, engage in transactions with, make voting decisions with respect to, or obtain services from entities for which an Affiliate performs or seeks to perform investment banking or other services. One or more Affiliates may engage in proprietary trading and advise accounts and funds that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in and compete for transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. The trading activities of these Affiliates are carried out without reference to positions held directly or indirectly by the Fund and may result in an Affiliate having positions that are adverse to those of the Fund. No Affiliate is under any obligation to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the Fund. As a result, an Affiliate may compete with the Fund for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of the Fund’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of an Affiliate and of other accounts managed by an Affiliate, and it is possible that the Fund could sustain losses during periods in which one or more Affiliates and other accounts achieve significant profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. In addition, the Fund may, from time to time, enter into transactions in which an Affiliate or its other clients have an adverse interest. Furthermore, transactions undertaken by an Affiliate or Affiliate advised clients may adversely impact the Fund. Transactions by one or more Affiliate-advised clients or the Manager may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of the Fund. The Fund’s activities may be limited because of regulatory restrictions applicable to one or more Affiliates, and/or their internal policies designed to comply with such restrictions. In addition, the Fund may invest in securities of companies with which an Affiliate has or is trying to develop investment banking relationships or in which an Affiliate has significant debt or equity investments. The Fund also may invest in securities of companies for which an Affiliate provides or may some day provide research coverage. An Affiliate may have business relationships with and purchase or distribute or sell services or products from or to distributors, consultants or others who recommend the Fund or who engage in transactions with or for the Fund. The Fund may also make brokerage and other payments to an Affiliate in connection with the Fund’s portfolio investment transactions.

Under a securities lending program approved by the Fund’s Board of Trustees, the Fund has retained an Affiliate of the Manager to serve as the securities lending agent for the Fund to the extent that the Fund participates in the securities lending program. For these services, the lending agent may receive a fee from the Fund, including a fee based on the returns earned on the Fund’s investment of the cash received as collateral for the loaned securities. In addition, one or more Affiliates may be among the entities to which the Fund may lend its portfolio securities under the securities lending program.

The activities of the Manager or its Affiliates may give rise to other conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. The Manager has adopted policies and procedures designed to address these potential conflicts of interest. See the Statement of Additional Information for further information.

Financial Highlights

The Financial Highlights table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects the financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends). The information has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, whose report, along with the Fund’s financial statements, is included in the Fund’s Annual Report, which is available upon request.


	Institutional
	Period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008			Year Ended July 31,
	Period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008			2007			2006			2005			2004			2003
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.58		$	10.64		$	10.73		$	10.24		$	10.21		$	10.43
Net investment income(a)		0.39			0.51			0.45			0.48			0.52			0.50
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)		(0.28	)		(0.11	)		(0.09	)		0.48			0.02			(0.21	)
Net increase from investment operations		0.11			0.40			0.36			0.96			0.54			0.29
Dividends and distributions from:
Net investment income		(0.39	)		(0.46	)		(0.45	)		(0.47	)		(0.51	)		(0.51	)
Net realized gain		—			—			—	(b)		—			—			—
Total dividends and distributions		(0.39	)		(0.46	)		(0.45	)		(0.47	)		(0.51	)		(0.51	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	10.30		$	10.58		$	10.64		$	10.73		$	10.24		$	10.21
Total Investment Return(c)
Based on net asset value		1.08	%(d)		3.80	%		3.46	%		9.60	%		5.35	%		2.75	%
Ratios to Average Net Assets
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly and excluding interest expense and fees(e)		0.66	%(f)		0.61	%		0.81	%		0.83	%		0.81	%		0.83	%
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly		0.84	%(f)		0.95	%		0.93	%		1.03	%		0.97	%		1.03	%
Total expenses, after fees waived and before fees paid indirectly		0.84	%(f)		0.95	%		0.93	%		1.03	%		0.97	%		1.03	%
Total expenses		0.86	%(f)		1.04	%		0.93	%		1.04	%		0.98	%		1.03	%
Net investment income		4.50	%(f)		4.60	%		4.26	%		4.54	%		4.93	%		4.88	%
Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000)	$	179,560		$	173,234		$	33,316		$	25,325		$	15,166		$	23,582
Portfolio turnover		11	%		15	%		16	%		48	%		27	%		34	%

(a)	Based on average shares outstanding.

(b)	Amount is less than $(0.01) per share.

(c)	Total investment returns exclude the effect of any sales charges.

(d)	Aggregate total investment return.

(e)	Interest expense and fees relate to tender option bond trusts. See Note 1 of the Notes to Financial Statements in the Fund’s Annual Report for details of municipal bonds transferred to tender option bond trusts.

(f)	Annualized.

Financial Highlights (continued)


	Service
	Period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008			Period October 2, 2006(a) to July 31, 2007
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.58		$	10.84
Net investment income(b)		0.38			0.37
Net realized and unrealized loss		(0.28	)		(0.26	)
Net increase from investment operations		0.10			0.11
Dividends and distributions from:
Net investment income		(0.38	)		(0.37	)
Net realized gain		—			—
Total dividends and distributions		(0.38	)		(0.37	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	10.30		$	10.58
Total Investment Return
Based on net asset value		0.92	%(c)		0.96	%(c)
Ratios to Average Net Assets
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly and excluding interest expense and fees(e)		0.85	%(d)		0.85	%(d)
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly		1.03	%(d)		1.19	%(d)
Total expenses, after fees waived and before fees paid indirectly		1.03	%(d)		1.19	%(d)
Total expenses		1.17	%(d)		1.37	%(d)
Net investment income		4.32	%(d)		4.36	%(d)
Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000)	$	11,569		$	12,849
Portfolio turnover		11	%		15	%

(a)	Commencement of operations.

(b)	Based on average shares outstanding.

(c)	Aggregate total investment return.

(d)	Annualized.

(e)	Interest expense and fees relate to tender option bond trusts. See Note 1 of the Notes to Financial Statements in the Fund’s Annual Report for details of municipal bonds transferred to tender option bond trusts.

Financial Highlights (continued)


	Investor A
	Period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008			Period October 2, 2006(a) to July 31, 2007
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.59		$	10.85
Net investment income(b)		0.37			0.36
Net realized and unrealized loss		(0.27	)		(0.25	)
Net increase from investment operations		0.10			0.11
Dividends and distributions from:
Net investment income		(0.38	)		(0.37	)
Net realized gain		—			—
Total dividends and distributions		(0.38	)		(0.37	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	10.31		$	10.59
Total Investment Return(c)
Based on net asset value		0.93	%(d)		0.97	%(d)
Ratios to Average Net Assets
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly and excluding interest expense and fees(f)		0.84	%(e)		0.85	%(e)
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly		1.02	%(e)		1.19	%(e)
Total expenses, after fees waived and before fees paid indirectly		1.02	%(e)		1.19	%(e)
Total expenses		1.13	%(e)		1.32	%(e)
Net investment income		4.32	%(e)		4.37	%(e)
Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000)	$	21,564		$	15,693
Portfolio turnover		11	%		15	%

(a)	Commencement of operations.

(b)	Based on average shares outstanding.

(c)	Total investment returns exclude the effect of sales charges.

(d)	Aggregate total investment return.

(e)	Annualized.

(f)	Interest expense and fees relate to tender option bond trusts. See Note 1 of the Notes to Financial Statements in the Fund’s Annual Report for details of municipal bonds transferred to tender option bond trusts.


	Investor A1
	Period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008			Year Ended July 31,
	Period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008			2007			2006			2005			2004			2003
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.59		$	10.66		$	10.73		$	10.24		$	10.22		$	10.43
Net investment income(a)		0.39			0.48			0.44			0.47			0.51			0.50
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)		(0.28	)		(0.10	)		(0.07	)		0.48			0.01			(0.21	)
Net increase from investment operations		0.11			0.38			0.37			0.95			0.52			0.29
Dividends and distributions from:
Net investment income		(0.39	)		(0.45	)		(0.44	)		(0.46	)		(0.50	)		(0.50	)
Net realized gain		—			—			—	(b)		—			—			—
Total dividends and distributions		(0.39	)		(0.45	)		(0.44	)		(0.46	)		(0.50	)		(0.50	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	10.31		$	10.59		$	10.66		$	10.73		$	10.24		$	10.22
Total Investment Return(c)
Based on net asset value		1.05	%(d)		3.60	%		3.55	%		9.49	%		5.14	%		2.76	%
Ratios to Average Net Assets
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly and excluding interest expense and fees(e)		0.70	%(f)		0.74	%		0.91	%		0.93	%		0.91	%		0.93	%
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly		0.88	%(f)		1.08	%		1.03	%		1.13	%		1.08	%		1.13	%
Total expenses, after fees waived and before fees paid indirectly		0.88	%(f)		1.08	%		1.03	%		1.13	%		1.08	%		1.13	%
Total expenses		1.01	%(f)		1.19	%		1.03	%		1.14	%		1.08	%		1.13	%
Net investment income		4.47	%(f)		4.46	%		4.16	%		4.45	%		4.85	%		4.79	%
Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000)	$	38,082		$	39,546		$	40,676		$	34,618		$	32,863		$	27,868
Portfolio turnover		11	%		15	%		16	%		48	%		27	%		34	%

(a)	Based on average shares outstanding.

(b)	Amount is less than $(0.01) per share.

(c)	Total investment returns exclude the effect of sales charges.

(d)	Aggregate total investment return.

(e)	Interest expense and fees relate to tender option bond trusts. See Note 1 of the Notes to Financial Statements in the Fund’s Annual Report for details of municipal bonds transferred to tender option bond trusts.

(f)	Annualized.

Financial Highlights (continued)


	Investor B
	Period August 1 2007 to May 31, 2008			Period October 2, 2006(a) to July 31, 2007
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.58		$	10.84
Net investment income(b)		0.31			0.31
Net realized and unrealized loss		(0.28	)		(0.27	)
Net increase from investment operations		0.03			0.04
Dividends and distributions from:
Net investment income		(0.31	)		(0.30	)
Net realized gain		—			—
Total dividends and distributions		(0.31	)		(0.30	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	10.30		$	10.58
Total Investment Return(c)
Based on net asset value		0.31	%(d)		0.34	%(d)
Ratios to Average Net Assets
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly and excluding interest expense and fees(f)		1.57	%(e)		1.60	%(e)
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly		1.75	%(e)		1.94	%(e)
Total expenses, after fees waived and before fees paid indirectly		1.75	%(e)		1.94	%(e)
Total expenses		1.89	%(e)		2.09	%(e)
Net investment income		3.59	%(e)		3.61	%(e)
Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000)	$	6,869		$	8,622
Portfolio turnover		11	%		15	%

(a)	Commencement of operations.

(b)	Based on average shares outstanding.

(c)	Total investment returns exclude the effect of sales charges.

(d)	Aggregate total investment return.

(e)	Annualized.

(f)	Interest expense and fees relate to tender option bond trusts. See Note 1 of the Notes to Financial Statements in the Fund’s Annual Report for details of municipal bonds transferred to tender option bond trusts.


	Investor B1
	Period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008			Year Ended July 31,
	Period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008			2007			2006			2005			2004			2003
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.58		$	10.65		$	10.73		$	10.24		$	10.22		$	10.43
Net investment income(a)		0.36			0.44			0.40			0.43			0.46			0.46
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)		(0.29	)		(0.10	)		(0.09	)		0.48			0.02			(0.22	)
Net increase from investment operations		0.07			0.34			0.31			0.91			0.48			0.24
Dividends and distributions from:
Net investment income		(0.35	)		(0.41	)		(0.39	)		(0.42	)		(0.46	)		(0.45	)
Net realized gain		—			—			—	(b)		—			—			—
Total dividends and distributions		(0.35	)		(0.41	)		(0.39	)		(0.42	)		(0.46	)		(0.45	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	10.30		$	10.58		$	10.65		$	10.73		$	10.24		$	10.22
Total Investment Return(c)
Based on net asset value		0.71	%(d)		3.19	%		3.03	%		9.04	%		4.71	%		2.34	%
Ratios to Average Net Assets
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly and excluding interest expense and fees(e)		1.10	%(f)		1.14	%		1.33	%		1.34	%		1.32	%		1.34	%
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly		1.28	%(f)		1.48	%		1.44	%		1.54	%		1.48	%		1.54	%
Total expenses, after fees waived and before fees paid indirectly		1.28	%(f)		1.48	%		1.44	%		1.54	%		1.48	%		1.54	%
Total expenses		1.41	%(f)		1.60	%		1.44	%		1.55	%		1.49	%		1.54	%
Net investment income		4.07	%(f)		4.05	%		3.75	%		4.06	%		4.44	%		4.37	%
Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000)	$	12,386		$	15,723		$	20,920		$	26,893		$	31,781		$	44,968
Portfolio turnover		11	%		15	%		16	%		48	%		27	%		34	%

(a)	Based on average shares outstanding.

(b)	Amount is less than $(0.01) per share.

(c)	Total investment returns exclude the effect of sales charges.

(d)	Aggregate total investment return.

(e)	Interest expense and fees relate to tender option bond trusts. See Note 1 of the Notes to Financial Statements in the Fund’s Annual Report for details of municipal bonds transferred to tender option bond trusts.

(f)	Annualized.

Financial Highlights (concluded)


	Investor C
	Period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008			Period October 2, 2006(a) to July 31, 2007
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.57		$	10.84
Net investment income(b)		0.31			0.30
Net realized and unrealized loss		(0.27	)		(0.27	)
Net increase (decrease) from investment operations		0.04			0.03
Dividends and distributions from:
Net investment income		(0.31	)		(0.30	)
Net realized gain		—			—
Total dividends and distributions		(0.31	)		(0.30	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	10.30		$	10.57
Total Investment Return(c)
Based on net asset value		0.40	%(d)		0.25	%(d)
Ratios to Average Net Assets
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly and excluding interest expense and fees(f)		1.58	%(e)		1.60	%(e)
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly		1.76	%(e)		1.94	%(e)
Total expenses, after fees waived and before fees paid indirectly		1.76	%(e)		1.94	%(e)
Total expenses		1.89	%(e)		2.09	%(e)
Net investment income		3.57	%(e)		3.63	%(e)
Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000)	$	10,480		$	7,253
Portfolio turnover		11	%		15	%

(a)	Commencement of operations.

(b)	Based on average shares outstanding.

(c)	Total investment returns exclude the effect of sales charges.

(d)	Aggregate total investment return.

(e)	Annualized.

(f)	Interest expense and fees relate to tender option bond trusts. See Note 1 of the Notes to Financial Statements in the Fund’s Annual Report for details of municipal bonds transferred to tender option bond trusts.


	Investor C1
	Period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008			Year Ended July 31,
	Period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008			2007			2006			2005			2004			2003
Per Share Operating Performance
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	10.58		$	10.64		$	10.73		$	10.24		$	10.21		$	10.42
Net investment income(a)		0.35			0.43			0.39			0.41			0.45			0.45
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)		(0.28	)		(0.09	)		(0.10	)		0.49			0.02			(0.22	)
Net increase from investment operations		0.07			0.34			0.29			0.90			0.47			0.23
Dividends and distributions from:
Net investment income		(0.35	)		(0.40	)		(0.38	)		(0.41	)		(0.44	)		(0.44	)
Net realized gain		—			—			—	(b)		—			—			—
Total dividends and distributions		(0.35	)		(0.40	)		(0.38	)		(0.41	)		(0.44	)		(0.44	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	10.30		$	10.58		$	10.64		$	10.73		$	10.24		$	10.21
Total Investment Return(c)
Based on net asset value		0.63	%(d)		3.18	%		2.83	%		8.94	%		4.71	%		2.24	%
Ratios to Average Net Assets
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly and excluding interest expense and fees(e)		1.20	%(f)		1.24	%		1.42	%		1.44	%		1.42	%		1.44	%
Total expenses, after fees waived and paid indirectly		1.37	%(f)		1.58	%		1.53	%		1.64	%		1.58	%		1.63	%
Total expenses, after fees waived and before fees paid indirectly		1.37	%(f)		1.58	%		1.53	%		1.64	%		1.58	%		1.63	%
Total expenses		1.49	%(f)		1.68	%		1.54	%		1.65	%		1.59	%		1.64	%
Net investment income		3.97	%(f)		3.95	%		3.65	%		3.94	%		4.34	%		4.28	%
Supplemental Data
Net assets, end of period (000)	$	16,232		$	18,648		$	19,634		$	16,040		$	14,903		$	15,505
Portfolio turnover		11	%		15	%		16	%		48	%		27	%		34	%

(a)	Based on average shares outstanding.

(b)	Amount is less than $(0.01) per share.

(c)	Total investment returns exclude the effect of sales charges.

(d)	Aggregate total investment return.

(e)	Interest expense and fees relate to tender option bond trusts. See Note 1 of the Notes to Financial Statements in the Fund’s Annual Report for details of municipal bonds transferred to tender option bond trusts.

(f)	Annualized.

FUND

BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund

of BlackRock Multi-State Municipal Series Trust

100 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

(800) 441-7762

MANAGER

BlackRock Advisors, LLC

100 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, Delaware 19809

SUB-ADVISER

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

800 Scudders Mill Road

Plainsboro, New Jersey 08536

TRANSFER AGENT

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc., formerly PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9819

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-8019

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Deloitte & Touche LLP

750 College Road East

Princeton, NJ 08540

ACCOUNTING SERVICES PROVIDER

State Street Bank and Trust Company

500 College Road East

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

DISTRIBUTOR

BlackRock Investments, Inc.

40 East 52^nd Street

New York, New York 10022

CUSTODIAN

State Street Bank and Trust Company

1776 Heritage Drive

John Adams Building

North Quincy, Massachusetts 02171

COUNSEL

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019-6099

For more information:

This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing, including information about risks. Read it carefully and keep it for future reference. More information about the Fund is available at no charge upon request. This information includes:

Annual/Semi-Annual Reports

These reports contain additional information about each of the Fund’s investments. The annual report describes the Fund’s performance, lists portfolio holdings, and discusses recent market conditions, economic trends and Fund investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance for the last fiscal year.

Statement of Additional Information (SAI)

A Statement of Additional Information, dated September 29, 2008, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The SAI, which includes additional information about the Fund, may be obtained free of charge, along with the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports, by calling (800) 441-7762. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus.

BlackRock Investor Services

Representatives are available to discuss account balance information, mutual fund prospectuses, literature, programs and services available. Hours: 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. (Eastern time), Monday-Friday. Call: (800) 441-7762.

Purchases and Redemptions

Call your registered representative or BlackRock Investment Services at (800) 441-7762.

World Wide Web

General fund information and specific fund performance, including SAI and annual/semi-annual reports, can be accessed free of charge at www.blackrock.com/funds. Mutual fund prospectus and literature can also be requested via this website.

Written Correspondence

BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund

c/o PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.

PO Box 9819

Providence, RI 02940-8019

Overnight Mail

BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund

c/o PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.

101 Sabin Street

Pawtucket, RI 02860

Internal Wholesalers/Broker Dealer Support

Available to support investment professionals 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. (Eastern time), Monday-Friday. Call: (800) 882-0052

Portfolio Characteristics and Holdings

A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures related to disclosure of portfolio characteristics and holdings is available in the SAI.

For information about portfolio holdings and characteristics, BlackRock fund shareholders and prospective investors may call (800) 882-0052.

Securities and Exchange Commission

You may also view and copy public information about the Fund, including the SAI, by visiting the EDGAR database on the SEC website (http://www.sec.gov) or the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information about the operation of the public reference room can be obtained by calling the SEC directly at (202) 551-8090. Copies of this information can be obtained, for a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549.

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO. 811-4375


Code #NJMB-PR-0908

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

BLACKROCK NEW JERSEY MUNICIPAL BOND FUND OF

BLACKROCK MULTI-STATE MUNICIPAL SERIES TRUST

100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809

This Statement of Additional Information of BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund (the “Fund”), a series of BlackRock Multi-State Municipal Series Trust (the “Trust”), is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus of the Fund, dated September 29, 2008, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and can be obtained, without charge, by calling 1-800-441-7762 or by writing to the Fund at the above address. The Fund’s Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this Statement of Additional Information, and Part I of this Statement of Additional Information and the portions of Part II of this Statement of Additional Information that relate to the Fund have been incorporated by reference into the Fund’s Prospectus. The portions of Part II of this Statement of Additional Information that do not relate to the Fund do not form a part of the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information, have not been incorporated by reference into the Fund’s Prospectus and should not be relied upon by investors in the Fund. The Fund’s audited financial statements are incorporated into this Statement of Additional Information by reference to the Fund’s 2008 Annual Report. You may request a copy of the Annual Report at no charge by calling 1-800-441-7762 between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday to Friday.

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC — MANAGER

BLACKROCK INVESTMENTS, INC. — DISTRIBUTOR

The date of this Statement of Additional Information is September 29, 2008

TABLE OF CONTENTS



PART I

Investment Objectives and Policies		I-2

Investment Restrictions		I-3

Information on Trustees and Officers		I-5

Management and Advisory Arrangements		I-11

Information on Sales Charges and Distribution Related Expenses		I-16

Computation of Offering Price Per Share		I-18

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage		I-18

Fund Performance		I-19

Additional Information		I-20

Financial Statements		I-21

PART II

Investment Risks and Considerations		II-1

Management and Other Service Arrangements		II-37

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings		II-40

Purchase of Shares		II-48

Redemption of Shares		II-60

Shareholder Services		II-62

Pricing of Shares		II-67

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage		II-69

Dividends and Taxes		II-72

Performance Data		II-78

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures		II-79

General Information		II-82

Appendix A — Description of Bond Ratings		A-1

Appendix B — Economic and Financial Conditions in New Jersey		B-1

PART I: INFORMATION ABOUT BLACK ROCK NEW JERSEY MUNICIPAL BOND FUND OF BLACKROCK MULTI-STATE MUNICIPAL SERIES TRUST

Part I of this Statement of Additional Information sets forth information about BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund of BlackRock Multi-State Municipal Series Trust. It includes information about the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the advisory services provided to and the management fees paid by the Fund, performance data for the Trust, and information about other fees paid by and services provided to the Fund. This Part I should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus and those portions of Part II of this Statement of Additional Information that pertain to the Fund.

Investment Objectives and Policies

The investment objective of the Fund is to provide shareholders with income exempt from Federal income taxes and New Jersey personal income taxes. The investment objective of the Fund is a fundamental policy of the Fund that may not be changed without a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The Fund seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in a portfolio of long-term investment grade obligations issued by or on behalf of New Jersey, its political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities and obligations of other qualifying issuers, such as issuers located in Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam, the interest on which is, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer, excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes and exempt from New Jersey personal income taxes. Obligations the interest on which is excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes are referred to herein as “Municipal Bonds,” and obligations the interest on which, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer, is excludable from gross income for Federal income taxes and exempt from the New Jersey personal income taxes are referred to as “New Jersey Municipal Bonds.” Unless otherwise indicated, references to Municipal Bonds shall be deemed to include New Jersey Municipal Bonds. The Fund is classified as a non-diversified open-end investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the Fund will be achieved.

Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in New Jersey Municipal Bonds. For this purpose, net assets include any borrowings for investment purposes. This policy is a fundamental policy of the Fund and may not be changed without approval of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares. The Fund generally invests at least 80% of its total assets in New Jersey Municipal Bonds. At least 80% of the Fund’s assets will be invested in Municipal Bonds that are commonly referred to as “investment grade” securities, which are obligations rated at the time of purchase within the four highest quality ratings as determined by either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) (currently Aaa, Aa, A and Baa), Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) (currently AAA, AA, A and BBB), or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) (currently AAA, AA, A and BBB). If unrated, such securities will possess creditworthiness comparable, in the opinion of BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Manager” or “BlackRock Advisors”), to other obligations in which the Fund may invest. Securities rated in the lowest investment grade rating category may be considered to have speculative characteristics.

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in Municipal Bonds that are rated below Baa by Moody’s or below BBB by S&P or Fitch or that, in the judgment of the Manager, possess similar credit characteristics. Such securities, sometimes referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds, are predominantly speculative with respect to the capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the security and generally involve a greater volatility of price than securities in higher rating categories. The Fund does not intend to purchase debt securities that are in default or that the Manager believes will be in default.

The value of bonds and other fixed-income obligations may fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. In general, bonds and other fixed-income obligations with longer maturities will be subject to greater volatility resulting from interest rate fluctuations than will similar obligations with shorter maturities. Under normal conditions, it is generally anticipated that the Fund’s weighted average

I-2

maturity will be in excess of ten years. The Fund reserves the right as a defensive measure to invest temporarily more than 20% of its total assets in Municipal Bonds other than New Jersey Municipal Bonds and more than 20% of its net assets in taxable temporary investments, when in the opinion of the Manager, prevailing market and financial conditions warrant. Such investments could cause distributions to shareholders of the Fund to be subject to New Jersey personal income tax.

The Fund may also invest in variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”) and VRDOs in the form of participation interests in variable rate tax-exempt obligations held by a financial institution (“Participating VRDOs”). The Fund’s hedging strategies are not fundamental policies and may be modified by the Trustees of the Trust without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

Certain Municipal Bonds may be entitled to the benefits of letters of credit or similar credit enhancements issued by financial institutions. In such instances, the Trustees and the Manager will take into account in assessing the quality of such bonds not only the creditworthiness of the issuer of such bonds but also the creditworthiness of the financial institution that provides the credit enhancement.

The Fund ordinarily does not intend to realize investment income not excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes and exempt from New Jersey personal income taxes. However, to the extent that suitable New Jersey Municipal Bonds are not available for investment by the Fund, the Fund may purchase Municipal Bonds issued by other states, their agencies and instrumentalities, the interest income (or value, in the case of property taxes) on which is, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer, excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes, but not exempt from New Jersey personal income taxes. The Fund also may invest in securities not issued by or on behalf of a state or territory or by an agency or instrumentality thereof, if the Fund nevertheless believes such securities pay interest that is excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes (“Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities”). Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities could include trust certificates or other instruments evidencing interests in one or more long-term New Jersey Municipal Bonds and Municipal Bonds. Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities also may include securities issued by other investment companies that invest in New Jersey Municipal Bonds and Municipal Bonds, to the extent such investments are permitted by the Investment Company Act. Certain Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities may be characterized as derivative instruments. For purposes of the Fund’s investment objective and policies, Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities that pay interest that is excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes will be considered “Municipal Bonds” and Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities that pay interest that is excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes and exempt from New Jersey personal income taxes will be considered “New Jersey Municipal Bonds.” However, interest received on certain otherwise tax-exempt securities that are classified as “private activity bonds” (in general, bonds that benefit non-governmental entities) may be subject to a Federal and possible state alternative minimum tax. The percentage of each Fund’s total assets invested in “private activity bonds” will vary during the year. Federal tax legislation has limited the types and volume of bonds the interest on which qualifies for a Federal income tax exemption. As a result, this legislation and legislation that may be enacted in the future may affect the availability of Municipal Bonds for investment by the Fund.

II.

Investment Restrictions

The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has adopted restrictions and policies relating to the investment of the Fund’s assets and its activities. Certain of the restrictions are fundamental policies of the Fund and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities (which for this purpose and under the Investment Company Act, means the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares). The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has also adopted certain non-fundamental investment restrictions, which may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.

I-3

Set forth below are the Trust’s fundamental and non-fundamental restrictions. Unless otherwise provided, all references below to the assets of the Fund are in terms of current market value. Under it’s fundamental investment restrictions, the Fund may not:

(1) Invest more than 25% of its assets, taken at market value, in the securities of issuers in any particular industry (excluding the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities). For purposes of this restriction, states, municipalities and their political subdivisions are not considered part of any industry.

(2) Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management.

(3) Purchase or sell real estate, except that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund may invest in securities directly or indirectly secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by companies which invest in real estate or interests therein.

(4) Make loans to other persons, except that the acquisition of bonds, debentures or other corporate debt securities and investment in government obligations, commercial paper, pass-through instruments, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements or any similar instruments shall not be deemed to be the making of a loan, and except further that the Fund may lend its portfolio securities, provided that the lending of portfolio securities may be made only in accordance with applicable law and the guidelines set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, as they may be amended from time to time.

(5) Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law.

(6) Borrow money, except that (i) the Fund may borrow from banks (as defined in the Investment Company Act) in amounts up to 33¹/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed), (ii) the Fund may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes, (iii) the Fund may obtain such short-term credit as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities and (iv) the Fund may purchase securities on margin to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Fund may not pledge its assets other than to secure such borrowings or, to the extent permitted by the Fund’s investment policies as set forth in its Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, as they may be amended from time to time, in connection with hedging transactions, short sales, when-issued and forward commitment transactions and similar investment strategies.

(7) Underwrite securities of other issuers, except insofar as the Fund technically may be deemed an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), in selling portfolio securities.

(8) Purchase or sell commodities or contracts on commodities, except to the extent that the Fund may do so in accordance with applicable law and the Fund’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, as they may be amended from time to time, and without registering as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Under the Trust’s non-fundamental investment restrictions, the Fund may not:

(a) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent such purchases are permitted by applicable law. As a matter of policy, however, the Fund will not purchase shares of any registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust, in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) (the “fund of funds” provisions) of the Investment Company Act, at any time the Fund’s shares are owned by another investment company that is part of the same group of investment companies as the Fund.

(b) Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Fund does not currently intend to engage in short sales, except short sales “against the box.”

I-4

(c) Invest in securities which cannot be readily resold or which cannot otherwise be marketed, redeemed or put to the issuer or a third party, if at the time of acquisition more than 15% of its total assets would be invested in such securities. This restriction shall not apply to securities which mature within seven days or securities which the Board of Trustees of the Trust has otherwise determined to be liquid pursuant to applicable law.

(d) Notwithstanding fundamental investment restriction (6) above, borrow amounts in excess of 20% of its total assets taken at market value (including the amount borrowed), and then only from banks as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes. In addition, the Fund will not purchase securities while borrowings are outstanding.

Except with respect to restriction (6), if a percentage restriction on the investment or use of assets set forth above is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentages resulting from changing values will not be considered a violation.

III.

Information on Trustees and Officers

The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of the Trust consists of fifteen individuals (each, a “Trustee”), twelve of whom are not “interested persons” of the Trust as defined in the Investment Company Act (the “non-interested Trustees”). The Trustees are responsible for the oversight of the operations of the Fund and perform the various duties imposed on the directors of investment companies by the Investment Company Act. The non-interested Trustees have retained independent legal counsel to assist them in connection with their duties.

The Board has four standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Governance and Nominating Committee, a Compliance Committee and a Performance Oversight Committee.

The members of the Audit Committee (the “Audit Committee”) are Fred G. Weiss (Chair), Robert M. Hernandez and Richard R. West, all of whom are non-interested Trustees. The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to approve the selection, retention, termination and compensation of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm (the “independent auditors”) and to oversee the independent auditors’ work. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation, to (1) evaluate the qualifications and independence of the independent auditors; (2) approve all audit engagement terms and fees for the Trust; (3) review the conduct and results of each independent audit of the Trust’s financial statements; (4) review with the independent auditor any audit problems or difficulties encountered during or related to the conduct of the audit; (5) review the internal controls of the Trust and its service providers with respect to accounting and financial matters; (6) oversee the performance of the Trust’s internal audit function provided by its investment adviser, administrator, pricing agent or other service provider; (7) oversee policies, procedures and controls regarding valuation of the Trust’s investments; and (8) resolve any disagreements between Trust management and the independent auditors regarding financial reporting. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee. During the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008, the newly constituted Audit Committee met four times.

The members of the Governance and Nominating Committee (the “Governance Committee”) are Stuart Eizenstat (Chair), Robert M. Hernandez, Fred G. Weiss and Richard R. West, all of whom are non-interested Trustees. The principal responsibilities of the Governance Committee are to (1) identify individuals qualified to serve as non-interested Trustees of the Trust and recommend non-interested Trustee nominees for election by shareholders or appointment by the Board; (2) advise the Board with respect to Board composition, procedures and committees (other than the Audit Committee); (3) oversee periodic self-assessments of the Board and committees of the Board (other than the Audit Committee); (4) review and make recommendations regarding non-interested Trustee compensation; and (5) monitor corporate governance matters and develop appropriate recommendations to the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominations for the office of Trustee made by Trust shareholders as it deems appropriate. Trust shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send nominations to the

I-5

Secretary of the Trust that include biographical information and set forth the qualifications of the proposed nominee. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Governance Committee. During the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008, the newly constituted Governance Committee met twice.

The members of the Compliance Committee are James H. Bodurtha (Chair), Bruce R. Bond, Roberta Cooper Ramo and Jean Margo Reid, all of whom are non-interested Trustees. The Compliance Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility to oversee regulatory and fiduciary compliance matters involving the Fund, the fund-related activities of BlackRock and the Fund’s third party service providers. The Compliance Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation, to (1) oversee the compliance policies and procedures of the Fund and its service providers; (2) review information on and, where appropriate, recommend policies concerning the Fund’s compliance with applicable law, and (3) review reports from and make certain recommendations regarding the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Compliance Committee. During the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008, the newly constituted Compliance Committee met three times.

The members of the Performance Oversight Committee are David H. Walsh (Chair), Donald W. Burton, Kenneth A. Froot, and John O’Brien, all of whom are non-interested Trustees, and Richard S. Davis, who serves as an interested Trustee for certain other BlackRock-advised funds. The Performance Oversight Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility to oversee the Fund’s investment performance relative to its agreed-upon performance objectives. The Performance Oversight Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation, to (1) review the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and practices, (2) recommend to the Board specific investment tools and techniques employed by BlackRock, (3) recommend to the Board appropriate investment performance objectives based on its review of appropriate benchmarks and competitive universes, (4) review the Fund’s investment performance relative to agreed-upon performance objectives and (5) review information on unusual or exceptional investment matters. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Performance Oversight Committee. During the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008, the newly constituted Performance Oversight Committee met twice.

Prior to November 1, 2007, the Board then in office had two standing committees, an Audit Committee and a Nominating Committee, each of which consisted of all of the non-interested Trustees. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2007, the Audit Committee met four times and the Nominating Committee met once.

Biographical Information

Certain biographical and other information relating to the Trustees is set forth below, including their year of birth, their principal occupations for at least the last five years, the term of office and length of time served, the total number of investment companies overseen in the complex of funds advised by the Manager or its affiliates (“BlackRock-advised funds”) and any public directorships.


Name, Address and Year of Birth	Position(s) Held with Trust	Length of Time Served as a Trustee(b)	Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years	Number of BlackRock- Advised Funds and Portfolios Overseen	Public Directorships

Non-Interested Trustees(a)

James H. Bodurtha(c) 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1944	Trustee	1995 to present	Director, The China Business Group, Inc. (consulting firm) since 1996 and formerly Executive Vice President thereof from 1996 to 2003; Chairman of the Board, Berkshire Holding Corporation since 1980.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	None

Bruce R. Bond 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1946	Trustee	2007 to present	Formerly Trustee and Member of the Governance Committee, State Street Research Mutual Funds from 1997 to 2005; Formerly Board Member of Governance, Audit and Finance Committee, Avaya Inc. (computer equipment) from 2003 to 2007.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	None

I-6


Name, Address and Year of Birth	Position(s) Held with Trust	Length of Time Served as a Trustee(b)	Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years	Number of BlackRock- Advised Funds and Portfolios Overseen	Public Directorships

Donald W. Burton 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1944	Trustee	2007 to present	Managing General Partner, The Burton Partnership, LP (an investment partnership) since 1979; Managing General Partner, The South Atlantic Venture Funds since 1983; Member of the Investment Advisory Council of the Florida State Board of Administration from 2001 to 2007.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	Knology, Inc. (telecommunications); Capital Southwest (financial)

Honorable Stuart E. Eizenstat(d) 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1943	Trustee	2007 to present	Partner and Head of International Practice, Covington and Burling (law firm) since 2001; International Advisory Board Member, The Coca Cola Company since 2002; Advisory Board Member BT Americas (telecommunications) since 2004; Member of the Board of Directors, Chicago Climate Exchange (environmental) since 2006; Member of the International Advisory Board GML (energy) since 2003.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	UPS Corporation (delivery service)

Kenneth A. Froot 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1957	Trustee	2005 to present	Professor, Harvard University since 1992.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	None

Robert M. Hernandez(e) 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1944	Trustee	2007 to present	Formerly Director, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of USX Corporation (energy and steel business) from 1991 to 2001.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	ACE Limited (insurance company); Eastman Chemical Company (chemical); RTI International Metals, Inc. (metals); TYCO Electronics (electronics)

John F. O’Brien 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1943	Trustee	2007 to present	Trustee, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute since 2003; Formerly Director, Allmerica Financial Corporation from 1995 to 2003; Formerly Director, ABIOMED from 1989 to 2006; Formerly Director, Ameresco, Inc. (energy solutions company) from 2006 to 2007.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	Cabot Corporation (chemicals); LKQ Corporation (auto parts manufacturing); TJX Companies, Inc. (retailer)

Roberta Cooper Ramo 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1942	Trustee	1999 to present	Shareholder, Modrall, Sperling, Roehl, Harris & Sisk, P.A. (law firm) since 1993; Chairman of the Board, Cooper’s Inc., (retail) since 2000; Director of ECMC Group (service provider to students, schools and lenders) since 2001; President Elect, The American Law Institute, (non-profit), 2007; Formerly President, American Bar Association from 1995 to 1996.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	None

Jean Margo Reid 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1945	Trustee	2007 to present	Self-employed consultant since 2001; Director and Secretary, SCB, Inc. (holding company) since 1998; Director and Secretary, SCB Partners, Inc. (holding company) since 2000; Formerly Director, Covenant House (non-profit) from 2001 to 2004.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	None

David H. Walsh(f) 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1941	Trustee	2007 to present	Director, National Museum of Wildlife Art since 2007; Director, Ruckleshaus Institute and Haub School of Natural Resources at the University of Wyoming since 2006; Director, The American Museum of Fly Fishing since 1997; Formerly Consultant with Putnam Investments from 1993 to 2003; Formerly Director, The National Audubon Society from 1998 to 2005.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	None

I-7


Name, Address and Year of Birth	Position(s) Held with Trust	Length of Time Served as a Trustee(b)	Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years	Number of BlackRock- Advised Funds and Portfolios Overseen	Public Directorships

Fred G. Weiss(g) 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1941	Trustee	2007 to present	Managing Director, FGW Associates (consulting and investment company) since 1997; Director, Michael J. Fox Foundation for Parkinson’s Research since 2000; Formerly Director of BTG International Plc (a global technology commercialization company) from 2001 to 2007.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	Watson Pharmaceutical Inc.

Richard R. West 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1938	Trustee	2007 to present	Dean Emeritus, New York University’s Leonard N. Stern School of Business Administration since 1995.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	Bowne & Co., Inc. (financial printers); Vornado Realty Trust (real estate company); Alexander’s Inc. (real estate company)

Interested Trustees(a),(h)

Richard S. Davis 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1945	Trustee and President	2007 to present	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. since 2005; Formerly Chief Executive Officer, State Street Research & Management Company from 2000 to 2005; Formerly Chairman of the Board of Trustees, State Street Research Mutual Funds from 2000 to 2005; Formerly Chairman, SSR Realty from 2000 to 2004	185 Funds 295 Portfolios	None

Laurence D. Fink 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1952	Trustee	2007 to present	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of BlackRock, Inc. since its formation in 1998 and of BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities since 1988 and Chairman of the Executive and Management Committees; Formerly Managing Director, The First Boston Corporation, Member of its Management Committee, Co-head of its Taxable Fixed Income Division and Head of its Mortgage and Real Estate Products Group; Chairman of the Board of several of BlackRock’s alternative investment vehicles; Director of several of BlackRock’s offshore funds; Member of the Board of Trustees of New York University, Chair of the Financial Affairs Committee and a member of the Executive Committee, the Ad Hoc Committee on Board Governance, and the Committee on Trustees; Co-Chairman of the NYU Hospitals Center Board of Trustees, Chairman of the Development/Trustee Stewardship Committee and Chairman of the Finance Committee; Trustee, The Boys’ Club of New York.	37 Funds 104 Portfolios	None

Henry Gabbay 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1947	Trustee	2007 to present	Consultant, BlackRock, Inc. since 2007; Formerly Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. from 1989 to 2007; Formerly Chief Administrative Officer, BlackRock Advisors, LLC from 1998 to 2007; Formerly President of BlackRock Funds and BlackRock Bond Allocation Target Shares from 2005 to 2007 and Treasurer of certain closed-end funds in the BlackRock fund complex from 1989 to 2006.	184 Funds 294 Portfolios	None

(a)

Trustees serve until their resignation, removal or death, or until December 31 of the year in which they turn 72.

(b)

Following the combination of Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (“MLIM”) and BlackRock, Inc. in September 2006, the various legacy MLIM and legacy BlackRock Fund boards were realigned and consolidated into three new Fund boards in 2007. As a result, although the chart shows certain trustees as joining the Fund’s board in 2007, each trustee first became a member of the board of trustees of other legacy MLIM or legacy BlackRock Funds as follows: James H. Bodurtha, 1995; Bruce R. Bond, 2005; Donald W. Burton, 2002; Honorable Stuart E. Eizenstat, 2001; Kenneth A. Froot, 2005; Robert M. Hernandez, 1996; John F. O’Brien, 2005; Roberta Cooper Ramo, 1999; Jean Margo Reid, 2004; David H. Walsh, 2003; Fred G. Weiss, 1998 and Richard R. West, 1978.

(c)

Chairman of the Compliance Committee.

(d)

Chairman of the Governance and Nominating Committee.

(e)

Chairman of the Board of Trustees.

(f)

Chairman of the Performance Oversight Committee.

I-8

(g)

Vice-Chairman of the Board of Trustees and Chairman of the Audit Committee.

(h)

Messrs. Davis, Fink and Gabbay are all “interested persons,” as defined in the Investment Company Act, of the Fund based on their positions with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Certain biographical and other information relating to the officers of the Trust is set forth below, including their year of birth, their principal occupations for at least the last five years, the term of office and length of time served, the total number of BlackRock-advised funds overseen and any public directorships:


Name, Address and Year of Birth	Position(s) Held with Trust	Length of Time Served	Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years	Number of BlackRock- Advised Funds and Portfolios Overseen	Public Directorships

Fund Officers(a)

Donald C. Burke 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1960	Chief Executive Officer	2007 to present	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2006; Formerly Managing Director of Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (“MLIM”) and Fund Asset Management, L.P. (“FAM”) in 2006; First Vice President thereof from 1997 to 2005; Treasurer thereof from 1999 to 2006 and Vice President thereof from 1990 to 1997.	195 registered investment companies consisting of 305 portfolios	None

Anne F. Ackerley 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1962	Vice President	2007 to present	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2000; Chief Operating Officer of BlackRock’s U.S. Retail Group since 2006; Head of BlackRock’s Mutual Fund Group from 2000 to 2006; Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. from 1984 to 1986 and from 1988 to 2000, most recently as First Vice President and Operating Officer of the Mergers and Acquisitions Group.	185 registered investment companies consisting of 295 portfolios	None

Neal J. Andrews 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1966	Chief Financial Officer	2007 to present	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2006; Formerly Senior Vice President and Line of Business Head of Fund Accounting and Administration at PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (formerly PFPC Inc.) from 1992 to 2006.	185 registered investment companies consisting of 295 portfolios	None

Jay M. Fife 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1970	Treasurer	2007 to present	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2007 and Director in 2006; Formerly Assistant Treasurer of the MLIM/FAM advised funds from 2005 to 2006; Director of MLIM Fund Services Group from 2001 to 2006.	185 registered investment companies consisting of 295 portfolios	None

Brian P. Kindelan 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1959	Chief Compliance Officer	2007 to present	Chief Compliance Officer of the BlackRock-advised Funds since 2007; Anti-Money Laundering Officer of the BlackRock-advised Funds since 2007; Managing Director and Senior Counsel of BlackRock, Inc. since 2005; Director and Senior Counsel of BlackRock Advisors, Inc. from 2001 to 2004 and Vice President and Senior Counsel thereof from 1998 to 2000; Formerly Senior Counsel of The PNC Bank Corp. from 1995 to 1998.	185 registered investment companies consisting of 295 portfolios	None

Howard Surloff 40 East 52^nd Street New York, NY 10022 1965	Secretary	2007 to present	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. and General Counsel of U.S. Funds at BlackRock, Inc. since 2006; Formerly General Counsel (U.S.) of Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. from 1993 to 2006.	185 registered investment companies consisting of 295 portfolios	None

(a)

Officers of the Trust serve at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees.

I-9

Share Ownership

Information relating to each Trustee’s share ownership in the Fund and in all BlackRock-advised funds that are overseen by the respective Trustee (“Supervised Funds”) as of December 31, 2007 is set forth in the chart below:


Name of Trustee(a)	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Supervised Funds

Interested Trustees:

Richard S. Davis	None	Over $100,000

Laurence D. Fink	None	Over $100,000

Henry Gabbay	None	Over $100,000

Non-Interested Trustees:

James H. Bodurtha	None	Over $100,000

Bruce R. Bond	None	Over $100,000

Donald W. Burton	None	None

Stuart E. Eizenstat	None	$1-$10,000

Kenneth A. Froot	None	None

Robert M. Hernandez	None	Over $100,000

John F. O’Brien	None	None

Roberta Cooper Ramo	None	Over $100,000

Jean Margo Reid	None	Over $100,000

David H. Walsh	None	Over $100,000

Fred G. Weiss	None	Over $100,000

Richard R. West	None	Over $100,000

(a)

With the exception of Mr. Bodurtha, Mr. Froot and Ms. Cooper Ramo, each of the Trustees assumed office on November 1, 2007. Trustees of the Trust may purchase Institutional shares of the Fund. The Trustees anticipate purchasing additional shares of BlackRock-Advised Funds they currently oversee in the near future.

As of September 5, 2008, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned an aggregate of less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. As of December 31, 2007, none of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities affiliates of the Manager, the Distributor, or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Manager or the Distributor.

Compensation of Trustees

Each Trustee who is a non-Interested Trustee is paid as compensation an annual retainer of $150,000 per year for his or her services as Trustee to the BlackRock-advised funds, including the Fund, and a $25,000 Board meeting fee to be paid for each Board meeting up to five Board meetings held in a calendar year (compensation for meetings in excess of this number to be determined on a case-by-case basis), together with out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with a Board policy on travel and other business expenses relating to attendance at meetings. In addition, the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board of Trustees are paid as compensation an additional annual retainer of $65,000 and $25,000, respectively, per year. The Chairmen of the Audit Committee, Compliance Committee, Governance and Nominating Committee, and Performance Oversight Committee are paid as compensation an additional annual retainer of $25,000, respectively. The Fund compensates the Chief Compliance Officer for his services as its Chief Compliance Officer. The Fund may also pay a portion of the compensation of certain members of the staff of the Chief Compliance Officer.

I-10

The following table sets forth the compensation earned by the non-Interested Trustees for the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008, and the aggregate compensation paid to them by all BlackRock-advised funds for the calendar year ended December 31, 2007.


Name(a)	Aggregate Compensation from the Fund	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement	Aggregate Compensation from the Fund and Other BlackRock- Advised Funds

James H. Bodurtha(b)	$1,739	None	$296,014.50

Bruce R. Bond	$1,175	None	$216,500.00

Donald W. Burton	$1,175	None	$158,791.66

Honorable Stuart E. Eizenstat(c)	$1,232	None	$216,916.67

Kenneth A. Froot	$1,557	None	$250,135.87

Robert M. Hernandez(d)	$1,324	None	$224,833.33

John F. O’Brien	$1,175	None	$158,791.66

Roberta Cooper Ramo	$1,697	None	$250,135.87

Jean Margo Reid	$1,175	None	$171,433.48

David H. Walsh(e)	$1,232	None	$162,958.33

Fred G. Weiss(f)	$1,290	None	$183,160.41

Richard R. West	$1,175	None	$171,433.48

(a)

With the exception of Mr. Bodurtha, Mr. Froot and Ms. Cooper Ramo, each of the non-interested Trustees assumed office on November 1, 2007. For the number of BlackRock advised Funds from which each Trustee receives compensation see the Biographical Information Chart beginning on page I-6.

(b)

Chairman of the Compliance Committee.

(c)

Chairman of the Governance and Nominating Committee.

(d)

Chairman of the Board of Trustees.

(e)

Chairman of the Performance Oversight Committee.

(f)

Vice Chairman of the Board of Trustees and Chairman of the Audit Committee.

Mr. Kindelan assumed office as Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of the Fund on November 1, 2007. From November 1, 2007 through May 31, 2008, Mr. Kindelan received $207.96 from the Fund.

IV.

Management and Advisory Arrangements

The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has entered into a management agreement with BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Management Agreement”). Prior to September 29, 2006, Fund Asset Management, L.P. (“FAM”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”), acted as the Fund’s manager and was compensated according to the same management fee rate as the Manager discussed below.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager receives for its services a monthly fee from the Fund at the following annual rates:


Portion of average daily net assets:		Rate

Not exceeding $500 million		0.55%

In excess of $500 million but not exceeding $1 billion		0.525%

In excess of $1 billion		0.50%

I-11

The table below sets forth information about the total management fee paid by the Fund to FAM and to the Manager, for the periods indicated:


Fiscal Year Ended	Paid to FAM	Paid to the Manager	Waived by FAM(a)	Waiver by the Manager(a)(b)

May 31, 2008(c)	N/A	$1,331,157	N/A	$151,613

July 31, 2007	$107,880(d)	$1,293,940(e)	$522(d)	$263,100(e)

July 31, 2006	$581,624	N/A	$3,541	N/A

July 31, 2005	$564,146	N/A	$7,096	N/A

(a)

The Manager, and previously FAM, agreed to waive a portion of the Fund’s management fee in connection with the Fund’s investment in an affiliated money market fund.

(b)

On October 16, 2006, the Fund acquired the assets and assumed liabilities of BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Portfolio, a portfolio of BlackRock Funds^(SM) (the “Reorganization”). The Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive and/or reimburse fees and/or expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses) as follows: 0.85% (for Investor A shares), 0.70% (for Investor A1 shares), 1.60% (for Investor B and Investor C shares), 1.10% (for Investor B1 shares), 1.20% (for Investor C1 shares) and 0.85% (for Service shares). The Manager may reduce or discontinue these voluntary waivers and/or reimbursements at any time without notice; however, the Manager has agreed not to reduce or discontinue these waivers or reimbursements for a period of two years after the closing of the Reorganization unless approved by the Trustees of the BlackRock Multi-State Municipal Series Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees.

(c)

For the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008.

(d)

For the period August 1, 2006 to September 29, 2006.

(e)

For the period September 29, 2006 to July 31, 2007.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager may from time to time, in its sole discretion to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisers, including, without limitation, affiliates of the Manager, to perform management services with respect to the Fund. In addition, the Manager may delegate certain of its management functions under the Management Agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BlackRock may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

The Manager has entered into a sub-advisory agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) with BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BIM” or the “Sub-Adviser”), pursuant to which the Sub-Adviser receives for the services it provides a monthly fee at an annual rate equal to a percentage of the fee the Manager receives under the Management Agreement. The Sub-Adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. For the periods listed below, the Manager paid sub-advisory fees as follows:



August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008		$693,761

September 29, 2006 to July 31, 2007		$610,338

Information Regarding the Portfolio Manager

The Fund is managed by a team of financial professionals comprised of Timothy T. Browse, Theodore R. Jaeckel and Walter O’Connor who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio.

I-12

Other Funds and Accounts Managed

The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts other than the Fund for which the Fund’s portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of the Fund’s fiscal period ended May 31, 2008.


	Number of Other Accounts Managed and Assets by Account Type			Number of Accounts and Assets for Which Advisory Fee is Performance-Based
Name of Portfolio Manager	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts

Timothy T. Browse	12 $4,070,000,000	0 $0	0 $0	0 $0	0 $0	0 $0

Theodore R. Jaeckel, Jr.	81 $28,000,000,000	1 $3,500,000	0 $0	0 $0	1 $3,500,000	0 $0

Walter O’Connor	80 $28,000,000,000	0 $0	0 $0	0 $0	0 $0	0 $0

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock such as its Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan.

Base compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their seniority and/or their position with the firm. Senior portfolio managers who perform additional management functions within the portfolio management group or within BlackRock may receive additional compensation for serving in these other capacities.

Discretionary Incentive Compensation

Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual’s seniority, role within the portfolio management team, teamwork and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. In most cases, including for the portfolio managers of the Fund, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Fund or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers determine the benchmarks against which the performance of funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager is compared and the period of time over which performance is evaluated. With respect to the portfolio managers, such benchmarks for the Fund include a combination of market-based indices (e.g., Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index), certain customized indices and certain fund industry peer groups.

BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to the portfolio managers’ compensation based on the performance of the funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to the various benchmarks noted above. Performance is measured on both a pre-tax and after-tax basis over various time periods including 1, 3, 5 and 10-year periods, as applicable.

Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation

Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash and BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units which vest ratably over a number of years. The BlackRock, Inc.

I-13

restricted stock units, if properly vested, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Typically, the cash bonus, when combined with base salary, represents more than 60% of total compensation for the portfolio managers. Paying a portion of annual bonuses in stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods.

Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) — The LTIP is a long-term incentive plan that seeks to reward certain key employees. Beginning in 2006, awards are granted under the LTIP in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that, if properly vested and subject to the attainment of certain performance goals, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Messrs. Browse, Jaeckel and O’Connor have each received awards under the LTIP.

Deferred Compensation Program — A portion of the compensation paid to eligible BlackRock employees may be voluntarily deferred into an account that tracks the performance of certain of the firm’s investment products. Each participant in the deferred compensation program is permitted to allocate his deferred amounts among the various investment options. Each portfolio manager has participated in the deferred compensation program.

Other compensation benefits. In addition to base compensation and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:

Incentive Savings Plans — BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 6% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $4,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3% of eligible compensation, plus an additional contribution of 2% for any year in which BlackRock has positive net operating income. The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent employee investment direction, are invested into a balanced portfolio. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock Inc. common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares or a dollar value of $25,000. Each portfolio manager is eligible to participate in these plans.

Fund Ownership

As of May 31, 2008, the end of the Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year, the dollar range of equity securities of the Fund beneficially owned by the portfolio managers is shown below:


Portfolio Manager		Dollar Range

Timothy T. Browse		None

Theodore R. Jaeckel, Jr.		None

Walter O’Connor		None

Potential Material Conflicts of Interest

Real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or account, including the following:

BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment

I-14

opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Fund, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made for the Fund. In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and any officer, director, stockholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Fund. BlackRock, or any of its affiliates, or any officer, director, stockholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Fund by BlackRock with respect to the same securities. Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock’s (or its affiliates’) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or the officers, directors or employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. Each portfolio manager also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for a Fund. In this regard, it should be noted that Mr. Jaeckel currently manages certain accounts that are subject to performance fees. In addition, a portfolio manager may assist in managing certain hedge funds and may be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such funds and a portion of such incentive fees may be voluntarily or involuntarily deferred. Additional portfolio managers may in the future manage other such accounts or funds and may be entitled to receive incentive fees.

As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted a policy that is intended to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated fairly and equitably among client accounts over time. This policy also seeks to achieve reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base.

Transfer Agency Services

The following table sets forth the transfer agency fees paid by the Fund to PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC GIS”), formerly known as PFPC Inc., and to Financial Data Services, Inc. (“FDS”), the Fund’s previous transfer agent, for the periods indicated:


Fiscal Year Ended	Paid to FDS	Paid to PFPC

May 31, 2008(a)	N/A	$56,625

July 31, 2007	$8,740(b)	$63,853(c)

July 31, 2006	$44,322	N/A

July 31, 2005	$47,325	N/A

(a)

For the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008.

(b)

For the period August 1, 2006 to September 29, 2006.

(c)

For the period September 29, 2006 to July 31, 2007.

I-15

Accounting Services

The table below shows the amount paid by the Fund to State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), the Manager and to FAM, the Fund’s previous manager, for accounting services for the periods indicated:


Fiscal Year Ended	Paid to State Street	Paid to FAM	Paid to the Manager

May 31, 2008(a)	$90,886	N/A	$4,178

July 31, 2007	$106,732	$524(b)	$4,697(c)

July 31, 2006	$82,048	$2,259	N/A

July 31, 2005	$84,971	$2,335	N/A

(a)

For the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008.

(b)

For the period August 1, 2006 to September 29, 2006.

(c)

For the period September 29, 2006 to July 31, 2007.

Information on Sales Charges and Distribution Related Expenses

Set forth below is information on sales charges (including any contingent deferred sales charges (“CDSCs”)) received by the Fund, including the amounts paid to affiliates of the Manager or FAM, for the periods indicated. Prior to September 29, 2006, FAM Distributors, Inc. (“FAMD”) was the Fund’s sole distributor. Effective September 29, 2006 through September 30, 2008, FAMD and BlackRock Distributors, Inc. (“BDI”), each an affiliate of the Manager, acted as the Fund’s co-distributors. Effective October 1, 2008, BlackRock Investments, Inc. (“BII”), an affiliate of the Manager, acts as the Fund’s sole distributor.

Investor A, Investor A1 and Institutional Sales Charge Information


	Investor A(a)
For the Fiscal Year Ended	Gross Sales Charges Collected	Sales Charges Retained by FAMD	Sales Charges Retained by BDI	Sales Charges Paid to Affiliates	CDSCs Received on Redemption of Load Waived Shares

May 31, 2008(c)	$112,829	$1,982	$7,719	$35,073(e)	$104

July 31, 2007	$67,725	$3,130	$2,914(d)	$36,087	$3,258

	Investor A1
For the Fiscal Year Ended	Gross Sales Charges Collected	Sales Charges Retained by FAMD	Sales Charges Retained by BDI	Sales Charges Paid to Affiliates	CDSCs Received on Redemption of Load Waived Shares

May 31, 2008(c)	$891	$0	$103	$103	$0

July 31, 2007	$9,660	$682	$306(d)	$9,660	$0

July 31, 2006	$15,637	$1,587	N/A	$14,050	$0

July 31, 2005	$11,805	$1,276	N/A	$10,529	$0

	Institutional(f)
For the Fiscal Year Ended	Gross Sales Charges Collected	Sales Charges Retained by FAMD	Sales Charges Retained by BDI	Sales Charges Paid to Affiliates	CDSCs Received on Redemption of Load Waived Shares

May 31, 2008(c)	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

July 31, 2007	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

July 31, 2006	$13,712	$1,417	N/A	$12,295	$0

July 31, 2005	$3,570	$571	N/A	$2,999	$0

I-16

Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C and Investor C1 Sales Charges Information


	Investor B(a)(b)
For the Fiscal Year Ended	CDSCs Received by FAMD	CDSCs Received by BDI	CDSCs Paid to Affiliates

May 31, 2008(c)	$0	$7,628	$7,628

July 31, 2007	$0	$153,243(d)	$153,243


	Investor B1 Shares(b)
For the Fiscal Year Ended	CDSCs Received by FAMD	CDSCs Received by BDI	CDSCs Paid to Affiliates

May 31, 2008(c)	$0	$7,045	$7,045

July 31, 2007	$1,573	$4,641(d)	$6,214

July 31, 2006	$18,540	N/A	$18,540

July 31, 2005	$22,620	N/A	$22,620


	Investor C(a)
For the Fiscal Year Ended	CDSCs Received by FAMD	CDSCs Received by BDI	CDSCs Paid to Affiliates

May 31, 2008(c)	$0	$1	$1

July 31, 2007	$0	$7,312(d)	$7,312


	Investor C1 Shares
For the Fiscal Year Ended	CDSCs Received by FAMD	CDSCs Received by BDI	CDSCs Paid to Affiliates

May 31, 2008(c)	$0	$0	$0

July 31, 2007	$224	$513(d)	$737

July 31, 2006	$916	N/A	$916

July 31, 2005	$2,235	N/A	$2,235

(a)

Investor A, Investor B, and Investor C shares commenced operations on October 2, 2006.

(b)

Additional Investor B and Investor B1 CDSCs payable to FAMD may have been waived or converted to a contingent obligation in connection with a shareholder’s participation in certain fee based programs.

(c)

For the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008.

(d)

For the period September 29, 2006 to July 31, 2007.

(e)

These amounts include payments to Hilliard Lyons, which was considered an affiliate for a portion of the year.

(f)

Effective December 28, 2005, Institutional shares are no longer subject to a front end sales charge.

The table below provides information for the period from August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008 about the 12b-1 fees the Fund paid to the Fund’s former distributors under the Fund’s 12b-1 plans. At least 50% of the fees collected by the Fund’s former distributors were paid to affiliates for providing shareholder servicing activities for Investor A, Investor A1 and Service shares and for providing shareholder servicing and distribution-related activities and services for Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C and Investor C1 shares.


Class		Paid to the Distributors

Investor A		$36,583

Investor A1		$32,407

Investor B		$64,358

Investor B1		$58,581

Investor C		$70,874

Investor C1		$88,991

Service		$25,642

I-17

VI.

Computation of Offering Price Per Share

An illustration of the computation of the offering price for the outstanding shares of the Fund based on the value of the Fund’s net assets and number of shares outstanding on May 31, 2008 is set forth below.


	Investor A	Investor A1	Investor B	Investor B1	Investor C	Investor C1	Institutional	Service

Net Assets	$21,563,569	$38,082,299	$6,868,672	$12,385,851	$10,479,702	$16,231,764	$179,560,472	$11,569,392


Number of Shares Outstanding	2,091,359	3,692,624	666,799	1,202,215	1,017,684	1,575,897	17,430,844	1,123,276


Net Asset Value Per Share (net assets divided by number of shares outstanding)	$10.31	$10.31	$10.30	$10.30	$10.30	$10.30	$10.30	$10.30

Sales Charge (for Investor A and Investor A1 shares: 4.25% and 4.00% of offering price; 4.44% and 4.17% of net asset value per share respectively)(a)	.46	.43	(b)	(b)	(b)	(b)	(c)	(c)


Offering Price	$10.77	$10.74	$10.30	$10.30	$10.30	$10.30	$10.30	$10.30

(a)

Rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent; assumes maximum sales charge is applicable.

(b)

Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C and Investor C1 shares are not subject to an initial sales charge but may be subject to a CDSC on redemption of shares. See Part II of this Statement of Additional Information “Purchase of Shares — Deferred Sales Charge Alternative — Investor C Shares.”

(c)

Institutional and Service shares are not subject to a sales charge.

VII.

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

See Part II “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” in this Statement of Additional Information for more information.

Information about the brokerage commissions paid by the Fund, including commissions paid to Affiliates for the periods indicated, is set forth in the following table:


Fiscal Year Ended	Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid	Commissions Paid to Affiliates

May 31, 2008(a)	$638	$0

July 31, 2007	$0	$0

July 31, 2006	$2,888	$0

July 31, 2005	$4,987	$0
(a) For the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008.

Under an exemptive order, the Trust may effect principal transactions with Merrill Lynch in high quality, short-term, tax-exempt securities subject to conditions set forth in such order. Information regarding transactions executed pursuant to this exemptive order for the Fund during the periods indicated is set forth in the following table:


Fiscal Year Ended	Number of Transactions	Dollar Value (000’s)

May 31, 2008(a)	$0	$0

July 31, 2007	$0	$0

July 31, 2006	$0	$0

July 31, 2005	$0	$0
(a) For the period August 1, 2007 to May 31, 2008

I-18

VIII.

Fund Performance

Set forth in the tables below is information on average annual total return (before and after taxes), for the Investor A, Investor A1, Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1, Institutional and Service shares of the Fund for the periods indicated expressed as a percentage based on a hypothetical $1,000 investment.


	Average Annual Total Return (including maximum applicable sales charge)
Period	Investor A(a)	Investor A1	Investor B(a)(e)	Investor B1	Investor C(a)	Investor C1	Institutional(c)	Service(b)

One Year Ended May 31, 2008	-3.59%	-3.20%	-4.40%	-3.43%	-0.94%	-0.64%	0.88%	0.77%

Five Years Ended May 31, 2008	2.75%	2.96%	2.53%	3.04%	2.87%	3.28%	3.89%	3.64%

Ten Years Ended May 31, 2008	3.59%	3.77%	3.27%	3.77%	3.27%	3.67%	4.29%	4.04%

	Average Annual Total Return After Taxes on Dividends (including maximum applicable sales charge)
Period	Investor A(a)	Investor A1	Investor B(a)(e)	Investor B1	Investor C(a)	Investor C1	Institutional(c)	Service(b)

One Year Ended May 31, 2008	-3.62%	-3.23%	-4.42%	-3.46%	-0.96%	-0.67%	0.85%	0.75%

Five Years Ended May 31, 2008	2.74%	2.95%	2.52%	3.03%	2.87%	3.27%	3.88%	3.64%

Ten Years Ended May 31, 2008	3.49%	3.67%	3.16%	3.67%	3.16%	3.57%	4.19%	3.94%

	Average Annual Total Return After Taxes on Dividends and Redemptions (including maximum applicable sales charge)
Period	Investor A(a)	Investor A1	Investor B(a)(e)	Investor B1	Investor C(a)	Investor C1	Institutional(c)	Service(b)

One Year Ended May 31, 2008	-0.93%	-0.62%	-1.64%	-0.85%	0.60%	0.93%	2.11%	1.98%

Five Years Ended May 31, 2008	2.98%	3.16%	2.77%	3.19%	3.06%	3.38%	3.99%	3.76%

Ten Years Ended May 31, 2008	3.65%	3.81%	3.37%	3.77%	3.37%	3.67%	4.28%	4.06%

			Yield

30 Days Ended May 31, 2008	3.60%	3.75%	3.08%	3.51%	3.01%	3.41%	3.92%	3.76%

			Tax Equivalent Yield(d)

30 Days Ended May 31, 2008	4.97%	5.17%	4.25%	4.84%	4.15%	4.70%	5.41%	5.19%

(a)

(b)

Prior to the Service class inception date of October 2, 2006, the returns for Service shares are based on the performance of the Institutional shares adjusted to reflect the service (12b-1) fees applicable to Service shares.

(c)

The returns for Institutional shares do not reflect the Institutional front end sales charge prior to December 28, 2005. If the sales charge were included, the returns shown for Institutional shares would be lower.

(d)

Based on a Federal income tax rate of 27.5%.

(e)

Investor B shares automatically convert to Investor A shares after approximately seven years.

I-19

IX.

Additional Information

State Tax Issues

To the extent distributions are derived from interest or gains on New Jersey Municipal Bonds, such distributions will be exempt from New Jersey personal income tax. In order to pass through tax-exempt interest for New Jersey personal income tax purposes, the Fund, among other requirements, must have not less than 80% of the aggregate principal amount of its investments invested in New Jersey Municipal Bonds at the close of each quarter of the tax year (the “80% Test”). For purposes of calculating whether the 80% Test is satisfied, financial options, futures, forward contracts and similar financial instruments relating to interest-bearing obligations are excluded from the principal amount of the Fund’s investments. The Fund intends to comply with this requirement so as to enable it to pass through interest exempt from New Jersey personal income tax. In the event the Fund does not so comply, distributions by the Fund may be taxable to shareholders for New Jersey personal income tax purposes. However, regardless of whether the Fund meets the 80% Test, all distributions attributable to interest earned on Federal obligations will be exempt from New Jersey personal income tax. Interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry shares is not deductible for New Jersey personal income tax purposes to the extent attributable to exempt-interest dividends.

Exempt-interest dividends and gains paid to a corporate shareholder will be subject to the New Jersey corporation business (franchise) tax and, if applicable, the New Jersey corporation income tax, and may also be subject to state taxes in states other than New Jersey. Accordingly, investors in the Fund, including, in particular, corporate investors that might be subject to the New Jersey corporation business (franchise) tax and, if applicable, the New Jersey corporation income tax, should consult their tax advisers with respect to the application of such taxes to an investment in the Fund, to the receipt of Fund dividends and as to their New Jersey tax situation in general.

Under present New Jersey law, a RIC, such as the Fund, will pay a minimum tax based on the New Jersey gross receipts, which tax shall not be greater than $2,000. The Fund might be subject to the New Jersey corporation business (franchise) tax for any taxable year in which it does not qualify as a RIC.

Description of Shares

The Trust is a business trust organized on August 2, 1985 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. On October 1, 1987, the Trust changed its name from “Merrill Lynch Multi-State Tax-Exempt Series Trust” to “Merrill Lynch Multi-State Municipal Bond Series Trust,” and on December 22, 1987 the Trust again changed its name to “Merrill Lynch Multi-State Municipal Series Trust.” Effective September 29, 2006, the Trust changed its name to BlackRock Multi-State Municipal Series Trust and the Fund changed its name to BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund.

The Trust is an open-end management investment company comprised of separate Series, each of which is a separate portfolio offering shares to selected groups of purchasers. Each of the Series is managed independently in order to provide shareholders who are residents of the state to which such Series relates with income exempt from Federal, and in certain cases, state and local income taxes. The Trustees are authorized to create an unlimited number of Series and, with respect to each Series, to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest, $.10 par value per share, of different classes and to divide or combine the shares into a greater or lesser number of shares without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interests in the Series. The Trust is presently comprised of the Fund, BlackRock Florida Municipal Bond Fund, BlackRock Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund and BlackRock New York Municipal Bond Fund. Shareholder approval is not required for the authorization of additional Series or classes of a Series of the Trust.

I-20

Principal Shareholders

To the knowledge of the Fund, the following entities owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of the Fund’s shares as of September 5, 2008:


Name	Address	Percentage and Class

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH**	4800 E Deerlake Dr 3rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484	45.05% of Investor A

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS OMNIBUS ACCOUNT**	P O Box 32760 Louisville, KY 40232-2760	12.03% of Investor A

PERSHING LLC**	PO Box 2052 Jersey City, NJ 07303-9998	5.96% of Investor A

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH**	4800 E Deerlake Dr 3rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484	86.35% of Investor A1

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS OMNIBUS ACCOUNT**	P O Box 32760 Louisville, KY 40232-2760	33.06% of Investor B

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH**	4800 E Deerlake Dr 3rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484	14.73% of Investor B

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.**	333 West 34th St - 3rd Floor New York, NY 10001	8.23% of Investor B

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC** SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT (FBO) CUSTOMERS	101 Montgomery St San Francisco, CA 94104-9122	5.87% of Investor B

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH**	4800 E Deerlake Dr 3rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484	86.49% of Investor B1

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH**	4800 E Deerlake Dr 3rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484	72.63% of Investor C

FIRST CLEARING, LLC** JILL R GIBSON	P O Box 5490 Somerset, NJ 08875-5490	7.81% of Investor C

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH**	4800 E Deerlake Dr 3rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484	93.52% of Investor C1

SAXON & CO**	PO Box 7780-1888 Philadelphia, PA 19182	71.10% of Institutional

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH**	4800 E Deerlake Dr 3rd Floor Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484	24.27% of Institutional

SAXON & CO**	PO Box 7780-1888 Philadelphia, PA 19182	20.29% of Service Class

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS OMNIBUS ACCOUNT**	P O Box 32760 Louisville, KY 40232-2760	6.99% of Service Class

(**)

Record holders that do not beneficially hold the shares.

Financial Statements

The Fund’s audited financial statements, including the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, are incorporated in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information by reference to its 2008 Annual Report. You may request a copy of the Annual Report at no charge by calling 1-800-441-7762 between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday to Friday.

I-21

PART II

Part II of this Statement of Additional Information contains information about the following funds: BlackRock Total Return Fund (“Total Return Fund”) and BlackRock High Income Fund (“High Income Fund”) of BlackRock Bond Fund, Inc. (“BlackRock Bond Fund”); BlackRock California Insured Municipal Bond Fund of the BlackRock California Municipal Series Trust (“California Insured”); BlackRock Commodity Strategies Fund (“Commodity Strategies”); BlackRock Short-Term Bond Fund of BlackRock Short-Term Bond Series, Inc. (“Short-Term Bond”); BlackRock Municipal Insured Fund (“Municipal Insured”), BlackRock National Municipal Fund (“National Municipal”), BlackRock Short Term Municipal Fund (“Short-Term Municipal”) and BlackRock High Yield Municipal Fund (“High Yield Municipal”) of BlackRock Municipal Bond Fund, Inc. (“Municipal Bond”); BlackRock Intermediate Municipal Fund of BlackRock Municipal Series Trust (“Intermediate Municipal”); BlackRock Florida Municipal Bond Fund (“Florida Municipal Bond”), BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund (“New Jersey Municipal Bond”), BlackRock New York Municipal Bond Fund (“New York Municipal Bond”) and BlackRock Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund (“Pennsylvania Municipal Bond”) of BlackRock Multi-State Municipal Series Trust; and BlackRock World Income Fund, Inc. (“World Income”).

Throughout this Statement of Additional Information, each of the above listed funds may be referred to as a “Fund” or collectively as the “Funds.” California Insured, Municipal Insured, National Municipal, Short-Term Municipal, High Yield Municipal, Intermediate Municipal, Florida Municipal Bond, New Jersey Municipal Bond, New York Municipal Bond and Pennsylvania Municipal Bond are collectively referred to herein as the “Municipal Funds.”

Each Fund is organized either as a Maryland corporation, a Massachusetts business trust or a Delaware statutory trust. In each jurisdiction, nomenclature varies. For ease and clarity of presentation, shares of common stock and shares of beneficial interest are referred to herein as “shares” or “Common Stock,” holders of shares of Common Stock are referred to as “shareholders,” the trustees or directors of each Fund are referred to as “Directors,” BlackRock Advisors, LLC is the investment adviser or manager of each Fund and is referred to herein as the “Manager,” and the investment advisory agreement or management agreement applicable to each Fund is referred to as the “Management Agreement.” Each Fund’s Articles of Incorporation or Declaration of Trust, together with all amendments thereto, is referred to as its “charter.” The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, is referred to herein as the “Investment Company Act” and the Securities and Exchange Commission is referred to herein as the “Commission.”

Certain Funds are “feeder” funds (each, a “Feeder Fund”) that invest all or a portion of their assets in a corresponding “master” portfolio (each, a “Master Portfolio”) of a master limited liability company (each, a “Master LLC”), a mutual fund that has the same objective and strategies as the Feeder Fund. All investments are generally made at the level of the Master Portfolio. This structure is sometimes called a “master/feeder” structure. A Feeder Fund’s investment results will correspond directly to the investment results of the underlying Master Portfolio in which it invests. For simplicity, this Statement of Additional Information uses the term “Fund” to include both a Feeder Fund and its Master Portfolio.

INVESTMENT RISKS AND CONSIDERATIONS

Set forth below are descriptions of some of the types of investments and investment strategies that one or more of the Funds may use, and the risks and considerations associated with those investments and investment strategies. Please see each Fund’s Prospectus and the “Investment Objectives and Policies” section of this Statement of Additional Information for further information on each Fund’s investment policies and risks. Information contained in this section about the risks and considerations associated with a Fund’s investments and/or investment strategies applies only to those Funds specifically identified as making each type of investment or using each investment strategy (each, a “Covered Fund”). Information that does not apply to a Covered Fund does not form a part of that Covered Fund’s Statement of Additional Information and should not be relied on by investors in that Covered Fund. Only information that is clearly identified as applicable to a Covered Fund is considered to form a part of that Covered Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

II-1

BlackRock
Bond
Fund –
Total
Return
Fund

BlackRock
Bond Fund –
High Income
Fund

California
Insured

Commodity
Strategies

Short-
Term
Bond

Municipal
Bond –
High Yield
Municipal

Municipal
Bond –
Municipal
Insured

Municipal
Bond –
Short Term
Municipal

Municipal
Bond –
National
Municipal

144 A Securities

Asset Backed Securities

Borrowing and Leverage

Convertible Securities

Corporate Loans

Debt Securities

Derivatives

Hedging

Indexed and Inverse Floating Rate

Swap Agreements

Interest Rate Swaps, Caps and Floors

Credit Default Swap Agreements

Credit Linked Securities

Total Return Swap Agreements

Hybrid Instruments

Options on Securities and Securities Indices

Types of Options

Call Options

Put Options

Options on Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) Certificates

Futures

Foreign Exchange Transactions

Forward Foreign Exchange Transactions

Currency Futures

Currency Options

Limitations on Currency Transactions

Risk Factors in Hedging Foreign Currency Risks

Risk Factors in Derivatives

Credit Risk

Currency Risk

Leverage Risk

Liquidity Risk

Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the use of OTC Derivatives

Distressed Securities

Dollar Rolls

Foreign Investment Risks

Foreign Market Risk

Foreign Economy Risk

Currency Risk and Exchange Risk

Governmental Supervision and Regulation / Accounting Standards

Certain Risks of Holding Fund Assets Outside the United States

Settlement Risk

Intermediate
Municipal

Florida
Municipal
Bond

New
Jersey
Municipal
Bond

New York
Municipal
Bond

Pennsylvania
Municipal
Bond

World
Income

144 A Securities

Asset Backed Securities

Borrowing and Leverage

Convertible Securities

Corporate Loans

Debt Securities

Derivatives

Hedging

Indexed and Inverse Floating Rate

Swap Agreements

Interest Rate Swaps, Caps and Floors

Credit Default Swap Agreements

Credit Linked Securities

Total Return Swap Agreements

Hybrid Instruments

Options on Securities and Securities Indices

Types of Options

Call Options

Put Options

Options on Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) Certificates

Futures

Foreign Exchange Transactions

Forward Foreign Exchange Transactions

Currency Futures

Currency Options

Limitations on Currency Transactions

Risk Factors in Hedging Foreign Currency Risks

Risk Factors in Derivatives

Credit Risk

Currency Risk

Leverage Risk

Liquidity Risk

Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the use of OTC Derivatives

Distressed Securities

Dollar Rolls

Foreign Investment Risks

Foreign Market Risk

Foreign Economy Risk

Currency Risk and Exchange Risk

Governmental Supervision and Regulation / Accounting Standards

Certain Risks of Holding Fund Assets Outside the United States

Settlement Risk

II-2

BlackRock
Bond
Fund -
Total
Return
Fund

BlackRock
Bond
Fund –
High
Income
Fund

California
Insured

Commodity
Strategies

Short-
Term
Bond

Municipal
Bond –
High
Yield
Municipal

Municipal
Bond –
Municipal
Insured

Municipal
Bond –
Short-
Term
Municipal

Municipal
Bond –
National
Municipal

Illiquid or Restricted Securities

Inflation-indexed Bonds

Investment in Emerging Markets

Restriction on Certain Investments

Investment in Other Investment Companies

Junk Bonds

Mortgage-Related Securities

Mortgage Backed Securities

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”)

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities

CMO Residuals

Stripped Mortgage Backed Securities

Tiered Index Bonds

Municipal Investments

Risk Factors and Special Considerations Relating to Municipal Bonds

Description of Municipal Bonds

General Obligation Bonds

Revenue Bonds

PABs

Moral Obligation Bonds

Municipal Notes

Municipal Commercial Paper

Municipal Lease Obligations

Yields

Variable Rate Demand Obligations (“VRDOs”) and Participating VRDOs

Transactions in Financial Futures Contracts

Call Rights

Municipal Interest Rate Swap Transactions

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)

Repurchase Agreements and Purchase and Sale Contracts

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Securities Lending

Short Sales

Sovereign Debt

Standby Commitment Agreements

Stripped Securities

Supranational Entities

Warrants

When Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments

Zero Coupon Securities

Intermediate
Municipal

Florida
Municipal
Bond

New
Jersey
Municipal
Bond

New York
Municipal
Bond

Pennsylvania
Municipal
Bond

World
Income

Illiquid or Restricted Securities

Inflation-indexed Bonds

Investment in Emerging Markets

Restriction on Certain Investments

Investment in Other Investment Companies

Junk Bonds

Mortgage-Related Securities

Mortgage Backed Securities

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”)

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities

CMO Residuals

Stripped Mortgage Backed Securities

Tiered Index Bonds

Municipal Investments

Risk Factors and Special Considerations Relating to Municipal Bonds

Description of Municipal Bonds

General Obligation Bonds

Revenue Bonds

PABs

Moral Obligation Bonds

Municipal Notes

Municipal Commercial Paper

Municipal Lease Obligations

Yields

Variable Rate Demand Obligations (“VRDOs”) and Participating VRDOs

Transactions in Financial Futures Contracts

Call Rights

Municipal Interest Rate Swap Transactions

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)

Repurchase Agreements and Purchase and Sale Contracts

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Securities Lending

Short Sales

Sovereign Debt

Standby Commitment Agreements

Stripped Securities

Supranational Entities

Warrants

When Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments

Zero Coupon Securities

II-3

144A Securities. A Fund may purchase securities that can be offered and sold only to “qualified institutional buyers” under Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The Directors have determined to treat as liquid Rule 144A securities that are either freely tradable in their primary markets offshore or have been determined to be liquid in accordance with the policies and procedures adopted by the Fund’s Directors. The Directors have adopted guidelines and delegated to the Manager the daily function of determining and monitoring liquidity of 144A securities. The Directors, however, will retain sufficient oversight and be ultimately responsible for the determinations. Since it is not possible to predict with assurance exactly how the market for securities sold and offered under Rule 144A will continue to develop, the Directors will carefully monitor a Fund’s investments in these securities. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in a Fund to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these securities.

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities are “pass-through” securities, meaning that principal and interest payments — net of expenses — made by the borrower on the underlying assets (such as credit card receivables) are passed through to a Fund. The value of asset-backed securities, like that of traditional fixed income securities, typically increases when interest rates fall and decreases when interest rates rise. However, asset-backed securities differ from traditional fixed income securities because of their potential for prepayment. The price paid by a Fund for its asset-backed securities, the yield the Fund expects to receive from such securities and the average life of the securities are based on a number of factors, including the anticipated rate of prepayment of the underlying assets. In a period of declining interest rates, borrowers may prepay the underlying assets more quickly than anticipated, thereby reducing the yield to maturity and the average life of the asset-backed securities. Moreover, when a Fund reinvests the proceeds of a prepayment in these circumstances, it will likely receive a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on the security that was prepaid. To the extent that a Fund purchases asset-backed securities at a premium, prepayments may result in a loss to the extent of the premium paid. If a Fund buys such securities at a discount, both scheduled payments and unscheduled prepayments will increase current and total returns and unscheduled prepayments will also accelerate the recognition of income which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. In a period of rising interest rates, prepayments of the underlying assets may occur at a slower than expected rate, creating maturity extension risk. This particular risk may effectively change a security that was considered short or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a longer term security. Since the value of longer-term securities generally fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than shorter term securities, maturity extension risk could increase the volatility of the Fund.

Borrowing and Leverage. Each Fund may borrow as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including to meet redemptions or to settle securities transactions. Most Funds will not purchase securities at any time when borrowings exceed 5% of their total assets, except (a) to honor prior commitments or (b) to exercise subscription rights when outstanding borrowings have been obtained exclusively for settlements of other securities transactions. Certain Funds may also borrow in order to make investments. The purchase of securities while borrowings are outstanding will have the effect of leveraging the Fund. Such leveraging increases the Fund’s exposure to capital risk, and borrowed funds are subject to interest costs that will reduce net income. The use of leverage by a Fund creates an opportunity for greater total return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, leveraging may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of Fund shares and in the yield on the Fund’s portfolio. Although the principal of such borrowings will be fixed, the Fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowings are outstanding. Borrowings will create interest expenses for the Fund that can exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowings. To the extent the income or capital appreciation derived from securities purchased with borrowed funds exceeds the interest the Fund will have to pay on the borrowings, the Fund’s return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income or capital appreciation from the securities purchased with such borrowed funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of borrowing, the return to the Fund will be less than if leverage had not been used and, therefore, the amount available for distribution to shareholders as dividends will be reduced. In the latter case, the Manager in its best judgment nevertheless may determine to maintain the Fund’s leveraged position if it expects that the benefits to the Fund’s shareholders of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the current reduced return.

Certain types of borrowings by a Fund may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage, portfolio composition requirements and other matters. It is not anticipated that observance of such covenants would impede the Manager from managing a Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. However, a breach of any such covenants not cured within the specified cure

II-4

period may result in acceleration of outstanding indebtedness and require the Fund to dispose of portfolio investments at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

Each Fund may at times borrow from affiliates of the Manager, provided that the terms of such borrowings are no less favorable than those available from comparable sources of funds in the marketplace.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities entitle the holder to receive interest payments paid on corporate debt securities or the dividend preference on a preferred stock until such time as the convertible security matures or is redeemed or until the holder elects to exercise the conversion privilege.

The characteristics of convertible securities make them potentially attractive investments for an investment company seeking a high total return from capital appreciation and investment income. These characteristics include the potential for capital appreciation as the value of the underlying common stock increases, the relatively high yield received from dividend or interest payments as compared to common stock dividends and decreased risks of decline in value relative to the underlying common stock due to their fixed income nature. As a result of the conversion feature, however, the interest rate or dividend preference on a convertible security is generally less than would be the case if the securities were issued in nonconvertible form.

In analyzing convertible securities, the Manager will consider both the yield on the convertible security relative to its credit quality and the potential capital appreciation that is offered by the underlying common stock, among other things.

Convertible securities are issued and traded in a number of securities markets. Even in cases where a substantial portion of the convertible securities held by a Fund are denominated in U.S. dollars, the underlying equity securities may be quoted in the currency of the country where the issuer is domiciled. As a result, fluctuations in the exchange rate between the currency in which the debt security is denominated and the currency in which the share price is quoted will affect the value of the convertible security. With respect to convertible securities denominated in a currency different from that of the underlying equity securities, the conversion price may be based on a fixed exchange rate established at the time the security is issued, which may increase the effects of currency risk. As described below, a Fund is authorized to enter into foreign currency hedging transactions in which it may seek to reduce the effect of exchange rate fluctuations.

Apart from currency considerations, the value of convertible securities is influenced by both the yield on nonconvertible securities of comparable issuers and by the value of the underlying common stock. The value of a convertible security viewed without regard to its conversion feature (i.e., strictly on the basis of its yield) is sometimes referred to as its “investment value.” To the extent interest rates change, the investment value of the convertible security typically will fluctuate. At the same time, however, the value of the convertible security will be influenced by its “conversion value,” which is the market value of the underlying common stock that would be obtained if the convertible security were converted. Conversion value fluctuates directly with the price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value of a convertible security is substantially below its investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the price of the convertible security will be influenced principally by its conversion value. A convertible security will sell at a premium over the conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security. The yield and conversion premium of convertible securities issued in Japan and the Euromarket are frequently determined at levels that cause the conversion value to affect their market value more than the securities’ investment value.

Holders of convertible securities generally have a claim on the assets of the issuer prior to the common stockholders but may be subordinated to other debt securities of the same issuer. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in a charter provision, indenture or other governing instrument pursuant to which the convertible security was issued. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Certain convertible debt securities may provide a put option to the holder, which entitles the

II-5

holder to cause the security to be redeemed by the issuer at a premium over the stated principal amount of the debt security under certain circumstances.

A Fund may also invest in synthetic convertible securities. Synthetic convertible securities may include either Cash-Settled Convertibles or Manufactured Convertibles. Cash-Settled Convertibles are instruments that are created by the issuer and have the economic characteristics of traditional convertible securities but may not actually permit conversion into the underlying equity securities in all circumstances. As an example, a private company may issue a Cash-Settled Convertible that is convertible into common stock only if the company successfully completes a public offering of its common stock prior to maturity and otherwise pays a cash amount to reflect any equity appreciation. Manufactured Convertibles are created by the Manager or another party by combining separate securities that possess one of the two principal characteristics of a convertible security, i.e., fixed income (“fixed income component”) or a right to acquire equity securities (“convertibility component”). The fixed income component is achieved by investing in nonconvertible fixed income securities, such as nonconvertible bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertibility component is achieved by investing in call options, warrants, or other securities with equity conversion features (“equity features”) granting the holder the right to purchase a specified quantity of the underlying stocks within a specified period of time at a specified price or, in the case of a stock index option, the right to receive a cash payment based on the value of the underlying stock index.

A Manufactured Convertible differs from traditional convertible securities in several respects. Unlike a traditional convertible security, which is a single security that has a unitary market value, a Manufactured Convertible is comprised of two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the total “market value” of such a Manufactured Convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed income component and its convertibility component.

More flexibility is possible in the creation of a Manufactured Convertible than in the purchase of a traditional convertible security. Because many corporations have not issued convertible securities, the Manager may combine a fixed income instrument and an equity feature with respect to the stock of the issuer of the fixed income instrument to create a synthetic convertible security otherwise unavailable in the market. The Manager may also combine a fixed income instrument of an issuer with an equity feature with respect to the stock of a different issuer when the Manager believes such a Manufactured Convertible would better promote a Fund’s objective than alternate investments. For example, the Manager may combine an equity feature with respect to an issuer’s stock with a fixed income security of a different issuer in the same industry to diversify the Fund’s credit exposure, or with a U.S. Treasury instrument to create a Manufactured Convertible with a higher credit profile than a traditional convertible security issued by that issuer. A Manufactured Convertible also is a more flexible investment in that its two components may be purchased separately and, upon purchasing the separate securities, “combined” to create a Manufactured Convertible. For example, the Fund may purchase a warrant for eventual inclusion in a Manufactured Convertible while postponing the purchase of a suitable bond to pair with the warrant pending development of more favorable market conditions.

The value of a Manufactured Convertible may respond to certain market fluctuations differently from a traditional convertible security with similar characteristics. For example, in the event a Fund created a Manufactured Convertible by combining a short-term U.S. Treasury instrument and a call option on a stock, the Manufactured Convertible would be expected to outperform a traditional convertible of similar maturity that is convertible into that stock during periods when Treasury instruments outperform corporate fixed income securities and underperform during periods when corporate fixed income securities outperform Treasury instruments.

Corporate Loans. Commercial banks and other financial institutions or institutional investors make corporate loans to companies that need capital to grow or restructure. Corporate Loans generally bear interest at rates set at a margin above a generally recognized base lending rate that may fluctuate on a day-to-day basis, in the case of the Prime Rate of a U.S. bank, or that may be adjusted on set dates, typically 30 days but generally not more than one year, in the case of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Consequently, the value of Corporate Loans held by a Fund may be expected to fluctuate significantly less than the value of fixed rate bond instruments as a result of changes in the interest rate environment. On the other hand, because the secondary trading market for certain Corporate Loans may be less developed than the secondary trading market for bonds and notes, a Fund may have difficulty from time to time in valuing and/or selling its Corporate Loans. Borrowers frequently provide collateral to

II-6

secure repayment of these obligations. Leading financial institutions often act as agent for a broader group of lenders, generally referred to as a “syndicate.” The syndicate agent arranges the Corporate Loans, holds collateral and accepts payments of principal and interest. If the agent develops financial problems, a Fund may not recover its investment, or there might be a delay in the Fund’s recovery. By investing in a Corporate Loan, a Fund becomes a member of the syndicate.

The Corporate Loans in which a Fund may invest are subject to the risk of loss of principal and income. Although borrowers frequently provide collateral to secure repayment of these obligations they do not always do so. If they do provide collateral, the value of the collateral may not completely cover the borrower’s obligations at the time of investment or at the time of a default. If a borrower files for protection from its creditors under the U.S. bankruptcy laws, these laws may limit a Fund’s rights to its collateral. In addition, the value of collateral may erode during a bankruptcy case. In the event of a bankruptcy, the holder of a Corporate Loan may not recover its principal, may experience a long delay in recovering its investment and may not receive interest during the delay. Corporate Loans are frequently secured by pledges or liens and security interests in the assets of the borrower, and the holders of Corporate Loans are frequently the beneficiaries of debt service subordination provisions imposed on the borrower’s bondholders. These arrangements are designed to give Corporate Loan investors preferential treatment over junk bond investors in the event of a deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer. Even when these arrangements exist, however, there can be no assurance that the principal and interest owed on the Corporate Loans will be repaid in full.

A Fund may acquire interests in Corporate Loans by means of an assignment or participation. A Fund may purchase an assignment, in which case the Fund may be required to rely on the assigning institution to demand payment and enforce its rights against the borrower but would otherwise typically be entitled to all of such assigning institution’s rights under the credit agreement. Participation interests in a portion of a debt obligation typically result in a contractual relationship only with the institution selling the participation interest and not with the borrower. In purchasing a loan participation, a Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, a Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation to the Fund.

Debt Securities. Debt securities, such as bonds, involve credit risk. This is the risk that the issuer will not make timely payments of principal and interest. The degree of credit risk depends on the issuer’s financial condition and on the terms of the debt securities. Changes in an issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of a Fund’s investment in that issuer. Credit risk is reduced to the extent a Fund limits its debt investments to U.S. Government securities. All debt securities, however, are subject to interest rate risk. This is the risk that the value of the security may fall when interest rates rise. If interest rates move sharply in a manner not anticipated by Fund management, a Fund’s investments in debt securities could be adversely affected and the Fund could lose money. In general, the market price of debt securities with longer maturities will go up or down more in response to changes in interest rates than the market price of shorter-term debt securities.

Derivatives

Each Fund may use instruments referred to as derivative securities (“Derivatives”). Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived from another security, a commodity (such as gold or oil), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500 Index or the prime lending rate). Derivatives allow a Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk to which the Fund is exposed more quickly and efficiently than transactions in other types of instruments. Each Fund may use Derivatives for hedging purposes. Certain Funds may also use derivatives for speculative purposes to seek to enhance returns. The use of a Derivative is speculative if the Fund is primarily seeking to achieve gains, rather than offset the risk of other positions. When a Fund invests in a Derivative for speculative purposes, the Fund will be fully exposed to the risks of loss of that Derivative, which may sometimes be greater than the Derivative’s cost. No Fund may use any Derivative to gain exposure to an asset or class of assets that it would be prohibited by its investment restrictions from purchasing directly.

Hedging. Hedging is a strategy in which a Derivative is used to offset the risks associated with other Fund holdings. Losses on the other investment may be substantially reduced by gains on a Derivative that reacts in an opposite

II-7

manner to market movements. While hedging can reduce losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains or cause losses if the market moves in a manner different from that anticipated by the Fund or if the cost of the Derivative outweighs the benefit of the hedge. Hedging also involves correlation risk, i.e. the risk that changes in the value of the Derivative will not match those of the holdings being hedged as expected by a Fund, in which case any losses on the holdings being hedged may not be reduced or may be increased. The inability to close options and futures positions also could have an adverse impact on a Fund’s ability to hedge effectively its portfolio. There is also a risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits or collateral in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in an option, a futures contract or a related option. There can be no assurance that a Fund’s hedging strategies will be effective. No Fund is required to engage in hedging transactions and each Fund may choose not to do so.

A Fund may use Derivative instruments and trading strategies, including the following:

Indexed and Inverse Floating Rate Securities. A Fund may invest in securities that provide a potential return based on a particular index of value or interest rates. For example, a Fund may invest in securities that pay interest based on an index of interest rates. The principal amount payable upon maturity of certain securities also may be based on the value of the index. To the extent a Fund invests in these types of securities, the Fund’s return on such securities will be subject to risk with respect to the value of the particular index: that is, if the value of the index falls, the value of the indexed securities owned by the Fund will fall. Interest and principal payable on certain securities may also be based on relative changes among particular indices. A Fund may also invest in so-called “inverse floating obligations” or “residual interest bonds” on which the interest rates vary inversely with a floating rate (which may be reset periodically by a dutch auction, a remarketing agent, or by reference to a short-term tax-exempt interest rate index). A Fund may purchase synthetically-created inverse floating rate bonds evidenced by custodial or trust receipts. Generally, income on inverse floating rate bonds will decrease when interest rates increase, and will increase when interest rates decrease. Such securities have the effect of providing a degree of investment leverage, since they may increase or decrease in value in response to changes, as an illustration, in market interest rates at a rate that is a multiple of the rate at which fixed-rate securities increase or decrease in response to such changes. As a result, the market values of such securities will generally be more volatile than the market values of fixed-rate securities. To seek to limit the volatility of these securities, a Fund may purchase inverse floating obligations that have shorter-term maturities or that contain limitations on the extent to which the interest rate may vary. Certain investments in such obligations may be illiquid. The Manager believes that indexed and inverse floating obligations represent flexible portfolio management instruments for a Fund that allow the Fund to seek potential investment rewards, hedge other portfolio positions or vary the degree of investment leverage relatively efficiently under different market conditions. A Fund may invest in indexed and inverse securities for hedging purposes or to seek to increase returns. When used for hedging purposes, indexed and inverse securities involve correlation risk. Furthermore, where such a security includes a contingent liability, in the event of an adverse movement in the underlying index or interest rate, a Fund may be required to pay substantial additional margin to maintain the position.

Swap Agreements. A Fund may enter into swap agreements, including interest rate and index swap agreements, for hedging purposes or to seek to obtain a particular desired return at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an instrument that yielded the desired return. Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. A Fund’s obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A Fund’s obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by marking as segregated liquid, unencumbered assets, marked to market daily, to avoid any potential leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio.

II-8

Whether a Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Manager’s ability to correctly predict whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, some swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. A Fund will seek to lessen this risk to some extent by entering into a transaction only if the counterparty meets the current credit requirement for OTC option counterparties. Swap agreements also bear the risk that a Fund will not be able to meet its payment obligations to the counterparty. As noted, however, a Fund will deposit in a segregated account liquid assets permitted to be so segregated by the Commission in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the Fund’s liabilities under the swap agreement or the amount it would cost the Fund initially to make an equivalent direct investment plus or minus any amount the Fund is obligated to pay or is to receive under the swap agreement. Restrictions imposed by the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies, may limit the Fund’s ability to use swap agreements. The swap market is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swap market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect each Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

See “Credit Default Swap Agreements,” “Interest Rate Swaps, Caps and Floors” and “Municipal Interest Rate Swap Agreements” below for further information on particular types of swap agreements that may be used by certain Funds.

Interest Rate Swaps, Caps and Floors. In order to hedge the value of a Fund’s portfolio against interest rate fluctuations or to enhance a Fund’s income, a Fund may enter into various transactions, such as interest rate swaps and the purchase or sale of interest rate caps and floors. Interest rate swaps are OTC contracts in which each party agrees to make a periodic interest payment based on an index or the value of an asset in return for a periodic payment from the other party based on a different index or asset. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index rises above a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap.

A Fund expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date. A Fund generally will use these transactions primarily as a hedge and not as a speculative investment. However, a Fund may also invest in interest rate swaps to enhance income or to increase the Fund’s yield during periods of steep interest rate yield curves (i.e., wide differences between short term and long term interest rates). In an interest rate swap, a Fund may exchange with another party their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments. For example, if a Fund holds a mortgage- backed security with an interest rate that is reset only once each year, it may swap the right to receive interest at this fixed rate for the right to receive interest at a rate that is reset every week. This would enable a Fund to offset a decline in the value of the mortgage backed security due to rising interest rates but would also limit its ability to benefit from falling interest rates. Conversely, if a Fund holds a mortgage-backed security with an interest rate that is reset every week and it would like to lock in what it believes to be a high interest rate for one year, it may swap the right to receive interest at this variable weekly rate for the right to receive interest at a rate that is fixed for one year. Such a swap would protect the Fund from a reduction in yield due to falling interest rates and may permit the Fund to enhance its income through the positive differential between one week and one year interest rates, but would preclude it from taking full advantage of rising interest rates.

A Fund usually will enter into interest rate swap transactions on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payment streams). Inasmuch as these transactions are entered into for good faith hedging purposes, the Manager believes that such obligations do not constitute senior securities and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to its borrowing restrictions. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets that have an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund.

II-9

If the interest rate swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of a Fund’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be maintained in a segregated account.

Typically the parties with which a Fund will enter into interest rate transactions will be broker-dealers and other financial institutions. A Fund will enter into interest rate swap, cap or floor transactions only with counterparties that are rated investment grade quality by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization at the time of entering into such transaction or whose creditworthiness is believed by the Manager to be equivalent to such rating. If there is a default by the counterparty to such a transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents using standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with other similar instruments traded in the interbank market. Caps and floors, however, are less liquid than swaps. Certain Federal income tax requirements may limit a Fund’s ability to engage in certain interest rate transactions. Gains from transactions in interest rate swaps distributed to shareholders will be taxable as ordinary income or, in certain circumstances, as long term capital gains to shareholders.

Credit Default Swap Agreements and Similar Instruments. Certain Funds may enter into credit default swap agreements and similar agreements, and may also buy credit-linked securities. The credit default swap agreement or similar instrument may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by a Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract may be obligated to pay the protection “seller” an up front payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided generally that no credit event on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If a Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund recovers nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the Fund may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As a seller, a Fund generally receives an up front payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no credit event. If a credit event occurs, generally the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value.

Credit default swaps and similar instruments involve greater risks than if a Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly, since, in addition to general market risks, they are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risks. A Fund will enter into credit default swap agreements and similar instruments only with counterparties who are rated investment grade quality by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization at the time of entering into such transaction or whose creditworthiness is believed by the Manager to be equivalent to such rating. A buyer also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the up front or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund. When a Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap or a similar instrument, it is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage since, if a credit event occurs, the seller may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the contract net of any amounts owed by the buyer related to its delivery of deliverable obligations.

Credit Linked Securities. Among the income producing securities in which a Fund may invest are credit linked securities, which are issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle that, in turn, invests in a derivative instrument or basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain fixed income markets. For instance, a Fund may invest in credit linked securities as a cash management tool in order to gain exposure to a certain market and/or to remain fully invested when more traditional income producing securities are not available.

II-10

Like an investment in a bond, investments in these credit linked securities represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the security. However, these payments are conditioned on the issuer’s receipt of payments from, and the issuer’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the issuer invests. For instance, the issuer may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the issuer would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the issuer would be obligated to pay the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that a Fund would receive. A Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk. It is also expected that the securities will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the securities and they may constitute illiquid investments.

Total Return Swap Agreements. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Fund. If the total return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be segregated by the Fund in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Fund initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Fund is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap agreement.

Hybrid Instruments. Certain Funds seek to gain exposure to the commodities markets primarily through investments in hybrid instruments. Hybrid instruments are either equity or debt derivative securities with one or more commodity-dependent components that have payment features similar to a commodity futures contract, a commodity option contract, or a combination of both. Therefore, these instruments are “commodity-linked.” They are considered “hybrid” instruments because they have both commodity-like and security-like characteristics. Hybrid instruments are derivative instruments because at least part of their value is derived from the value of an underlying commodity, futures contract, index or other readily measurable economic variable.

Qualifying Hybrid Instruments. Certain Funds may invest in hybrid instruments that qualify for exclusion from regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations adopted thereunder. A hybrid instrument that qualifies for this exclusion from regulation must be “predominantly a security.” A hybrid instrument is considered to be predominantly a security if (a) the issuer of the hybrid instrument receives payment in full of the purchase price of the hybrid instrument, substantially contemporaneously with delivery of the hybrid instrument; (b) the purchaser or holder of the hybrid instrument is not required to make any payment to the issuer in addition to the purchase price paid under subparagraph (a), whether as margin, settlement payment, or otherwise, during the life of the hybrid instrument or at maturity; (c) the issuer of the hybrid instrument is not subject by the terms of the instrument to mark-to-market margining requirements; and (d) the hybrid instrument is not marketed as a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or option on such a contract) subject to applicable provisions of the Commodity

II-11

Exchange Act. Hybrid instruments may be principal protected, partially protected, or offer no principal protection. A principal protected hybrid instrument means that the issuer will pay, at a minimum, the par value of the note at maturity. Therefore, if the commodity value to which the hybrid instrument is linked declines over the life of the note, the Fund will receive at maturity the face or stated value of the note. With a principal protected hybrid instrument, the Fund will receive at maturity the greater of the par value of the note or the increase in its value based on the underlying commodity or index. This protection is, in effect, an option whose value is subject to the volatility and price level of the underlying commodity. The Manager’s decision whether to use principal protection depends in part on the cost of the protection. In addition, the protection feature depends upon the ability of the issuer to meet its obligation to buy back the security, and, therefore, depends on the creditworthiness of the issuer. With full principal protection, the Fund will receive at maturity of the hybrid instrument either the stated par value of the hybrid instrument, or potentially, an amount greater than the stated par value if the underlying commodity, index, futures contract or economic variable to which the hybrid instrument is linked has increased in value. Partially protected hybrid instruments may suffer some loss of principal if the underlying commodity, index, futures contract or economic variable to which the hybrid instrument is linked declines in value during the term of the hybrid instrument. However, partially protected hybrid instruments have a specified limit as to the amount of principal that they may lose.

Hybrid Instruments Without Principal Protection. Certain Funds may invest in hybrid instruments that offer no principal protection. At maturity, there is a risk that the underlying commodity price, futures contract, index or other economic variable may have declined sufficiently in value such that some or all of the face value of the hybrid instrument might not be returned. The Manager, at its discretion, may invest in a partially protected principal structured note or a note without principal protection. In deciding to purchase a note without principal protection, the Manager may consider, among other things, the expected performance of the underlying commodity futures contract, index or other economic variable over the term of the note, the cost of the note, and any other economic factors that the Manager believes are relevant.

Limitations on Leverage. Some of the hybrid instruments in which a Fund may invest may involve leverage. To avoid being subject to undue leverage risk, a Fund will seek to limit the amount of economic leverage it has under any one hybrid instrument that it buys and the leverage of the Fund’s overall portfolio. A Fund will not invest in a hybrid instrument if, at the time of purchase: (i) that instrument’s “leverage ratio” exceeds 300% of the price increase in the underlying commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable or (ii) the Fund’s “portfolio leverage ratio” exceeds 150%, measured at the time of purchase. “Leverage ratio” is the expected increase in the value of a hybrid instrument, assuming a one percent price increase in the underlying commodity, futures contract, index or other economic factor. In other words, for a hybrid instrument with a leverage factor of 150%, a 1% gain in the underlying economic variable would be expected to result in a 1.5% gain in value for the hybrid instrument. Conversely, a hybrid instrument with a leverage factor of 150% would suffer a 1.5% loss if the underlying economic variable lost 1% of its value. “Portfolio leverage ratio” is defined as the average (mean) leverage ratio of all instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, weighted by the market values of such instruments or, in the case of futures contracts, their notional values. To the extent that the policy on a Fund’s use of leverage stated above conflicts with the Investment Company Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, the Fund will comply with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act. A Fund may at times or from time to time decide not to use leverage in its investments or use less leverage than may otherwise be allowable.

Counterparty Risk. A significant risk of hybrid instruments is counterparty risk. Unlike exchange-traded futures and options, which are standard contracts, hybrid instruments are customized securities, tailor-made by a specific issuer. With a listed futures or options contract, an investor’s counterparty is the exchange clearinghouse. Exchange clearinghouses are capitalized by the exchange members and typically have high investment grade ratings (e.g., ratings of AAA or AA by Standard & Poor’s). Therefore, the risk is small that an exchange clearinghouse might be unable to meet its obligations at maturity. However, with a hybrid instrument, a Fund will take on the counterparty credit risk of the issuer. That is, at maturity of the hybrid instrument, there is a risk that the issuer may be unable to perform its obligations under the structured note.

II-12

Options on Securities and Securities Indices

Types of Options. A Fund may engage in transactions in options on individual securities, baskets of securities or securities indices, or particular measurements of value or rates (an “index”), such as an index of the price of treasury securities or an index representative of short-term interest rates. Such investments may be made on exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets. In general, exchange-traded options have standardized exercise prices and expiration dates and require the parties to post margin against their obligations, and the performance of the parties’ obligations in connection with such options is guaranteed by the exchange or a related clearing corporation. OTC options have more flexible terms negotiated between the buyer and the seller, but generally do not require the parties to post margin and are subject to greater credit risk. OTC options also involve greater liquidity risk. See “Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the Use of OTC Derivatives” below.

Call Options. Each Fund may purchase call options on any of the types of securities or instruments in which it may invest. A purchased call option gives a Fund the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time during the option period. A Fund also may purchase and sell call options on indices. Index options are similar to options on securities except that, rather than taking or making delivery of securities underlying the option at a specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater than the exercise price of the option.

Each Fund also is authorized to write (i.e., sell) covered call options on the securities or instruments in which it may invest and to enter into closing purchase transactions with respect to certain of such options. A covered call option is an option in which a Fund, in return for a premium, gives another party a right to buy specified securities owned by the Fund at a specified future date and price set at the time of the contract. The principal reason for writing call options is the attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the securities alone. By writing covered call options, a Fund gives up the opportunity, while the option is in effect, to profit from any price increase in the underlying security above the option exercise price. In addition, a Fund’s ability to sell the underlying security will be limited while the option is in effect unless the Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction. A closing purchase transaction cancels out a Fund’s position as the writer of an option by means of an offsetting purchase of an identical option prior to the expiration of the option it has written. Covered call options also serve as a partial hedge to the extent of the premium received against the price of the underlying security declining.

Each Fund also is authorized to write (i.e., sell) uncovered call options on securities or instruments in which it may invest but that are not currently held by the Fund. The principal reason for writing uncovered call options is to realize income without committing capital to the ownership of the underlying securities or instruments. When writing uncovered call options, a Fund must deposit and maintain sufficient margin with the broker dealer through which it made the uncovered call option as collateral to ensure that the securities can be purchased for delivery if and when the option is exercised. In addition, in connection with each such transaction a Fund will segregate unencumbered liquid securities or cash with a value at least equal to the Fund’s exposure (the difference between the unpaid amounts owed by the Fund on such transaction minus any collateral deposited with the broker dealer), on a marked-to-market basis (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the Commission). Such segregation will ensure that the Fund has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction and will avoid any potential leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio. Such segregation will not limit the Fund’s exposure to loss. During periods of declining securities prices or when prices are stable, writing uncovered calls can be a profitable strategy to increase a Fund’s income with minimal capital risk. Uncovered calls are riskier than covered calls because there is no underlying security held by a Fund that can act as a partial hedge. Uncovered calls have speculative characteristics and the potential for loss is unlimited. When an uncovered call is exercised, a Fund must purchase the underlying security to meet its call obligation. There is also a risk, especially with less liquid preferred and debt securities, that the securities may not be available for purchase. If the purchase price exceeds the exercise price, a Fund will lose the difference.

Put Options. Each Fund is authorized to purchase put options to seek to hedge against a decline in the value of its securities or to enhance its return. By buying a put option, a Fund acquires a right to sell the underlying securities or instruments at the exercise price, thus limiting the Fund’s risk of loss through a decline in the market value of the

II-13

securities or instruments until the put option expires. The amount of any appreciation in the value of the underlying securities or instruments will be partially offset by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and any related transaction costs. Prior to its expiration, a put option may be sold in a closing sale transaction and profit or loss from the sale will depend on whether the amount received is more or less than the premium paid for the put option plus the related transaction costs. A closing sale transaction cancels out a Fund’s position as the purchaser of an option by means of an offsetting sale of an identical option prior to the expiration of the option it has purchased. A Fund also may purchase uncovered put options.

Each Fund also has authority to write (i.e., sell) put options on the types of securities or instruments that may be held by the Fund, provided that such put options are covered, meaning that such options are secured by segregated, liquid assets. A Fund will receive a premium for writing a put option, which increases the Fund’s return. A Fund will not sell puts if, as a result, more than 50% of the Fund’s assets would be required to cover its potential obligations under its hedging and other investment transactions.

Each Fund is also authorized to write (i.e., sell) uncovered put options on securities or instruments in which it may invest but with respect to which the Fund does not currently have a corresponding short position or has not deposited as collateral cash equal to the exercise value of the put option with the broker dealer through which it made the uncovered put option. The principal reason for writing uncovered put options is to receive premium income and to acquire such securities or instruments at a net cost below the current market value. A Fund has the obligation to buy the securities or instruments at an agreed upon price if the price of the securities or instruments decreases below the exercise price. If the price of the securities or instruments increases during the option period, the option will expire worthless and a Fund will retain the premium and will not have to purchase the securities or instruments at the exercise price. In connection with such a transaction, a Fund will segregate unencumbered liquid assets with a value at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a marked-to-market basis (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the Commission). Such segregation will ensure that a Fund has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction and will avoid any potential leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio. Such segregation will not limit the Fund’s exposure to loss.

Options on Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) Certificates. The following information relates to the unique characteristics of options on GNMA Certificates. Since the remaining principal balance of GNMA Certificates declines each month as a result of mortgage payments, a Fund, as a writer of a GNMA call holding GNMA Certificates as “cover” to satisfy its delivery obligation in the event of exercise, may find that the GNMA Certificates it holds no longer have a sufficient remaining principal balance for this purpose. Should this occur, a Fund will purchase additional GNMA Certificates from the same pool (if obtainable) or other GNMA Certificates in the cash market in order to maintain its “cover.”

A GNMA Certificate held by a Fund to cover an option position in any but the nearest expiration month may cease to represent cover for the option in the event of a decline in the GNMA coupon rate at which new pools are originated under the FHA/VA loan ceiling in effect at any given time. If this should occur, a Fund will no longer be covered, and the Fund will either enter into a closing purchase transaction or replace such Certificate with a certificate that represents cover. When a Fund closes its position or replaces such Certificate, it may realize an unanticipated loss and incur transaction costs.

Futures

A Fund may engage in transactions in futures and options on futures. Futures are standardized, exchange-traded contracts that obligate a purchaser to take delivery, and a seller to make delivery, of a specific amount of an asset at a specified future date at a specified price. No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Rather, upon purchasing or selling a futures contract a Fund is required to deposit collateral (“margin”) equal to a percentage (generally less than 10%) of the contract value. Each day thereafter until the futures position is closed, the Fund will pay additional margin representing any loss experienced as a result of the futures position the prior day or be entitled to a payment representing any profit experienced as a result of the futures position the prior day. Futures involve substantial leverage risk.

II-14

The sale of a futures contract limits a Fund’s risk of loss from a decline in the market value of portfolio holdings correlated with the futures contract prior to the futures contract’s expiration date. In the event the market value of the portfolio holdings correlated with the futures contract increases rather than decreases, however, a Fund will realize a loss on the futures position and a lower return on the portfolio holdings than would have been realized without the purchase of the futures contract.

The purchase of a futures contract may protect a Fund from having to pay more for securities as a consequence of increases in the market value for such securities during a period when the Fund was attempting to identify specific securities in which to invest in a market the Fund believes to be attractive. In the event that such securities decline in value or a Fund determines not to complete an anticipatory hedge transaction relating to a futures contract, however, the Fund may realize a loss relating to the futures position.

A Fund is also authorized to purchase or sell call and put options on futures contracts including financial futures and stock indices. Generally, these strategies would be used under the same market and market sector conditions (i.e., conditions relating to specific types of investments) in which the Fund entered into futures transactions. A Fund may purchase put options or write call options on futures contracts and stock indices in lieu of selling the underlying futures contract in anticipation of a decrease in the market value of its securities. Similarly, a Fund can purchase call options, or write put options on futures contracts and stock indices, as a substitute for the purchase of such futures to hedge against the increased cost resulting from an increase in the market value of securities which the Fund intends to purchase.

Each Fund’s Manager has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA. The Manager is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA and each Fund is operated so as not to be deemed a “commodity pool” under the regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

Foreign Exchange Transactions. A Fund may engage in spot and forward foreign exchange transactions and currency swaps, purchase and sell options on currencies and purchase and sell currency futures and related options thereon (collectively, “Currency Instruments”) for purposes of hedging against the decline in the value of currencies in which its portfolio holdings are denominated against the U.S. dollar or, with respect to certain Funds, to seek to enhance returns. Such transactions could be effected with respect to hedges on non-U.S. dollar denominated securities owned by a Fund, sold by a Fund but not yet delivered, or committed or anticipated to be purchased by a Fund. As an illustration, a Fund may use such techniques to hedge the stated value in U.S. dollars of an investment in a yen-denominated security. In such circumstances, for example, the Fund may purchase a foreign currency put option enabling it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date. To the extent the hedge is successful, a loss in the value of the yen relative to the dollar will tend to be offset by an increase in the value of the put option. To offset, in whole or in part, the cost of acquiring such a put option, the Fund may also sell a call option which, if exercised, requires it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date (a technique called a “straddle”). By selling such a call option in this illustration, the Fund gives up the opportunity to profit without limit from increases in the relative value of the yen to the dollar. “Straddles” of the type that may be used by a Fund are considered to constitute hedging transactions. No Fund will attempt to hedge all of its foreign portfolio positions.

Forward Foreign Exchange Transactions. Forward foreign exchange transactions are OTC contracts to purchase or sell a specified amount of a specified currency or multinational currency unit at a price and future date set at the time of the contract. Spot foreign exchange transactions are similar but require current, rather than future, settlement. A Fund will enter into foreign exchange transactions for purposes of hedging either a specific transaction or a portfolio position, or, with respect to certain Funds, to seek to enhance returns. A Fund may enter into a foreign exchange transaction for purposes of hedging a specific transaction by, for example, purchasing a currency needed to settle a security transaction or selling a currency in which the Fund has received or anticipates receiving a dividend or distribution. A Fund may enter into a foreign exchange transaction for purposes of hedging a portfolio position by selling forward a currency in which a portfolio position of the Fund is denominated or by purchasing a currency in which the Fund anticipates acquiring a portfolio position in the near future. A Fund may also hedge portfolio positions through currency swaps, which are transactions in which one currency is simultaneously bought for a second currency on a spot basis and sold for the second currency on a forward basis. Forward foreign exchange

II-15

transactions involve substantial currency risk, and also involve credit and liquidity risk. A Fund may also hedge a currency by entering into a transaction in a Currency Instrument denominated in a currency other than the currency being hedged (a “cross-hedge”). A Fund will only enter into a cross-hedge if the Manager believes that (i) there is a demonstrably high correlation between the currency in which the cross-hedge is denominated and the currency being hedged, and (ii) executing a cross-hedge through the currency in which the cross-hedge is denominated will be significantly more cost-effective or provide substantially greater liquidity than executing a similar hedging transaction by means of the currency being hedged.

Currency Futures. A Fund may also seek to enhance returns or hedge against the decline in the value of a currency through use of currency futures or options thereon. Currency futures are similar to forward foreign exchange transactions except that futures are standardized, exchange-traded contracts while forward foreign exchange transactions are traded in the OTC market. Currency futures involve substantial currency risk, and also involve leverage risk.

Currency Options. A Fund may also seek to enhance returns or hedge against the decline in the value of a currency through the use of currency options. Currency options are similar to options on securities. For example, in consideration for an option premium the writer of a currency option is obligated to sell (in the case of a call option) or purchase (in the case of a put option) a specified amount of a specified currency on or before the expiration date for a specified amount of another currency. A Fund may engage in transactions in options on currencies either on exchanges or OTC markets. See “Types of Options” above and “Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the Use of OTC Derivatives” below. Currency options involve substantial currency risk, and may also involve credit, leverage or liquidity risk.

Limitations on Currency Transactions. A Fund will not hedge a currency in excess of the aggregate market value of the securities that it owns (including receivables for unsettled securities sales), or has committed to purchase or anticipates purchasing, which are denominated in such currency. Open positions in forward foreign exchange transactions used for non-hedging purposes will be covered by the segregation of liquid assets and are marked to market daily. A Fund’s exposure to futures or options on currencies will be covered as described below under “Risk Factors in Derivatives.”

Risk Factors in Hedging Foreign Currency Risks. Hedging transactions involving Currency Instruments involve substantial risks, including correlation risk. While a Fund’s use of Currency Instruments to effect hedging strategies is intended to reduce the volatility of the net asset value of the Fund’s shares, the net asset value of the Fund’s shares will fluctuate. Moreover, although Currency Instruments will be used with the intention of hedging against adverse currency movements, transactions in Currency Instruments involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted and that the Fund’s hedging strategies will be ineffective. To the extent that a Fund hedges against anticipated currency movements that do not occur, the Fund may realize losses and decrease its total return as the result of its hedging transactions. Furthermore, a Fund will only engage in hedging activities from time to time and may not be engaging in hedging activities when movements in currency exchange rates occur.

In connection with its trading in forward foreign currency contracts, a Fund will contract with a foreign or domestic bank, or foreign or domestic securities dealer, to make or take future delivery of a specified amount of a particular currency. There are no limitations on daily price moves in such forward contracts, and banks and dealers are not required to continue to make markets in such contracts. There have been periods during which certain banks or dealers have refused to quote prices for such forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread between the price at which the bank or dealer is prepared to buy and that at which it is prepared to sell. Governmental imposition of credit controls might limit any such forward contract trading. With respect to its trading of forward contracts, if any, a Fund will be subject to the risk of bank or dealer failure and the inability of, or refusal by, a bank or dealer to perform with respect to such contracts. Any such default would deprive the Fund of any profit potential or force the Fund to cover its commitments for resale, if any, at the then market price and could result in a loss to the Fund.

It may not be possible for a Fund to hedge against currency exchange rate movements, even if correctly anticipated, in the event that (i) the currency exchange rate movement is so generally anticipated that the Fund is not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an effective price, or (ii) the currency exchange rate movement relates to a market

II-16

with respect to which Currency Instruments are not available and it is not possible to engage in effective foreign currency hedging. The cost to a Fund of engaging in foreign currency transactions varies with such factors as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Since transactions in foreign currency exchange usually are conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved.

Risk Factors in Derivatives

Derivatives are volatile and involve significant risks, including:

Credit Risk — the risk that the counterparty in a Derivative transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to a Fund, or the risk that the reference entity in a credit default swap or similar Derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations.

Currency Risk — the risk that changes in the exchange rate between two currencies will adversely affect the value (in U.S. dollar terms) of an investment.

Leverage Risk — the risk associated with certain types of investments or trading strategies (such as, for example, borrowing money to increase the amount of investments) that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain investments or trading strategies that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested.

Liquidity Risk — the risk that certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time that the seller would like or at the price that the seller believes the security is currently worth.

Correlation Risk — the risk that changes in the value of a Derivative will not match the changes in the value of the portfolio holdings that are being hedged or of the particular market or security to which the Fund seeks exposure.

A Fund intends to enter into transactions involving Derivatives only if there appears to be a liquid secondary market for such instruments or, in the case of illiquid instruments traded in OTC transactions, such instruments satisfy the criteria set forth below under “Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the Use of OTC Derivatives.” However, there can be no assurance that, at any specific time, either a liquid secondary market will exist for a Derivative or the Fund will otherwise be able to sell such instrument at an acceptable price. It may, therefore, not be possible to close a position in a Derivative without incurring substantial losses, if at all.

Certain transactions in Derivatives (such as futures transactions or sales of put options) involve substantial leverage risk and may expose a Fund to potential losses that exceed the amount originally invested by the Fund. When a Fund engages in such a transaction, the Fund will deposit in a segregated account liquid assets with a value at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the Commission). Such segregation will ensure that a Fund has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction, but will not limit the Fund’s exposure to loss.

Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the Use of OTC Derivatives

Certain Derivatives traded in OTC markets, including indexed securities, swaps and OTC options, involve substantial liquidity risk. The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or impossible for a Fund to sell such instruments promptly at an acceptable price. The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for a Fund to ascertain a market value for such instruments. A Fund will, therefore, acquire illiquid OTC instruments (i) if the agreement pursuant to which the instrument is purchased contains a formula price at which the instrument may be terminated or sold, or (ii) for which the Manager anticipates the Fund can receive on each business day at least two independent bids or offers, unless a quotation from only one dealer is available, in which case that dealer’s quotation may be used.

II-17

Because Derivatives traded in OTC markets are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and generally do not require payment of margin, to the extent that a Fund has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparty the Fund is at risk that its counterparty will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations. A Fund will attempt to minimize these risks by engaging in transactions in Derivatives traded in OTC markets only with financial institutions that have substantial capital or that have provided the Fund with a third-party guaranty or other credit enhancement.

Distressed Securities. A Fund may invest in securities, including loans purchased in the secondary market, that are the subject of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise in default or in risk of being in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Fund or that are rated in the lower rating categories by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (for example, Ca or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and CC or lower by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”)) or, if unrated, are in the judgment of the Manager of equivalent quality (“Distressed Securities”). Investment in Distressed Securities is speculative and involves significant risks.

A Fund will generally make such investments only when the Manager believes it is reasonably likely that the issuer of the Distressed Securities will make an exchange offer or will be the subject of a plan of reorganization pursuant to which the Fund will receive new securities in return for the Distressed Securities. However, there can be no assurance that such an exchange offer will be made or that such a plan of reorganization will be adopted. In addition, a significant period of time may pass between the time at which a Fund makes its investment in Distressed Securities and the time that any such exchange offer or plan of reorganization is completed. During this period, it is unlikely that a Fund will receive any interest payments on the Distressed Securities, the Fund will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether or not the exchange offer or plan of reorganization will be completed and the Fund may be required to bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect and recover its investment. Even if an exchange offer is made or plan of reorganization is adopted with respect to Distressed Securities held by a Fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by a Fund in connection with such exchange offer or plan of reorganization will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. Moreover, any securities received by a Fund upon completion of an exchange offer or plan of reorganization may be restricted as to resale. Similarly, if a Fund participates in negotiations with respect to any exchange offer or plan of reorganization with respect to an issuer of Distressed Securities, the Fund may be restricted from disposing of such securities.

Dollar Rolls. A Fund may enter into dollar rolls, in which the Fund will sell or buy securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to repurchase or resell substantially similar (the same type and coupon) securities on a specified future date from the same party. During the roll period, a Fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the securities sold. In a sale of securities, a Fund is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. In a purchase, the Fund will benefit from the difference between the current purchase price and the forward price for the future sale.

Dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities subject to a Fund’s forward purchase commitment may decline below, or the market value of the securities subject to a Fund’s forward sale commitment may increase above, the exercise price of the forward commitment. In the event the buyer of the securities files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, a Fund’s use of the proceeds of the current sale portion of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to purchase the similar securities in the forward transaction. Dollar rolls are speculative techniques that can be deemed to involve leverage. At the time a Fund sells securities and agrees to repurchase securities at a future date, the Fund will segregate liquid assets with a value equal to the repurchase price. A Fund may engage in dollar roll transactions to enhance return. Each dollar roll transaction is accounted for as a sale or purchase of a portfolio security and a subsequent purchase or sale of a substantially similar security in the forward market.

Foreign Investment Risks

Foreign Market Risk. Funds that may invest in foreign securities offer the potential for more diversification than a Fund that invests only in the United States because securities traded on foreign markets have often (though not

II-18

always) performed differently from securities traded in the United States. However, such investments often involve risks not present in U.S. investments that can increase the chances that a Fund will lose money. In particular, a Fund is subject to the risk that, because there are generally fewer investors on foreign exchanges and a smaller number of shares traded each day, it may be difficult for the Fund to buy and sell securities on those exchanges. In addition, prices of foreign securities may fluctuate more than prices of securities traded in the United States. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of punitive taxes. In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain industries. Any of these actions could severely affect security prices, impair a Fund’s ability to purchase or sell foreign securities or transfer the Fund’s assets or income back into the United States, or otherwise adversely affect a Fund’s operations. Other potential foreign market risks include exchange controls, difficulties in pricing securities, defaults on foreign government securities, difficulties in enforcing favorable legal judgments in foreign courts, and political and social instability. Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the United States or other foreign countries.

Foreign Economy Risk. The economies of certain foreign markets often do not compare favorably with that of the United States with respect to such issues as growth of gross national product, reinvestment of capital, resources, and balance of payments position. Certain such economies may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures.

Currency Risk and Exchange Risk. Securities in which a Fund invests may be denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In this case, changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Generally, when the U.S. dollar rises in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency loses value because the currency is worth fewer U.S. dollars. Conversely, when the U.S. dollar decreases in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency gains value because the currency is worth more U.S. dollars. This risk, generally known as “currency risk,” means that a stronger U.S. dollar will reduce returns for U.S. investors while a weak U.S. dollar will increase those returns.

Governmental Supervision and Regulation/Accounting Standards. Many foreign governments supervise and regulate stock exchanges, brokers and the sale of securities less than does the United States. Some countries may not have laws to protect investors comparable to the U.S. securities laws. For example, some foreign countries may have no laws or rules against insider trading. Insider trading occurs when a person buys or sells a company’s securities based on nonpublic information about that company. Accounting standards in other countries are not necessarily the same as in the United States. If the accounting standards in another country do not require as much detail as U.S. accounting standards, it may be harder for Fund management to completely and accurately determine a company’s financial condition. In addition, the U.S. Government has from time to time in the past imposed restrictions, through penalties and otherwise, on foreign investments by U.S. investors such as the Fund. If such restrictions should be reinstituted, it might become necessary for the Fund to invest all or substantially all of its assets in U.S. securities.

Certain Risks of Holding Fund Assets Outside the United States. A Fund generally holds its foreign securities and cash in foreign banks and securities depositories. Some foreign banks and securities depositories may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In addition, there may be limited or no regulatory oversight over their operations. Also, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or any of their agents goes bankrupt. In addition, it is often more expensive for a Fund to buy, sell and hold securities in certain foreign markets than in the United States. The increased expense of investing in foreign markets reduces the amount a Fund can earn on its investments and typically results in a higher operating expense ratio for the Fund as compared to investment companies that invest only in the United States.

Settlement Risk. Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the United States. Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations also may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically generated by the settlement of U.S. investments. Communications between the United States and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of

II-19

delayed settlements or losses of security certificates in markets that still rely on physical settlement. Settlements in certain foreign countries at times have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions; these problems may make it difficult for a Fund to carry out transactions. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, it may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of its assets may be uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a sale of securities, it may lose money if the value of the security then declines or, if it has contracted to sell the security to another party, the Fund could be liable to that party for any losses incurred.

Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes.

Illiquid or Restricted Securities. Each Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in securities that lack an established secondary trading market or otherwise are considered illiquid. Liquidity of a security relates to the ability to dispose easily of the security and the price to be obtained upon disposition of the security, which may be less than would be obtained for a comparable more liquid security. Illiquid securities may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments. Investment of a Fund’s assets in illiquid securities may restrict the ability of the Fund to dispose of its investments in a timely fashion and for a fair price as well as its ability to take advantage of market opportunities. The risks associated with illiquidity will be particularly acute where a Fund’s operations require cash, such as when the Fund redeems shares or pays dividends, and could result in the Fund borrowing to meet short term cash requirements or incurring capital losses on the sale of illiquid investments.

A Fund may invest in securities that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“restricted securities”). Restricted securities may be sold in private placement transactions between issuers and their purchasers and may be neither listed on an exchange nor traded in other established markets. In many cases, privately placed securities may not be freely transferable under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or due to contractual restrictions on resale. As a result of the absence of a public trading market, privately placed securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than publicly traded securities. To the extent that privately placed securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from the sales, due to illiquidity, could be less than those originally paid by the Fund or less than their fair market value. In addition, issuers whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that may be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If any privately placed securities held by a Fund are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, the Fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration. Certain of the Fund’s investments in private placements may consist of direct investments and may include investments in smaller, less seasoned issuers, which may involve greater risks. These issuers may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In making investments in such securities, a Fund may obtain access to material nonpublic information, which may restrict the Fund’s ability to conduct portfolio transactions in such securities.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds. Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities or other instruments whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon.

Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if the Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation equaling 3%, the end of year value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and, consequently, the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal on maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the

II-20

current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. The Fund may also invest in other inflation related bonds that may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. In addition, if the Fund purchases inflation-indexed bonds offered by foreign issuers, the rate of inflation measured by the foreign inflation index may not be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates, in turn, are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. There can be no assurance, however, that the value of inflation-indexed bonds will be directly correlated to changes in interest rates.

While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

In general, the measure used to determine the periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is the CPI for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculate by the applicable government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

An increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Investment in Emerging Markets. Certain Funds may invest in the securities of issuers domiciled in various countries with emerging capital markets. Specifically, a country with an emerging capital market is any country that the World Bank, the International Finance Corporation, the United Nations or its authorities has determined to have a low or middle income economy. Countries with emerging markets can be found in regions such as Asia, Latin America, Eastern Europe and Africa.

Investments in the securities of issuers domiciled in countries with emerging capital markets involve certain additional risks that do not generally apply to investments in securities of issuers in more developed capital markets, such as (i) low or non-existent trading volume, resulting in a lack of liquidity and increased volatility in prices for such securities, as compared to securities of comparable issuers in more developed capital markets; (ii) uncertain national policies and social, political and economic instability, increasing the potential for expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, high rates of inflation or unfavorable diplomatic developments; (iii) possible fluctuations in exchange rates, differing legal systems and the existence or possible imposition of exchange controls, custodial restrictions or other foreign or U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments; (iv) national policies that may limit a Fund’s investment opportunities such as restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; and (v) the lack or relatively early development of legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. In addition to withholding taxes on investment income, some countries with emerging markets may impose differential capital gains taxes on foreign investors.

Emerging capital markets are developing in a dynamic political and economic environment brought about by events over recent years that have reshaped political boundaries and traditional ideologies. In such a dynamic environment, there can be no assurance that any or all of these capital markets will continue to present viable investment opportunities for a Fund. In the past, governments of such nations have expropriated substantial amounts of private property, and most claims of the property owners have never been fully settled. There is no assurance that such

II-21

expropriations will not reoccur. In such an event, it is possible that a Fund could lose the entire value of its investments in the affected market.

Also, there may be less publicly available information about issuers in emerging markets than would be available about issuers in more developed capital markets, and such issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject. In certain countries with emerging capital markets, reporting standards vary widely. As a result, traditional investment measurements used in the United States, such as price/earnings ratios, may not be applicable. Emerging market securities may be substantially less liquid and more volatile than those of mature markets, and company shares may be held by a limited number of persons. This may adversely affect the timing and pricing of the Fund’s acquisition or disposal of securities.

Practices in relation to settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because a Fund will need to use brokers and counterparties that are less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence, undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being completely lost. A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such registration problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

Restrictions on Certain Investments. A number of publicly traded closed-end investment companies have been organized to facilitate indirect foreign investment in developing countries, and certain of such countries, such as Thailand, South Korea, Chile and Brazil, have specifically authorized such funds. There also are investment opportunities in certain of such countries in pooled vehicles that resemble open-end investment companies. In accordance with the Investment Company Act, a Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other investment companies, not more than 5% of which may be invested in any one such company. In addition, under the Investment Company Act, a Fund may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company. These restrictions on investments in securities of investment companies may limit opportunities for a Fund to invest indirectly in certain developing countries. Shares of certain investment companies may at times be acquired only at market prices representing premiums to their net asset values. If a Fund acquires shares of other investment companies, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of expenses of the Fund (including management and advisory fees) and, indirectly, the expenses of such other investment companies.

Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are debt obligations that are created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructuring under a plan introduced in 1989 by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented to date in Mexico, Venezuela, Argentina, Uruguay, Costa Rica, Nigeria, the Philippines, Brazil, Peru, Ecuador, Panama, Poland and Bulgaria. To date, Brady Bonds aggregating approximately $100 billion are outstanding, based on current estimates, with the largest proportion of Brady Bonds having been issued by Mexico, Argentina and Venezuela. The Fund anticipates that it will invest in bank loans (through participations or assignments) that may be restructured as Brady Bond obligations.

Brady Bonds may be collateralized and issued in various currencies (although most are U.S. dollar-denominated) and they are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds that have the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. For example, some Mexican and Venezuelan Brady Bonds include attached value recovery options, which increase interest payments if oil revenues rise. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”). In light of the residual risk of Brady Bonds

II-22

and, among other factors, the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady Bonds are considered speculative.

Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments collateralized on an 18-month rolling-forward basis by funds held in escrow by an agent for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Brady Bonds issued to date by Costa Rica, Nigeria, the Philippines, Brazil, Peru, Ecuador, Panama, Poland, Bulgaria, Venezuela and Argentina have principal repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 14-month (for Venezuela) or 12-month (for Argentina) rolling-forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.

Investment in Other Investment Companies. Each Fund may invest in other investment companies, including exchange traded funds. In accordance with the Investment Company Act, a Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other investment companies. In addition, under the Investment Company Act a Fund may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company and not more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in securities of any investment company. (These limits do not restrict a Feeder Fund from investing all of its assets in shares of its Master Portfolio.) Each Fund has received an exemptive order from the Commission permitting it to invest in affiliated registered money market funds and in an affiliated private investment company without regard to such limitations, provided however, that in all cases the Fund’s aggregate investment of cash in shares of such investment companies shall not exceed 25% of the Fund’s total assets at any time. As with other investments, investments in other investment companies are subject to market and selection risk. In addition, if a Fund acquires shares in investment companies, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of expenses in the Fund (including management and advisory fees) and, indirectly, the expenses of such investment companies (including management and advisory fees). Investments by a Fund in wholly owned investment entities created under the laws of certain countries will not be deemed an investment in other investment companies.

Junk Bonds. Junk bonds are debt securities that are rated below investment grade by the major rating agencies or are unrated securities that Fund management believes are of comparable quality. Although junk bonds generally pay higher rates of interest than investment grade bonds, they are high risk investments that may cause income and principal losses for a Fund. The major risks in junk bond investments include the following:

•

Junk bonds may be issued by less creditworthy companies. These securities are vulnerable to adverse changes in the issuer’s industry and to general economic conditions. Issuers of junk bonds may be unable to meet their interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments or the unavailability of additional financing.

•

The issuers of junk bonds may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade bonds. If the issuer experiences financial stress, it may be unable to meet its debt obligations. The issuer’s ability to pay its debt obligations also may be lessened by specific issuer developments, or the unavailability of additional financing.

•

Junk bonds are frequently ranked junior to claims by other creditors. If the issuer cannot meet its obligations, the senior obligations are generally paid off before the junior obligations.

•

Junk bonds frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from a Fund before it matures. If an issuer redeems the junk bonds, a Fund may have to invest the proceeds in bonds with lower yields and may lose income.

•

Prices of junk bonds are subject to extreme price fluctuations. Negative economic developments may have a greater impact on the prices of junk bonds than on those of other higher rated fixed income securities.

•

Junk bonds may be less liquid than higher rated fixed income securities even under normal economic conditions. There are fewer dealers in the junk bond market, and there may be significant differences in the prices quoted for junk bonds by the dealers. Because junk bonds are less liquid, judgment may play a greater role in valuing certain of a Fund’s portfolio securities than in the case of securities trading in a more liquid market.

II-23

•

A Fund may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.

Mortgage-Related Securities

Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent interests in pools of mortgages in which payments of both principal and interest on the securities are generally made monthly, in effect “passing through” monthly payments made by borrowers on the residential or commercial mortgage loans that underlie the securities (net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities). Mortgage-backed securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates.

Mortgage-backed securities are subject to the general risks associated with investing in real estate securities; that is, they may lose value if the value of the underlying real estate to which a pool of mortgages relates declines. In addition, investments in mortgage-backed securities involve certain specific risks. These risks include the failure of a party to meet its commitments under the related operative documents, adverse interest rate changes and the effects of prepayments on mortgage cash flows. Mortgage-backed securities are “pass-through” securities, meaning that principal and interest payments made by the borrower on the underlying mortgages are passed through to a Fund. The value of mortgage-backed securities, like that of traditional fixed income securities, typically increases when interest rates fall and decreases when interest rates rise. However, mortgage-backed securities differ from traditional fixed income securities because of their potential for prepayment without penalty. The price paid by a Fund for its mortgage-backed securities, the yield the Fund expects to receive from such securities and the weighted average life of the securities are based on a number of factors, including the anticipated rate of prepayment of the underlying mortgages. In a period of declining interest rates, borrowers may prepay the underlying mortgages more quickly than anticipated, thereby reducing the yield to maturity and the average life of the mortgage-backed securities. Moreover, when a Fund reinvests the proceeds of a prepayment in these circumstances, it will likely receive a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on the security that was prepaid.

To the extent that a Fund purchases mortgage-backed securities at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and principal prepayments may result in a loss to the extent of the premium paid. If a Fund buys such securities at a discount, both scheduled payments of principal and unscheduled prepayments will increase current and total returns and will accelerate the recognition of income, which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. In a period of rising interest rates, prepayments of the underlying mortgages may occur at a slower than expected rate, creating maturity extension risk. This particular risk may effectively change a security that was considered short or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Since the value of long-term securities generally fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than that of shorter-term securities, maturity extension risk could increase the inherent volatility of the Fund. Under certain interest rate and prepayment scenarios, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its investment in mortgage-backed securities notwithstanding any direct or indirect governmental or agency guarantee.

There are currently three types of mortgage pass-through securities: (1) those issued by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”); (2) those issued by private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities; and (3) those issued by private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by whole mortgage loans or pass-through securities without a government guarantee but that usually have some form of private credit enhancement.

Ginnie Mae is a wholly owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Ginnie Mae is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by the institutions approved by Ginnie Mae (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage banks), and backed by pools of Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”)-insured or Veterans’ Administration (“VA”)-guaranteed mortgages.

II-24

Obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U. S. government. In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the Fund must look principally to the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each may borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet its obligations, but the U.S. Treasury is under no obligation to lend to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

Private mortgage pass-through securities are structured similarly to Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac mortgage pass-through securities and are issued by originators of and investors in mortgage loans, including depository institutions, mortgage banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

Pools created by private mortgage pass-through issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in the private pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. The insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets a Fund’s investment quality standards. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. Private mortgage pass-through securities may be bought without insurance or guarantees if, through an examination of the loan experience and practices of the originator/servicers and poolers, the Manager determines that the securities meet a Fund’s quality standards.

A Fund from time to time may purchase in the secondary market (i) certain mortgage pass-through securities packaged and master serviced by PNC Mortgage Securities Corp. (“PNC Mortgage”) (or Sears Mortgage if PNC Mortgage succeeded to the rights and duties of Sears Mortgage) or Midland Loan Services, Inc. (“Midland”), or (ii) mortgage-related securities containing loans or mortgages originated by PNC Bank, National Association (“PNC Bank”) or its affiliates. It is possible that under some circumstances, PNC Mortgage, Midland or other affiliates could have interests that are in conflict with the holders of these mortgage-backed securities, and such holders could have rights against PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates. For example, if PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates engaged in negligence or willful misconduct in carrying out its duties as a master servicer, then any holder of the mortgage-backed security could seek recourse against PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates, as applicable. Also, as a master servicer, PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates may make certain representations and warranties regarding the quality of the mortgages and properties underlying a mortgage-backed security. If one or more of those representations or warranties is false, then the holders of the mortgage-backed securities could trigger an obligation of PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates, as applicable, to repurchase the mortgages from the issuing trust. Finally, PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates may own securities that are subordinate to the senior mortgage-backed securities owned by a Fund.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by residential or commercial mortgage loans or residential or commercial mortgage pass-through securities. Interest and prepaid principal are generally paid monthly. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans or private mortgage pass-through securities but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Fannie Mae. The issuer of a series of CMOs may elect to be treated as a Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (“REMIC”). All future references to CMOs also include REMICs.

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral, which is ordinarily unrelated to the stated maturity date. CMOs often provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes usually receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor may be partially protected against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.

II-25

Certain issuers of CMOs are not considered investment companies pursuant to a rule adopted by the Commission, and a Fund may invest in the securities of such issuers without the limitations imposed by the Investment Company Act on investments by a Fund in other investment companies. In addition, in reliance on an earlier Commission interpretation, a Fund’s investments in certain other qualifying CMOs, which cannot or do not rely on the rule, are also not subject to the limitation of the Investment Company Act on acquiring interests in other investment companies. In order to be able to rely on the Commission’s interpretation, these CMOs must be unmanaged, fixed asset issuers, that: (1) invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities; (2) do not issue redeemable securities; (3) operate under general exemptive orders exempting them from all provisions of the Investment Company Act; and (4) are not registered or regulated under the Investment Company Act as investment companies. To the extent that a Fund selects CMOs that cannot rely on the rule or do not meet the above requirements, the Fund may not invest more than 10% of its assets in all such entities and may not acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any single such entity.

A Fund may also invest in, among other things, parallel pay CMOs, Planned Amortization Class CMOs (“PAC bonds”), sequential pay CMOs, and floating rate CMOs. Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. PAC bonds generally require payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date. Sequential pay CMOs generally pay principal to only one class at a time while paying interest to several classes. Floating rate CMOs are securities whose coupon rate fluctuates according to some formula related to an existing market index or rate. Typical indices would include the eleventh district cost-of-funds index (“COFI”), LIBOR, one-year Treasury yields, and ten-year Treasury yields.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities. Adjustable rate mortgage securities (“ARMs”) are pass-through securities collateralized by mortgages with adjustable rather than fixed rates. ARMs eligible for inclusion in a mortgage pool generally provide for a fixed initial mortgage interest rate for a set number of scheduled monthly payments. After that schedule of payments has been completed, the interest rates are subject to periodic adjustment based on changes to a designated benchmark index.

ARMs contain maximum and minimum rates beyond which the mortgage interest rate may not vary over the lifetime of the security. In addition, certain ARMs provide for additional limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period. In the event that market rates of interest rise more rapidly to levels above that of the ARM’s maximum rate, the ARM’s coupon may represent a below market rate of interest. In these circumstances, the market value of the ARM security will likely have fallen.

Certain ARMs contain limitations on changes in the required monthly payment. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on an ARM, any such excess interest is added to the principal balance of the mortgage loan, which is repaid through future monthly payments. If the monthly payment for such an instrument exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment required at such point to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess is then used to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the ARM.

CMO Residuals. CMO residuals are derivative mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, and special purpose entities of the foregoing. The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In part, the yield to maturity on the CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only (“IO”) class of stripped mortgage-related securities. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. In certain circumstances, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual.

II-26

CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through one or more investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has developed relatively recently and CMO residuals may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. In addition, CMO residuals may or, pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. A Fund may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBSs”) issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the United States. SMBSs are derivative multi-class mortgage-backed securities. SMBS arrangements commonly involve two classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common variety of SMBS is where one class (the principal only or PO class) receives some of the interest and most of the principal from the underlying assets, while the other class (the interest only or IO class) receives most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, the IO class receives all of the interest, while the PO class receives all of the principal. While a Fund may purchase securities of a PO class, a Fund is more likely to purchase the securities of an IO class. The yield to maturity of an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments in excess of that considered in pricing the securities will have a material adverse effect on an IO security’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated payments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in IOs. In addition, there are certain types of IOs that represent the interest portion of a particular class as opposed to the interest portion of the entire pool. The sensitivity of this type of IO to interest rate fluctuations may be increased because of the characteristics of the principal portion to which they relate. As a result of the above factors, a Fund generally will purchase IOs only as a component of so called “synthetic” securities. This means that purchases of IOs will be matched with certain purchases of other securities, such as POs, inverse floating rate CMOs or fixed rate securities; as interest rates fall, presenting a greater risk of unanticipated prepayments of principal, the negative effect on a Fund because of its holdings of IOs should be diminished somewhat because of the increased yield on the inverse floating rate CMOs or the increased appreciation on the POs or fixed rate securities.

Tiered Index Bonds. Tiered index bonds are relatively new forms of mortgage-related securities. The interest rate on a tiered index bond is tied to a specified index or market rate. So long as this index or market rate is below a predetermined “strike” rate, the interest rate on the tiered index bond remains fixed. If, however, the specified index or market rate rises above the “strike” rate, the interest rate of the tiered index bond will decrease. Thus, under these circumstances, the interest rate on a tiered index bond, like an inverse floater, will move in the opposite direction of prevailing interest rates, with the result that the price of the tiered index bond may be considerably more volatile than that of a fixed-rate bond.

Municipal Investments

The Municipal Funds may invest in obligations issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, the payments from which, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer, are excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes (“Municipal Bonds”). California Insured, Florida Municipal Bond, New Jersey Municipal Bond, New York Municipal Bond and Pennsylvania Municipal Bond also invest in Municipal Bonds that pay interest excludable from gross income for purposes of state and local income taxes of the designated state and/or allow the value of a Fund’s shares to be exempt from state and local taxes of the designated state (“State Municipal Bonds”). The Municipal Funds may also invest in securities not issued by or on behalf of a state or territory or by an agency or instrumentality thereof, if the Manager believes such securities to pay interest excludable from gross income for purposes of Federal income tax and state and local income taxes of the designated state and/or state and local personal property taxes of the designated state (“Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities”). Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities could include trust certificates or other instruments evidencing interest in one or more long term municipal securities. Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities also may include securities issued by other investment companies that invest in municipal bonds, to the extent such investments are permitted by applicable law. Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities that pay interest excludable from gross income for Federal income tax purposes will be considered “Municipal Bonds” for purposes of a Municipal Fund’s investment objective and policies. Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities that pay interest excludable from gross income for purposes of

II-27

Federal income tax and state and local income taxes of a designated state and/or allow the value of a Fund’s shares to be exempt from state and local personal property taxes of that state will be considered “State Municipal Bonds” for purposes of the investment objective and policies of each of California Insured, Florida Municipal Bond, New Jersey Municipal Bond, New York Municipal Bond and Pennsylvania Municipal Bond.

Risk Factors and Special Considerations Relating to Municipal Bonds. The risks and special considerations involved in investment in Municipal Bonds vary with the types of instruments being acquired. Investments in Non-Municipal Tax-Exempt Securities may present similar risks, depending on the particular product. Certain instruments in which a Fund may invest may be characterized as Derivatives.

The value of Municipal Bonds generally may be affected by uncertainties in the municipal markets as a result of legislation or litigation, including legislation or litigation that changes the taxation of Municipal Bonds or the rights of Municipal Bond holders in the event of a bankruptcy. Municipal bankruptcies are rare and certain provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code governing such bankruptcies are unclear. Further, the application of state law to Municipal Bond issuers could produce varying results among the states or among Municipal Bond issuers within a state. These uncertainties could have a significant impact on the prices of the Municipal Bonds in which a Fund invests.

Description of Municipal Bonds

Municipal Bonds include debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities, refunding of outstanding obligations and obtaining funds for general operating expenses and loans to other public institutions and facilities. In addition, certain types of bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to finance various privately owned or operated facilities, including certain facilities for the local furnishing of electric energy or gas, sewage facilities, solid waste disposal facilities and other specialized facilities. Such obligations are included within the term Municipal Bonds if the interest paid thereon is excluded from gross income for Federal income tax purposes and any applicable state and local taxes. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute Municipal Bonds, although the current Federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues. The interest on Municipal Bonds may bear a fixed rate or be payable at a variable or floating rate. The two principal classifications of Municipal Bonds are “general obligation” and “revenue” or “special obligation” bonds, which latter category includes private activity bonds (“PABs”) (or “industrial development bonds” under pre-1986 law).

General Obligation Bonds. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited, however, by provisions of its state constitution or laws, and an entity’s creditworthiness will depend on many factors, including potential erosion of its tax base due to population declines, natural disasters, declines in the state’s industrial base or inability to attract new industries, economic limits on the ability to tax without eroding the tax base, state legislative proposals or voter initiatives to limit ad valorem real property taxes and the extent to which the entity relies on Federal or state aid, access to capital markets or other factors beyond the state’s or entity’s control. Accordingly, the capacity of the issuer of a general obligation bond as to the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal when due is affected by the issuer’s maintenance of its tax base.

Revenue Bonds. Revenue bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source such as payments from the user of the facility being financed; accordingly, the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the revenue or special obligation bond is a function of the economic viability of such facility or such revenue source.

PABs. PABs are, in most cases, tax-exempt securities issued by states, municipalities or public authorities to provide funds, usually through a loan or lease arrangement, to a private entity for the purpose of financing construction or improvement of a facility to be used by the entity. Such bonds are secured primarily by revenues derived from loan repayments or lease payments due from the entity, which may or may not be guaranteed by a parent company or

II-28

otherwise secured. PABs generally are not secured by a pledge of the taxing power of the issuer of such bonds. Therefore, an investor should understand that repayment of such bonds generally depends on the revenues of a private entity and be aware of the risks that such an investment may entail. The continued ability of an entity to generate sufficient revenues for the payment of principal and interest on such bonds will be affected by many factors including the size of the entity, its capital structure, demand for its products or services, competition, general economic conditions, government regulation and the entity’s dependence on revenues for the operation of the particular facility being financed.

Moral Obligation Bonds. “Moral obligation” bonds are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If an issuer of moral obligation bonds is unable to meet its obligations, the repayment of such bonds becomes a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality that created the special purpose public authority that issued the bonds.

Municipal Notes. Municipal notes are shorter term municipal debt obligations. They may provide interim financing in anticipation of tax collection, bond sales or revenue receipts. If there is a shortfall in the anticipated proceeds, repayment on the note may be delayed or the note may not be fully repaid, and a Fund may lose money.

Municipal Commercial Paper. Municipal commercial paper is generally unsecured and issued to meet short-term financing needs. The lack of security presents some risk of loss to a Fund since, in the event of an issuer’s bankruptcy, unsecured creditors are repaid only after the secured creditors out of the assets, if any, that remain.

Municipal Lease Obligations. Also included within the general category of Municipal Bonds are certificates of participation (“COPs”) issued by government authorities or entities to finance the acquisition or construction of equipment, land and/or facilities. The COPs represent participations in a lease, an installment purchase contract or a conditional sales contract (hereinafter collectively called “lease obligations”) relating to such equipment, land or facilities. Although lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the issuer for which the issuer’s unlimited taxing power is pledged, a lease obligation is frequently backed by the issuer’s covenant to budget for, appropriate and make the payments due under the lease obligation. However, certain lease obligations contain “non-appropriation” clauses, which provide that the issuer has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a yearly basis. Although “non-appropriation” lease obligations are secured by the leased property, disposition of the property in the event of foreclosure might prove difficult. These securities represent a type of financing that has not yet developed the depth of marketability associated with more conventional securities. Certain investments in lease obligations may be illiquid. A Fund may not invest in illiquid lease obligations if such investments, together with all other illiquid investments, would exceed 15% of the Fund’s net assets. A Fund may, however, invest without regard to such limitation in lease obligations that the Manager, pursuant to guidelines that have been adopted by the Directors and subject to the supervision of the Directors, determines to be liquid. The Manager will deem lease obligations to be liquid if they are publicly offered and have received an investment grade rating of Baa or better by Moody’s, or BBB or better by S&P or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”). Unrated lease obligations, or those rated below investment grade, will be considered liquid if the obligations come to the market through an underwritten public offering and at least two dealers are willing to give competitive bids. In reference to the latter, the Manager must, among other things, also review the creditworthiness of the entity obligated to make payment under the lease obligation and make certain specified determinations based on such factors as the existence of a rating or credit enhancement — such as insurance — the frequency of trades or quotes for the obligation and the willingness of dealers to make a market in the obligation.

Yields. Yields on Municipal Bonds are dependent on a variety of factors, including the general condition of the money market and of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the financial condition of the issuer, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. The ability of a Fund to achieve its investment objective is also dependent on the continuing ability of the issuers of the securities in which the Fund invests to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal when due. There are variations in the risks involved in holding Municipal Bonds, both within a particular classification and between classifications, depending on numerous factors. Furthermore, the rights of owners of Municipal Bonds and the obligations of the issuer of such Municipal Bonds may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws and court decisions affecting

II-29

the rights of creditors generally and to general equitable principles, which may limit the enforcement of certain remedies.

Variable Rate Demand Obligations (“VRDOs”) and Participating VRDOs. VRDOs are tax-exempt obligations that contain a floating or variable interest rate adjustment formula and a right of demand on the part of the holder thereof to receive payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest upon a short notice period not to exceed seven days. Participating VRDOs provide a Fund with a specified undivided interest (up to 100%) of the underlying obligation and the right to demand payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest on the Participating VRDOs from the financial institution that issued the participation interest upon a specified number of days notice, not to exceed seven days. In addition, the Participating VRDO is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or guaranty of the financial institution. A Fund would have an undivided interest in the underlying obligation and thus participate on the same basis as the financial institution in such obligation except that the financial institution typically retains fees out of the interest paid on the obligation for servicing the obligation, providing the letter of credit and issuing the repurchase commitment.

There is the possibility that because of default or insolvency the demand feature of VRDOs and Participating VRDOs may not be honored. The interest rates are adjustable at intervals (ranging from daily to up to one year) to some prevailing market rate for similar investments, such adjustment formula being calculated to maintain the market rate of the VRDOs at approximately the par value of the VRDOs on the adjustment date. The adjustments typically are based upon the Public Securities Association Index or some other appropriate interest rate adjustment index. The Funds have been advised by counsel that they should be entitled to treat the income received on Participating VRDOs as interest from tax-exempt obligations. It is not contemplated that any Fund will invest more than a limited amount of its total assets in Participating VRDOs.

Because of the interest rate adjustment formula on VRDOs (including Participating VRDOs), VRDOs are not comparable to fixed rate securities. During periods of declining interest rates, a Fund’s yield on a VRDO will decrease and its shareholders will forego the opportunity for capital appreciation. During periods of rising interest rates, however, a Fund’s yield on a VRDO will increase and the Fund’s shareholders will have a reduced risk of capital depreciation.

VRDOs that contain a right of demand to receive payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest on a notice period exceeding seven days may be deemed to be illiquid securities. A VRDO with a demand notice period exceeding seven days will therefore be subject to a Fund’s restriction on illiquid investments unless, in the judgment of the Directors such VRDO is liquid. The Directors may adopt guidelines and delegate to the Manager the daily function of determining and monitoring liquidity of such VRDOs. The Directors, however, will retain sufficient oversight and will be ultimately responsible for such determinations.

The VRDOs and Participating VRDOs in which a Fund may invest will be in the following rating categories at the time of purchase: MIG-1/ VMIG-1 through MIG-3/VMIG-3 for notes and VRDOs and Prime-1 through Prime-3 for commercial paper (as determined by Moody’s), SP-1 through SP-2 for notes and A-1 through A-3 for VRDOs and commercial paper (as determined by S&P), or F-1 through F-3 for notes, VRDOs and commercial paper (as determined by Fitch).

Transactions in Financial Futures Contracts.

The Municipal Funds and certain other funds deal in financial futures contracts based on a long-term municipal bond index developed by the Chicago Board of Trade (“CBT”) and The Bond Buyer (the “Municipal Bond Index”). The Municipal Bond Index is comprised of 40 tax-exempt municipal revenue and general obligation bonds. Each bond included in the Municipal Bond Index must be rated A or higher by Moody’s or S&P and must have a remaining maturity of 19 years or more. Twice a month new issues satisfying the eligibility requirements are added to, and an equal number of old issues are deleted from, the Municipal Bond Index. The value of the Municipal Bond Index is computed daily according to a formula based on the price of each bond in the Municipal Bond Index, as evaluated by six dealer-to-dealer brokers.

II-30

The Municipal Bond Index futures contract is traded only on the CBT. Like other contract markets, the CBT assures performance under futures contracts through a clearing corporation, a nonprofit organization managed by the exchange membership that is also responsible for handling daily accounting of deposits or withdrawals of margin.

The particular municipal bonds comprising the index underlying the Municipal Bond Index financial futures contract may vary from the bonds held by a Municipal Fund. As a result, a Municipal Fund’s ability to hedge effectively all or a portion of the value of its Municipal Bonds through the use of such financial futures contracts will depend in part on the degree to which price movements in the index underlying the financial futures contract correlate with the price movements of the Municipal Bonds held by the Fund. The correlation may be affected by disparities in the average maturity, ratings, geographical mix or structure of a Municipal Fund’s investments as compared to those comprising the Municipal Bond Index and general economic or political factors. In addition, the correlation between movements in the value of the Municipal Bond Index may be subject to change over time as additions to and deletions from the Municipal Bond Index alter its structure. The correlation between futures contracts on U.S. Government securities and the Municipal Bonds held by a Municipal Fund may be adversely affected by similar factors and the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of such futures contracts and the prices of Municipal Bonds held by a Municipal Fund may be greater. Municipal Bond Index futures contracts were approved for trading in 1986. Trading in such futures contracts may tend to be less liquid than trading in other futures contracts. The trading of futures contracts also is subject to certain market risks, such as inadequate trading activity, which could at times make it difficult or impossible to liquidate existing positions.

Call Rights

A Fund may purchase a Municipal Bond issuer’s right to call all or a portion of such Municipal Bond for mandatory tender for purchase (a “Call Right”). A holder of a Call Right may exercise such right to require a mandatory tender for the purchase of related Municipal Bonds, subject to certain conditions. A Call Right that is not exercised prior to maturity of the related Municipal Bond will expire without value. The economic effect of holding both the Call Right and the related Municipal Bond is identical to holding a Municipal Bond as a non-callable security. Certain investments in such obligations may be illiquid. A Fund may not invest in such illiquid obligations if such investments, together with other illiquid investments, would exceed 15% of a Fund’s net assets.

Municipal Interest Rate Swap Transactions.

In order to hedge the value of a Fund against interest rate fluctuations or to enhance a Fund’s income, a Fund may enter into interest rate swap transactions such as Municipal Market Data AAA Cash Curve swaps (“MMD Swaps”) or Bond Market Association Municipal Swap Index swaps (“BMA Swaps”). To the extent that a Fund enters into these transactions, the Fund expects to do so primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date. A Fund intends to use these transactions primarily as a hedge rather than as a speculative investment. However, a Fund also may invest in MMD Swaps and BMA Swaps to enhance income or gain or to increase the Fund’s yield, for example, during periods of steep interest rate yield curves (i.e., wide differences between short term and long term interest rates).

A Fund may purchase and sell BMA Swaps in the BMA swap market. In a BMA Swap, a Fund exchanges with another party their respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments linked to the Bond Market Association Municipal Swap Index). Because the underlying index is a tax-exempt index, BMA Swaps may reduce cross-market risks incurred by a Fund and increase a Fund’s ability to hedge effectively. BMA Swaps are typically quoted for the entire yield curve, beginning with a seven day floating rate index out to 30 years. The duration of a BMA Swap is approximately equal to the duration of a fixed-rate Municipal Bond with the same attributes as the swap (e.g., coupon, maturity, call feature).

A Fund may also purchase and sell MMD Swaps, also known as MMD rate locks. An MMD Swap permits a Fund to lock in a specified municipal interest rate for a portion of its portfolio to preserve a return on a particular investment or a portion of its portfolio as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities to be purchased at a later date. By using an MMD Swap, a Fund can create a synthetic long or

II-31

short position, allowing the Fund to select the most attractive part of the yield curve. An MMD Swap is a contract between a Fund and an MMD Swap provider pursuant to which the parties agree to make payments to each other on a notional amount, contingent upon whether the Municipal Market Data AAA General Obligation Scale is above or below a specified level on the expiration date of the contract. For example, if a Fund buys an MMD Swap and the Municipal Market Data AAA General Obligation Scale is below the specified level on the expiration date, the counterparty to the contract will make a payment to the Fund equal to the specified level minus the actual level, multiplied by the notional amount of the contract. If the Municipal Market Data AAA General Obligation Scale is above the specified level on the expiration date, a Fund will make a payment to the counterparty equal to the actual level minus the specified level, multiplied by the notional amount of the contract.

In connection with investments in BMA and MMD Swaps, there is a risk that municipal yields will move in the opposite direction than anticipated by a Fund, which would cause the Fund to make payments to its counterparty in the transaction that could adversely affect the Fund’s performance. A Fund has no obligation to enter into BMA or MMD Swaps and may not do so. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of liquid assets that have an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”). Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, may not be diversified geographically or by property type, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers and self-liquidation. REITs must also meet certain requirements under the Code to avoid entity level tax and be eligible to pass-through certain tax attributes of their income to shareholders. REITs are consequently subject to the risk of failing to meet these requirements for favorable tax treatment, which could result in reduced distributions to shareholders, and failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the Investment Company Act. REITs are also subject to the risks of changes in the Code, including changes involving their tax status.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risk. Rising interest rates may cause REIT investors to demand a higher annual yield, which may, in turn, cause a decline in the market price of the equity securities issued by a REIT. Rising interest rates also generally increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could cause the value of a Fund’s REIT investments to decline. During periods when interest rates are declining, mortgages are often refinanced. Refinancing may reduce the yield on investments in mortgage REITs. In addition, since REITs depend on payment under their mortgage loans and leases to generate cash to make distributions to their shareholders, investments in REITs may be adversely affected by defaults on such mortgage loans or leases.

Investing in certain REITs, which often have small market capitalizations, may also involve the same risks as investing in other small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources and their securities may trade less frequently and in limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500 Index. The management of a REIT may be subject to conflicts of interest with respect to the operation of the business of the REIT and may be involved in real estate activities competitive with the REIT. REITs may own properties through joint ventures or in other circumstances in which the REIT may not have control over its investments. REITs may incur significant amounts of leverage.

Repurchase Agreements and Purchase and Sale Contracts. Under repurchase agreements and purchase and sale contracts, the other party agrees, upon entering into the contract with a Fund, to repurchase a security sold to the Fund at a mutually agreed-upon time and price in a specified currency, thereby determining the yield during the term of the agreement. This results in a fixed rate of return insulated from market fluctuations during the term of the agreement, although such return may be affected by currency fluctuations. In the case of repurchase agreements, the prices at which the trades are conducted do not reflect accrued interest on the underlying obligation; whereas, in the case of purchase and sale contracts, the prices take into account accrued interest. Both types of agreement usually cover short periods, such as under one week, although they may have longer terms, and may be construed to be collateralized loans by the purchaser to the seller secured by the securities transferred to the purchaser. In the case of a repurchase agreement, as a purchaser, a Fund will require the seller to provide additional collateral if the market

II-32

value of the securities falls below the repurchase price at any time during the term of the repurchase agreement. The Fund does not have this right to seek additional collateral as a purchaser in the case of purchase and sale contracts. In the event of default by the seller under a repurchase agreement construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities are not owned by the Fund but only constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price. Therefore, the Fund may suffer time delays and incur costs or possible losses in connection with disposition of the collateral. A purchase and sale contract differs from a repurchase agreement in that the contract arrangements stipulate that securities are owned by the Fund and the purchaser receives any interest on the security paid during the period. In the event of a default under a repurchase agreement or under a purchase and sale contract, instead of the contractual fixed rate, the rate of return to the Fund would be dependent upon intervening fluctuations of the market values of the securities underlying the contract and the accrued interest on those securities. In such event, the Fund would have rights against the seller for breach of contract with respect to any losses arising from market fluctuations following the default. A Fund may not invest in repurchase agreements or purchase and sale contracts maturing in more than seven days if such investments, together with the Fund’s other illiquid investments, would exceed 15% of the Fund’s net assets. Repurchase agreements and purchase and sale contracts may be entered into only with financial institutions that have capital of at least $50 million or whose obligations are guaranteed by an entity that has capital of at least $50 million.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. A Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with the same parties with whom it may enter into repurchase agreements. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund sells securities to another party and agrees to repurchase them at a mutually agreed-upon date and price. At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will segregate liquid assets with a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that (i) the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by a Fund may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase and (ii) the price of the securities sold will decline below the price at which the Fund is required to repurchase them. In addition, if the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce a Fund’s obligations to repurchase the securities and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision.

Securities Lending. Each Fund may lend portfolio securities with a value not exceeding 33 1/3% of its total assets or the limit prescribed by applicable law to banks, brokers and other financial institutions. In return, the Fund receives collateral in cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, which will be maintained at all times in an amount equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities. Each Fund maintains the ability to obtain the right to vote or consent on proxy proposals involving material events affecting securities loaned. A Fund receives the income on the loaned securities. Where a Fund receives securities as collateral, the Fund receives a fee for its loans from the borrower and does not receive the income on the collateral. Where a Fund receives cash collateral, it may invest such collateral and retain the amount earned, net of any amount rebated to the borrower. As a result, the Fund’s yield may increase. Loans of securities are terminable at any time and the borrower, after notice, is required to return borrowed securities within the standard time period for settlement of securities transactions. The Fund is obligated to return the collateral to the borrower at the termination of the loan. A Fund could suffer a loss in the event the Fund must return the cash collateral and there are losses on investments made with the cash collateral. In the event the borrower defaults on any of its obligations with respect to a securities loan, a Fund could suffer a loss where there are losses on investments made with the cash collateral or, where the value of the securities collateral falls below the market value of the borrowed securities. A Fund could also experience delays and costs in gaining access to the collateral. Each Fund may pay reasonable finder’s, lending agent, administrative and custodial fees in connection with its loans. Each Fund has received an exemptive order from the Commission permitting it to lend portfolio securities to affiliates of the Fund and to retain an affiliate of the Fund as lending agent.

Short Sales. Certain Funds may make short sales of securities, either as a hedge against potential declines in value of a portfolio security or to realize appreciation when a security that the Fund does not own declines in value. When a Fund makes a short sale, it borrows the security sold short and delivers it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale. A Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to turn over any payments received on such borrowed securities to the lender of the securities.

II-33

A Fund secures its obligation to replace the borrowed security by depositing collateral with the broker-dealer, usually in cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid securities similar to those borrowed. With respect to uncovered short positions, a Fund is required to deposit similar collateral with its custodian, if necessary, to the extent that the value of both collateral deposits in the aggregate is at all times equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the broker-dealer from which the Fund borrowed the security, regarding payment received by the Fund on such security, a Fund may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer.

Because making short sales in securities that it does not own exposes a Fund to the risks associated with those securities, such short sales involve speculative exposure risk. A Fund will incur a loss as a result of a short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. As a result, if a Fund makes short sales in securities that increase in value, it will likely underperform similar mutual funds that do not make short sales in securities. A Fund will realize a gain on a short sale if the security declines in price between those dates. There can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to close out a short sale position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. Although a Fund’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is limited only by the maximum attainable price of the security, less the price at which the security was sold and may, theoretically, be unlimited.

A Fund may also make short sales “against the box” without being subject to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Fund owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire the identical security at no additional cost.

Sovereign Debt. Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt.

Holders of sovereign debt may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. In the event of a default by a governmental entity, there may be few or no effective legal remedies for collecting on such debt.

Standby Commitment Agreements. Standby commitment agreements commit a Fund, for a stated period of time, to purchase a stated amount of securities that may be issued and sold to that Fund at the option of the issuer. The price of the security is fixed at the time of the commitment. At the time of entering into the agreement, the Fund is paid a commitment fee, regardless of whether or not the security is ultimately issued. A Fund will enter into such agreements for the purpose of investing in the security underlying the commitment at a price that is considered advantageous to the Fund. A Fund will limit its investment in such commitments so that the aggregate purchase price of securities subject to such commitments, together with the value of the Fund’s other illiquid investments, will not exceed 15% of its net assets taken at the time of the commitment. A Fund segregates liquid assets in an aggregate amount equal to the purchase price of the securities underlying the commitment.

There can be no assurance that the securities subject to a standby commitment will be issued, and the value of the security, if issued, on the delivery date may be more or less than its purchase price. Since the issuance of the security

II-34

underlying the commitment is at the option of the issuer, the Fund may bear the risk of a decline in the value of such security and may not benefit from an appreciation in the value of the security during the commitment period.

The purchase of a security subject to a standby commitment agreement and the related commitment fee will be recorded on the date on which the security can reasonably be expected to be issued, and the value of the security thereafter will be reflected in the calculation of a Fund’s net asset value. The cost basis of the security will be adjusted by the amount of the commitment fee. In the event the security is not issued, the commitment fee will be recorded as income on the expiration date of the standby commitment.

Stripped Securities. Stripped securities are created when the issuer separates the interest and principal components of an instrument and sells them as separate securities. In general, one security is entitled to receive the interest payments on the underlying assets (the interest only or “IO” security) and the other to receive the principal payments (the principal only or “PO” security). Some stripped securities may receive a combination of interest and principal payments. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are sensitive to the expected or anticipated rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying assets, and principal payments may have a material effect on yield to maturity. If the underlying assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be adversely affected. Stripped securities may be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and rates of prepayment.

Supranational Entities. A Fund may invest in debt securities of supranational entities. Examples of such entities include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the European Steel and Coal Community, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. The government members, or “stockholders,” usually make initial capital contributions to the supranational entity and in many cases are committed to make additional capital contributions if the supranational entity is unable to repay its borrowings. There is no guarantee that one or more stockholders of a supranational entity will continue to make any necessary additional capital contributions. If such contributions are not made, the entity may be unable to pay interest or repay principal on its debt securities, and a Fund may lose money on such investments.

Warrants. Warrants are securities that permit, but do not obligate, the warrant holder to subscribe for other securities. Buying a warrant does not make the Fund a shareholder of the underlying stock. The warrant holder has no voting or dividend rights with respect to the underlying stock. A warrant does not carry any right to assets of the issuer, and for this reason investment in warrants may be more speculative than other equity-based investments.

When Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments. A Fund may purchase or sell securities that it is entitled to receive on a when issued basis. A Fund may also purchase or sell securities on a delayed delivery basis or through a forward commitment. These transactions involve the purchase or sale of securities by a Fund at an established price with payment and delivery taking place in the future. The Fund enters into these transactions to obtain what is considered an advantageous price to the Fund at the time of entering into the transaction. When a Fund purchases securities in these transactions, the Fund segregates liquid securities in an amount equal to the amount of its purchase commitments.

There can be no assurance that a security purchased on a when issued basis will be issued or that a security purchased or sold on a delayed delivery basis or through a forward commitment will be delivered. Also, the value of securities in these transactions on the delivery date may be more or less than the price paid by the Fund to purchase the securities. The Fund will lose money if the value of the security in such a transaction declines below the purchase price and will not benefit if the value of the security appreciates above the sale price during the commitment period.

Zero Coupon Securities. Zero coupon securities are securities that are sold at a discount to par value and do not pay interest during the life of the security. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue and compound over the period until maturity at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Upon maturity, the holder of a zero coupon security is entitled to receive the par value of the security. While interest payments are not made on such securities, holders of such securities are deemed to have received

II-35

income (“phantom income”) annually, notwithstanding that cash may not be received currently. The effect of owning instruments that do not make current interest payments is that a fixed yield is earned not only on the original investment but also, in effect, on all discount accretion during the life of the obligations. This implicit reinvestment of earnings at a fixed rate eliminates the risk of being unable to invest distributions at a rate as high as the implicit yield on the zero coupon bond, but at the same time eliminates the holder’s ability to reinvest at higher rates in the future. For this reason, some of these securities may be subject to substantially greater price fluctuations during periods of changing market interest rates than are comparable securities that pay interest currently. Longer term zero coupon bonds are more exposed to interest rate risk than shorter term zero coupon bonds. These investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of cash. A Fund accrues income with respect to these securities for Federal income tax and accounting purposes prior to the receipt of cash payments. Zero coupon securities may be subject to greater fluctuation in value and less liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparably rated securities that pay cash interest at regular intervals.

In addition to the above-described risks, there are certain other risks related to investing in zero coupon securities. During a period of severe market conditions, the market for such securities may become even less liquid. In addition, as these securities do not pay cash interest, a Fund’s investment exposure to these securities and their risks, including credit risk, will increase during the time these securities are held in the Fund’s portfolio. Further, to maintain its qualification for pass-through treatment under the Federal tax laws, a Fund is required to distribute income to its shareholders and, consequently, may have to dispose of other, more liquid portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances or may have to leverage itself by borrowing to generate the cash to satisfy these distributions. The required distributions may result in an increase in a Fund’s exposure to zero coupon securities.

Suitability (All Funds)

The economic benefit of an investment in any Fund depends upon many factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Manager and its affiliates. Each Fund should be considered a vehicle for diversification and not as a balanced investment program. The suitability for any particular investor of a purchase of shares in a Fund will depend upon, among other things, such investor’s investment objectives and such investor’s ability to accept the risks associated with investing in securities, including the risk of loss of principal.

Investment Restrictions (All Funds)

See Part I, Section II “Investment Restrictions” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for the specific fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions adopted by each Fund. In addition to those investment restrictions, each Fund is also subject to the restrictions discussed below.

The staff of the Commission has taken the position that purchased OTC options and the assets used as cover for written OTC options are illiquid securities. Therefore, each Fund has adopted an investment policy pursuant to which it will not purchase or sell OTC options (including OTC options on futures contracts) if, as a result of any such transaction, the sum of the market value of OTC options currently outstanding that are held by the Fund, the market value of the underlying securities covered by OTC call options currently outstanding that were sold by the Fund and margin deposits on the Fund’s existing OTC options on financial futures contracts would exceed 15% of the net assets of the Fund, taken at market value, together with all other assets of the Fund that are determined to be illiquid. However, if an OTC option is sold by a Fund to a primary U.S. Government securities dealer recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and if the Fund has the unconditional contractual right to repurchase such OTC option from the dealer at a predetermined price, then the Fund will treat as illiquid only such amount of the underlying securities as is equal to the repurchase price less the amount by which the option is “in-the-money” (i.e., current market value of the underlying securities minus the option’s strike price). The repurchase price with the primary dealers is typically a formula price that is generally based on a multiple of the premium received for the option, plus the amount by which the option is “in-the-money.” This policy as to OTC options is not a fundamental policy of any Fund and may be amended by the Board of Directors of the Fund without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

II-36

Each Fund’s investments will be limited in order to allow the Fund to qualify as a “regulated investment company” for purposes of the Code. See “Dividends and Taxes — Taxes.” To qualify, among other requirements, each Fund will limit its investments so that, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of each Fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income). For purposes of this restriction, the Municipal Funds generally will regard each state and each of its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities and each multi-state agency of which the state is a member as a separate issuer. Each public authority that issues securities on behalf of a private entity generally will also be regarded as a separate issuer, except that if the security is backed only by the assets and revenues of a non-government entity, then the entity with the ultimate responsibility for the payment of interest and principal may be regarded as the sole issuer. Foreign government securities (unlike U.S. government securities) are not exempt from the diversification requirements of the Code and the securities of each foreign government issuer are considered to be obligations of a single issuer. These tax-related limitations may be changed by the Directors of a Fund to the extent necessary to comply with changes to the Federal tax requirements. A Fund that is “diversified” under the Investment Company Act must satisfy the foregoing 5% and 10% requirements with respect to 75% of its total assets.

MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS

Directors and Officers

See Part I, Section III “Information on Directors and Officers,” “—Biographical Information,” “— Share Ownership” and “— Compensation of Directors” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for biographical and certain other information relating to the Directors and officers of your Fund, including Directors’ compensation.

Management Arrangements

Management Services. The Manager provides each Fund with investment advisory and management services. Subject to the oversight of the Board of Directors, the Manager is responsible for the actual management of a Fund’s portfolio and reviews the Fund’s holdings in light of its own research analysis and that from other relevant sources. The responsibility for making decisions to buy, sell or hold a particular security rests with the Manager. The Manager performs certain of the other administrative services and provides all the office space, facilities, equipment and necessary personnel for management of each Fund.

Each Feeder Fund invests all or a portion of its assets in shares of a Master Portfolio. To the extent a Feeder Fund invests all of its assets in a Master Portfolio, it does not invest directly in portfolio securities and does not require management services. For such Feeder Funds, portfolio management occurs at the Master Portfolio level.

Management Fee. Each Fund has entered into a Management Agreement with the Manager pursuant to which the Manager receives for its services to the Fund monthly compensation at an annual rate based on the average daily net assets of the Fund. For information regarding specific fee rates for your Fund and the fees paid by your Fund to the Manager for the Fund’s last three fiscal years or other applicable periods, see Part I, Section IV “Management and Advisory Arrangements” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

For Funds that do not have an Administrator, each Management Agreement obligates the Manager to provide management services and to pay all compensation of and furnish office space for officers and employees of a Fund

II-37

connected with investment and economic research, trading and investment management of the Fund, as well as the fees of all Directors of the Fund who are interested persons of the Fund. Each Fund pays all other expenses incurred in the operation of that Fund, including among other things: taxes; expenses for legal and auditing services; costs of preparing, printing and mailing proxies, shareholder reports, prospectuses and statements of additional information, except to the extent paid by BlackRock Investments, Inc. (“BII” or the “Distributor”); charges of the custodian and sub-custodian, and the transfer agent; expenses of redemption of shares; Commission fees; expenses of registering the shares under Federal, state or foreign laws; fees and expenses of Directors who are not interested persons of a Fund as defined in the Investment Company Act; accounting and pricing costs (including the daily calculations of net asset value); insurance; interest; brokerage costs; litigation and other extraordinary or non-recurring expenses; and other expenses properly payable by the Fund. Certain accounting services are provided to each Fund by State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) pursuant to an agreement between State Street and each Fund. Each Fund pays a fee for these services. In addition, the Manager provides certain accounting services to each Fund and the Fund pays the Manager a fee for such services. The Distributors pay certain promotional expenses of the Funds incurred in connection with the offering of shares of the Funds. Certain expenses are financed by each Fund pursuant to distribution plans in compliance with Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act. See “Purchase of Shares — Distribution Plans.”

Sub-Advisory Fee. The Manager of each Fund has entered into one or more sub-advisory agreements (the “Sub-Advisory Agreements”) with the sub-adviser or sub-advisers identified in each such Fund’s prospectus (the “Sub-Adviser”) pursuant to which the Sub-Adviser provides sub-advisory services to the Manager with respect to the Fund. For information relating to the fees, if any, paid by the Manager to the Sub-Adviser pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement for the Fund’s last three fiscal years or other applicable periods, see Part I, Section IV “Management and Advisory Arrangements” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

Organization of the Manager. The Manager, BlackRock Advisors, LLC, is a Delaware limited liability company and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”). On September 29, 2006, BlackRock and Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (“ML & Co.”) combined Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (“MLIM”) and certain affiliates with BlackRock to create a new asset management company that is one of the world’s largest asset management firms with over $1 trillion in assets under management. As a result of that transaction, Merrill Lynch, a financial services holding company and the parent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, owns approximately 49% of BlackRock, The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) owns approximately 34%, and approximately 17% is held by employees and public shareholders. ML & Co. and PNC may be deemed “controlling persons” of the Manager (as defined under the Investment Company Act) because of their ownership of BlackRock’s voting securities or their power to exercise a controlling influence over BlackRock’s management or policies. Each Sub-Adviser is an affiliate of the Manager and is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock.

Duration and Termination. Unless earlier terminated as described below, each Management Agreement and each Sub-Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for an initial two year period and from year to year if approved annually (a) by the Board of Directors or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund and (b) by a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party. The Agreements automatically terminate on assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days’ written notice at the option of either party thereto or by the vote of the shareholders of the applicable Fund.

Other Service Arrangements

Administrative Services and Administrative Fee. Certain Funds have entered into an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with an administrator identified in the Fund’s Prospectus and Part I of the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (each an “Administrator”). For its services to a Fund, the Administrator receives monthly compensation at the annual rate set forth in each applicable Fund’s prospectus. For information regarding any administrative fees paid by your Fund to the Administrator for the periods indicated, see Part I, Section IV “Management and Advisory Arrangements” of that Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

For Funds that have an Administrator, the Administration Agreement obligates the Administrator to provide certain administrative services to the Fund and to pay, or cause its affiliates to pay, for maintaining its staff and personnel

II-38

and to provide office space, facilities and necessary personnel for the Fund. Each Administrator is also obligated to pay, or cause its affiliates to pay, the fees of those officers and Directors of the Fund who are affiliated persons of the Administrator or any of its affiliates.

Duration and Termination of Administration Agreement. Unless earlier terminated as described below, each Administration Agreement will continue for an initial two year period and from year to year if approved annually (a) by the Board of Directors of each applicable Fund or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund and (b) by a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not parties to such contract or interested persons (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party. Such contract is not assignable and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days’ written notice at the option of either party thereto or by the vote of the shareholders of the Fund.

Transfer Agency Services. PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc., formerly known as PFPC Inc. (“PNC GIS” or the “Transfer Agent”), a subsidiary of PNC, acts as each Fund’s Transfer Agent pursuant to a Transfer Agency, Dividend Disbursing Agency and Shareholder Servicing Agency Agreement (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”) with the Funds. Pursuant to the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Transfer Agent is responsible for the issuance, transfer and redemption of shares and the opening and maintenance of shareholder accounts. Each Fund pays the Transfer Agent a fee for the services it receives based on the type of account and the level of services required. Each Fund reimburses the Transfer Agent’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and pays a fee of 0.10% of account assets for certain accounts that participate in certain fee-based programs sponsored by the Manager or its affiliates. For purposes of each Transfer Agency Agreement, the term “account” includes a shareholder account maintained directly by the Transfer Agent and any other account representing the beneficial interest of a person in the relevant share class on a recordkeeping system. See Part I, Section IV “Management and Advisory Arrangements — Transfer Agency Fees” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for information on the transfer agency fees paid by your Fund for the periods indicated.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The Audit Committee of each Fund, which is comprised of all of the Fund’s non-interested Directors, has selected an independent registered public accounting firm for that Fund that audits the Fund’s financial statements. Please see the inside back cover page of your Fund’s Prospectus for information on your Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.

Custodian Services. The name and address of the custodian (the “Custodian”) of each Fund are provided on the inside back cover page of the Fund’s Prospectus. The Custodian is responsible for safeguarding and controlling the Fund’s cash and securities, handling the receipt and delivery of securities and collecting interest and dividends on the Fund’s investments. The Custodian is authorized to establish separate accounts in foreign currencies and to cause foreign securities owned by the Fund to be held in its offices outside the United States and with certain foreign banks and securities depositories.

For certain Feeder Funds, the Custodian also acts as the custodian of the Master Portfolio’s assets.

Accounting Services. Each Fund has entered into an agreement with State Street, pursuant to which State Street provides certain accounting services to the Fund. Each Fund pays a fee for these services. State Street provides similar accounting services to the Master LLCs. The Manager or the Administrator also provides certain accounting services to each Fund and each Fund reimburses the Manager or the Administrator for these services.

See Part I, Section IV “Management and Advisory Arrangements — Accounting Services” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for information on the amounts paid by your Fund and, if applicable, Master LLC to State Street and the Manager or, if applicable, the Administrator for the periods indicated.

Distribution Expenses. Each Fund has entered into a distribution agreement with each Distributor in connection with the continuous offering of each class of shares of the Fund (the “Distribution Agreements”). The Distribution Agreements obligate each Distributor to pay certain expenses in connection with the offering of each class of shares of the Funds. After the prospectuses, statements of additional information and periodic reports have been prepared, set in type and mailed to shareholders, each Distributor pays for the printing and distribution of these documents

II-39

used in connection with the offering to dealers and investors. The Distributor also pays for other supplementary sales literature and advertising costs. Each Distribution Agreement is subject to the same renewal requirements and termination provisions as the Management Agreement described above.

Code of Ethics

Each Fund, the Manager, each Sub-Adviser and each Distributor has adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Codes of Ethics establish procedures for personal investing and restrict certain transactions. Employees subject to the Code of Ethics may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund.

Selective Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

Pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by each Fund and the Manager, each Fund and the Manager may, under certain circumstances as set forth below, make selective disclosure with respect to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The Fund’s Board of Directors has approved the adoption by the Fund of the policies and procedures set forth below, and has delegated to the Manager the responsibility for ongoing monitoring and supervision to ensure compliance with these policies and procedures. The Board of Directors provides ongoing oversight of the Fund’s and Manager’s compliance with the policies and procedures. As part of this oversight function, the Directors receive from the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer at least quarterly and more often, as necessary, reports on compliance with these policies and procedures, including reports on any violations of these policies and procedures that may occur. In addition, the Directors receive an annual assessment of the adequacy and effect of the policies and procedures with respect to the Fund, and any changes thereto, and an annual review of the operation of the policies and procedures.

Examples of the information that may be disclosed pursuant to the Fund’s policies and procedures would include (but is not limited to) specific portfolio holdings – including the number of shares held, weightings of particular holdings, specific sector and industry weightings, trading details, and the portfolio manager’s discussion of Fund performance and reasoning for significant changes in portfolio composition. This information may be both material non-public information (“Confidential Information”) and proprietary information of the firm. The Fund may disclose such information to individual investors, institutional investors, financial advisers and other financial intermediaries that sell the Fund’s shares, affiliates of the Fund, third party service providers to the Fund, lenders to the Fund, and independent rating agencies and ranking organizations. The Fund, the Manager and its affiliates receive no compensation or other consideration with respect to such disclosures.

Subject to the exceptions set forth below, Confidential Information relating to a Fund may not be disclosed to persons not employed by the Manager or its affiliates unless such information has been publicly disclosed via a filing with the Commission (e.g., Fund annual report), a press release or placement on a publicly-available internet web site, including our web site at www.blackrock.com. If the Confidential Information has not been publicly disclosed, an employee of the Manager who wishes to distribute Confidential Information relating to the Fund must first do the following: (i) require the person or company receiving the Confidential Information to sign, before the Manager will provide disclosure of any such information, a confidentiality agreement approved by an attorney in the Manager’s Legal Department in which the person or company (a) agrees to use the Confidential Information solely in connection with a legitimate business use (i.e., due diligence, etc.) and (b) agrees not to trade on the basis of the information so provided; (ii) obtain the authorization of an attorney in the Manager’s Legal Department prior to disclosure; and (iii) only distribute Confidential Information that is at least 30 calendar days old unless a shorter period has specifically been approved by an attorney in the Manager’s Legal Department. Prior to providing any authorization for such disclosure of Confidential Information, an attorney in the Manager’s Legal Department must review the proposed arrangement and make a determination that it is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. In connection with day-to-day portfolio management, the Fund may disclose Confidential Information to executing brokers-dealers that is less than 30 days old in order to facilitate the purchase and sale of portfolio holdings. The Fund has adopted policies and procedures, including a Code of Ethics, Code of Conduct, and various policies regarding securities trading and trade allocations, to address potential conflicts of interest that may arise in connection with disclosure of Confidential Information. These procedures are designed, among other things, to prohibit personal trading based on Confidential Information, to ensure that portfolio transactions are conducted in

II-40

the best interests of each Fund and its shareholders and to prevent portfolio management from using Confidential Information for the benefit of one fund or account at the expense of another. In addition, as noted, an attorney in the Manager’s Legal Department must determine that disclosure of Confidential Information is for a legitimate business purpose and is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest created by release of the Confidential Information have been addressed by the Manager’s existing policies and procedures. For more information with respect to potential conflicts of interest, see the section entitled “Management and Other Service Arrangements — Potential Conflicts of Interest” in this Statement of Additional Information.

Confidential Information — whether or not publicly disclosed — may be disclosed to Fund Directors, the independent Directors’ counsel, the Fund’s outside counsel, accounting services provider and independent registered public accounting firm without meeting the conditions outlined above. Confidential Information may, with the prior approval of the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer or the Manager’s General Counsel, also be disclosed to any auditor of the parties to a service agreement involving the Fund, or as required by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation. If Confidential Information is disclosed to such persons, each such person will be subject to restrictions on trading in the subject securities under either the Fund’s and Manager’s Code of Ethics or an applicable confidentiality agreement, or under applicable laws or regulations or court order.

The Manager has entered into ongoing arrangements to provide monthly and quarterly selective disclosure of Fund portfolio holdings to the following persons or entities:

Fund’s Board of Directors and, if necessary independent Directors’ counsel and Fund counsel

Fund’s Transfer Agent

Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm

Fund’s accounting services provider — State Street Bank and Trust Company

Fund Custodian

Independent rating agencies — Morningstar, Inc. and Lipper Inc.

Information aggregators — Wall Street on Demand, Thomson Financial, eVestment Alliance and Informa PSN Investment Solutions

Sponsors of 401(k) plans that include BlackRock-advised funds — E.I. Dupont de Nemours and Company, Inc.

Consultants for pension plans that invest in BlackRock-advised funds — Rocaton Investment Advisors, LLC; Mercer Investment Consulting; Watson Wyatt Investment Consulting; Towers Perrin HR Services; Pinnacle West; Callan Associates; Brockhouse & Cooper; Cambridge Associates; Mercer; Morningstar/Investorforce; Russell Investments (Mellon Analytical Solutions) and Wilshire Associates

Portfolio Compliance Consultants — i-Flex Solutions, Inc.

Other than with respect to the Board of Directors, each of the persons or entities set forth above is subject to an agreement to keep the information disclosed confidential and to use it only for legitimate business purposes. Each Director has a fiduciary duty as a director to act in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. Selective disclosure is made to the Board of Directors and independent registered public accounting firm at least quarterly and otherwise as frequently as necessary to enable such persons or entities to provide services to the Fund. Selective disclosure is made to the Fund’s Transfer Agent, accounting services provider, and Custodian as frequently as necessary to enable such persons or entities to provide services to the Fund, typically on a daily basis. Disclosure is made to Lipper Inc. and Wall Street on Demand on a monthly basis and to Morningstar and Thomson Financial on a

II-41

quarterly basis, and to each such firm upon specific request with the approval of the Manager’s Legal Department. Disclosure is made to 401(k) plan sponsors on a yearly basis and pension plan consultants on a quarterly basis.

The Fund and the Manager monitor, to the extent possible, the use of Confidential Information by the individuals or firms to which it has been disclosed. To do so, in addition to the requirements of any applicable confidentiality agreement and/or the terms and conditions of the Fund’s and Manager’s Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct — all of which require persons or entities in possession of Confidential Information to keep such information confidential and not to trade on such information for their own benefit — the Manager’s compliance personnel under the supervision of the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, monitor the Manager’s securities trading desks to determine whether individuals or firms who have received Confidential Information have made any trades on the basis of that information. In addition, the Manager maintains an internal restricted list to prevent trading by the personnel of the Manager or its affiliates in securities — including securities held by the Fund — about which the Manager has Confidential Information. There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the selective disclosure of Fund portfolio holdings will prevent the misuse of such information by individuals or firms that receive such information.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Activities of the Manager; BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates (collectively, “BlackRock”); The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and its affiliates (collectively, “PNC”); Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and their affiliates (collectively, “Merrill Lynch”); and Other Accounts Managed by BlackRock, PNC or Merrill Lynch.

BlackRock is one of the world’s largest asset management firms with over $1 trillion in assets under management. Merrill Lynch is a full service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management and financial services organization. PNC is a diversified financial services organization spanning the retail, business and corporate markets. BlackRock, Merrill Lynch and PNC are affiliates of one another. BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch and their affiliates (including, for these purposes, their directors, partners, trustees, managing members, officers and employees), including the entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of a Fund (collectively, “Affiliates”), are engaged worldwide in businesses, including equity, fixed income, cash management and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Fund. These are considerations of which investors in a Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. These activities and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial and other interests in securities and other instruments, and companies that may be purchased or sold by a Fund.

BlackRock and its Affiliates, including, without limitation, PNC and Merrill Lynch, have proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of a Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. One or more Affiliates are also major participants in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case both on a proprietary basis and for the accounts of customers. As such, one or more Affiliates are or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or customer accounts, will be executed independently of a Fund’s transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund. When the Manager and its advisory affiliates seek to purchase or sell the same assets for their managed accounts, including a Fund, the assets actually purchased or sold may be allocated among the accounts on a basis determined in their good faith discretion to be equitable. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the size or price of the assets purchased or sold for a Fund.

In addition, transactions in investments by one or more other accounts managed by BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch or another Affiliate may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of a Fund, particularly, but not limited to, with respect to small capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies. This may occur when investment decisions regarding a Fund are based on research or other

II-42

information that is also used to support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch or another Affiliate implements a portfolio decision or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for a Fund, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Fund receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such decisions or strategies could be increased or the Fund could otherwise be disadvantaged. BlackRock, PNC or Merrill Lynch may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures designed to limit such consequences, which may cause a Fund to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.

Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding a Fund may benefit other accounts managed by BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch or another Affiliate. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by a Fund may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) one or more Affiliates or their other accounts, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by a Fund may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) one or more Affiliates or their other accounts.

BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch, other Affiliates and their clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Fund’s investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch, other Affiliates or their clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

The results of a Fund’s investment activities may differ significantly from the results achieved by the Manager and its Affiliates for their proprietary accounts or other accounts (including investment companies or collective investment vehicles) managed or advised by them. It is possible that one or more Affiliates and such other accounts will achieve investment results that are substantially more or less favorable than the results achieved by a Fund. Moreover, it is possible that a Fund will sustain losses during periods in which one or more Affiliates achieve significant profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. The opposite result is also possible. The investment activities of one or more Affiliates for their proprietary accounts and accounts under their management may also limit the investment opportunities for a Fund in certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.

From time to time, a Fund’s activities may also be restricted because of regulatory restrictions applicable to one or more Affiliates, and/or their internal policies designed to comply with such restrictions. As a result, there may be periods, for example, when the Manager, and/or one or more Affiliates, will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or instruments with respect to which the Manager and/or one or more Affiliates are performing services or when position limits have been reached.

In connection with its management of a Fund, the Manager may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by one or more Affiliates (including Merrill Lynch). The Manager will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of a Fund in accordance with such analysis and models. In addition, neither BlackRock nor any of its Affiliates (including Merrill Lynch and PNC) will have any obligation to make available any information regarding their proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of a Fund and it is not anticipated that the Manager will have access to such information for the purpose of managing the Fund. The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of BlackRock and its Affiliates (including Merrill Lynch and PNC) or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by them or other customer accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by the Manager in managing a Fund.

In addition, certain principals and certain employees of the Manager are also principals or employees of BlackRock, Merrill Lynch, PNC or another Affiliate. As a result, the performance by these principals and employees of their obligations to such other entities may be a consideration of which investors in a Fund should be aware.

The Manager may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of a Fund in which customers of BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch or another Affiliate, or, to the extent permitted by the Commission, BlackRock, PNC or Merrill Lynch or another Affiliate, serve as the counterparty, principal or issuer.

II-43

In such cases, such party’s interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by a Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock, Merrill Lynch and/or PNC or another Affiliate. One or more Affiliates may also create, write or issue Derivatives for their customers, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments of which may be those in which a Fund invests or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. A Fund may, subject to applicable law, purchase investments that are the subject of an underwriting or other distribution by one or more Affiliates and may also enter into transactions with other clients of an Affiliate where such other clients have interests adverse to those of the Fund. At times, these activities may cause departments of BlackRock or its Affiliates to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent affiliated transactions are permitted, a Fund will deal with BlackRock and its Affiliates on an arms-length basis. BlackRock, PNC or Merrill Lynch or another Affiliate may also have an ownership interest in certain trading or information systems used by a Fund. A Fund’s use of such trading or information systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock and its Affiliates.

One or more Affiliates may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or advisor or in other commercial capacities for a Fund. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by an Affiliate will be in its view commercially reasonable, although each Affiliate, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to the Affiliate and such sales personnel.

Subject to applicable law, the Affiliates (and their personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Funds as broker, dealer, agent, lender, advisor or in other commercial capacities and no accounting to the Funds or their shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Funds or their shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by an Affiliate of any such fees or other amounts. When an Affiliate acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Funds, the Affiliate may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds.

A Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund’s own credit standing. Neither BlackRock nor any of the Affiliates will have any obligation to allow their credit to be used in connection with a Fund’s establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund’s counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock or any of the Affiliates in evaluating the Fund’s creditworthiness.

Purchases and sales of securities for a Fund may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other BlackRock client accounts. The Manager and its advisory affiliates, however, are not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio management decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable, required or with cases involving client direction.

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Funds will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Funds. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Funds will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

The Manager may select brokers (including, without limitation, Affiliates of the Manager) that furnish the Manager, the Funds, other BlackRock client accounts or other Affiliates or personnel, directly or through correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate services which provide, in the Manager’s view, appropriate assistance to the Manager in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed-price offerings and over-the-counter transactions). Such research or other services may include, to the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars; computer data bases; quotation equipment and services; and research-oriented computer hardware, software and other services and products. Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing any or all of the Funds and other BlackRock client accounts, including in connection with BlackRock client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the

II-44

research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other BlackRock client accounts relative to the Funds based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds and such other BlackRock client accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client’s commissions may not be used in managing that client’s account. In addition, other BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Funds and to such other BlackRock client accounts. To the extent that the Manager uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself. The Manager may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. To the extent that the Manager receives research on this basis, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by client commissions that also will be used to pay for the execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by the Manager.

The Manager may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services the Manager believes are useful in their investment decision-making process. The Manager may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees.

The Manager may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by the Manager even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Funds. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by the Manager. This would have the effect of reducing the access fees paid by the Manager. The Manager will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock’s fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch and/or other Affiliates, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see “Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.”

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock or any of its affiliates may, although they are not required to, purchase and hold shares of a Fund. Increasing a Fund’s assets may enhance investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund’s expense ratio. BlackRock and its affiliates reserve the right to redeem at any time some or all of the shares of a Fund acquired for their own accounts. A large redemption of shares of a Fund by BlackRock or its affiliates could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investment flexibility, portfolio diversification and expense ratio. BlackRock will consider the effect of redemptions on a Fund and other shareholders in deciding whether to redeem its shares.

It is possible that a Fund may invest in securities of companies with which an Affiliate has or is trying to develop investment banking relationships as well as securities of entities in which BlackRock, PNC or Merrill Lynch or another Affiliate has significant debt or equity investments or in which an Affiliate makes a market. A Fund also may invest in securities of companies to which an Affiliate provides or may someday provide research coverage. Such investments could cause conflicts between the interests of a Fund and the interests of other clients of BlackRock or another Affiliate. In making investment decisions for a Fund, the Manager is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any division, department or Affiliate of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of Merrill Lynch or another Affiliate may limit a Fund’s flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. When Merrill Lynch or another Affiliate is engaged in an

II-45

underwriting or other distribution of securities of an entity, the Manager may be prohibited from purchasing or recommending the purchase of certain securities of that entity for a Fund.

BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch, other Affiliates, their personnel and other financial service providers have interests in promoting sales of the Funds. With respect to BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch, other Affiliates and their personnel, the remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of the Funds or other products may be greater than remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of certain funds or other products that might be provided or offered. BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch, other Affiliates and their sales personnel may directly or indirectly receive a portion of the fees and commissions charged to the Funds or their shareholders. BlackRock and its advisory or other personnel may also benefit from increased amounts of assets under management. Fees and commissions may also be higher than for other products or services, and the remuneration and profitability to BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch, other Affiliates and such personnel resulting from transactions on behalf of or management of the Funds may be greater than the remuneration and profitability resulting from other funds or products.

BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch, other Affiliates and their personnel may receive greater compensation or greater profit in connection with an account for which BlackRock serves as an adviser than with an account advised by an unaffiliated investment adviser. Differentials in compensation may be related to the fact that BlackRock may pay a portion of its advisory fee to the unaffiliated investment adviser, or relate to compensation arrangements, including for portfolio management, brokerage transactions or account servicing. Any differential in compensation may create a financial incentive on the part of BlackRock, PNC, Merrill Lynch, other Affiliates and their personnel to recommend BlackRock over unaffiliated investment advisers or to effect transactions differently in one account over another.

BlackRock may also have relationships with, and purchase, or distribute or sell, services or products from or to, distributors, consultants and others who recommend the Funds, or who engage in transactions with or for the Funds. For example, BlackRock may participate in industry and consultant sponsored conferences and may purchase educational, data related or other services from consultants or other third parties that it deems to be of value to its personnel and its business. The products and services purchased from consultants may include, but are not limited to, those that help BlackRock understand the consultant’s points of view on the investment management process. Consultants and other parties that provide consulting or other services to potential investors in the Funds may receive fees from BlackRock or the Funds in connection with the distribution of shares in the Funds or other BlackRock products. For example, BlackRock may enter into revenue or fee sharing arrangements with consultants, service providers, and other intermediaries relating to investments in mutual funds, collective trusts, or other products or services offered or managed by the Manager. BlackRock may also pay a fee for membership in industry-wide or state and municipal organizations or otherwise help sponsor conferences and educational forums for investment industry participants including, but not limited to, trustees, fiduciaries, consultants, administrators, state and municipal personnel and other clients. BlackRock’s membership in such organizations allows BlackRock to participate in these conferences and educational forums and helps BlackRock interact with conference participants and to develop an understanding of the points of view and challenges of the conference participants. In addition, BlackRock’s personnel, including employees of BlackRock, may have board, advisory, brokerage or other relationships with issuers, distributors, consultants and others that may have investments in the Funds or that may recommend investments in the Funds. In addition, BlackRock, including the Manager, may make charitable contributions to institutions, including those that have relationships with clients or personnel of clients. BlackRock’s personnel may also make political contributions. As a result of the relationships and arrangements described in this paragraph, consultants, distributors and other parties may have conflicts associated with their promotion of the Funds or other dealings with the Funds that create incentives for them to promote the Funds or certain portfolio transactions.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, BlackRock may make payments to authorized dealers and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) from time to time to promote the Funds and/or other BlackRock products. In addition to placement fees, sales loads or similar distribution charges, such payments may be made out of BlackRock’s assets, or amounts payable to BlackRock rather than a separately identified charge to the Funds or other products. Such payments may compensate Intermediaries for, among other things: marketing the Funds and other products; access to the Intermediaries’ registered representatives or salespersons, including at conferences and other meetings; assistance in training and education of personnel; marketing support; and/or other specified services

II-46

intended to assist in the distribution and marketing of the Funds and other products. The payments may also, to the extent permitted by applicable regulations, contribute to various non-cash and cash incentive arrangements to promote certain products, as well as sponsor various educational programs, sales contests and/or promotions. The additional payments by BlackRock may also compensate Intermediaries for sub-accounting, administrative and/or shareholder processing services that are in addition to the fees paid for these services by such products. See also, “Purchase of Shares – Other Compensation to Selling Dealers” in this Statement of Additional Information.

The payments made by BlackRock may be different for different Intermediaries. The presence of these payments and the basis on which an Intermediary compensates its registered representatives or salespersons may create an incentive for a particular Intermediary, registered representative or salesperson to highlight, feature or recommend certain products based, at least in part, on the level of compensation paid.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, a Fund may invest all or some of its short term cash investments in any money market fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, a Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund in which it invests, which may result in a Fund bearing some additional expenses.

The Manager, its affiliates and their directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts, and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of a Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers, employees and affiliates of the Manager that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that a Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund and the Manager each has adopted a Code of Ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund’s portfolio transactions. The Code of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Commission at (202) 551-8090. The Code of Ethics is also available on the EDGAR Database on the Commission’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Commission’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-0102.

The Manager and its affiliates will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, a Fund, except that the Fund may in accordance with rules adopted under the Investment Company Act engage in transactions with accounts that are affiliated with the Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Funds and/or the Manager by the Commission. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which the Manager determined that it would be appropriate for the Fund to purchase and another client to sell, or the Fund to sell and another client to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day.

From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock, PNC or Merrill Lynch or another Affiliate and/or BlackRock’s internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when the Manager may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit their advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which an Affiliate is performing investment banking, market making or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when an Affiliate is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of, or advisory services for, a company, the Funds may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company. Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock or its Affiliates serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Funds wish to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies or are the subject of an underwriting, distribution, or advisory assignment by an Affiliate, or in cases in which personnel of BlackRock or its Affiliates are directors or officers of the issuer.

The investment activities of one or more Affiliates for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Funds. For example, in regulated industries, in certain emerging or international markets, in corporate and regulatory ownership definitions, and in certain futures and derivative

II-47

transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount of investment by affiliated investors that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Funds or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions. If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of the Manager on behalf of clients (including the Funds) to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, the Manager on behalf of clients (including the Funds) may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict or limit the exercise of rights (including voting rights) when the Manager, in its sole discretion, deem it appropriate.

A Fund’s custody arrangements could give rise to a potential conflict of interest with the Manager where the Manager has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap a Fund’s expenses. This is because a Fund’s custody arrangements may provide for a reduction in custody fees as a result, for example, of a Fund’s leaving cash balances uninvested. When a Fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements the Manager would be required to make to the Fund. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide the Manager with an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for Funds with expense caps in order to offset custody fees that the Manager might otherwise reimburse. However, the Manager’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to Fund performance.

Present and future activities of BlackRock and its Affiliates, including the Manager, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Each BlackRock-advised open-end fund offers multiple classes of shares under a plan adopted under Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act. Investor A shares are sold to investors choosing the initial sales charge alternative and Investor B and Investor C shares are sold to investors choosing the deferred sales charge alternative. Institutional, Service and BlackRock shares, which are available only to certain eligible investors in certain Funds, are sold without a sales charge. Certain Funds offer Class R shares, which are available only to certain authorized qualified employee benefit plans and are sold without a sales charge. In addition, certain Funds offer share classes that are available only for dividend and capital gain reinvestments by existing shareholders and in certain limited additional situations. Certain other Funds offer other classes of shares with different investor eligibility and sales charge arrangements. Please see the appropriate Prospectus for your Fund to determine which classes are offered by your Fund and under what circumstances. Certain classes have an exchange privilege that differs from class to class. See “Shareholder Services — Exchange Privilege.”

The applicable offering price for purchase orders is based on the net asset value of the applicable class of shares of a Fund next determined after receipt of the purchase order by a dealer or other financial intermediary (“Selling Dealer”) that has been authorized by one or both Distributors by contract to accept such orders. As to purchase orders received by Selling Dealers prior to the close of business on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (generally, the NYSE closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time), on the day the order is placed, including orders received after the close of business on the previous day, the applicable offering price is based on the net asset value determined as of the close of business on the NYSE on that day. If the purchase orders are not received by the Selling Dealer before the close of business on the NYSE, such orders are deemed received on the next business day.

Each Fund has lower investment minimums for other categories of shareholders eligible to purchase Institutional shares, including selected fee-based programs. Each Fund may permit a lower initial investment for certain investors if their purchase, combined with purchases by other investors received together by the Fund, meets the minimum investment requirement. Each Fund may enter into agreements with certain firms whereby such firms will be able to convert shares of a Fund from one class of shares to another class of shares of the same Fund. Shareholders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding any tax consequences relating to such conversions. Each Fund may reject any purchase order, modify or waive the minimum initial or subsequent investment requirements and suspend and resume the sale of any share class of any Fund at any time.

II-48

Each Fund or each Distributor may suspend the continuous offering of the Fund’s shares of any class at any time in response to conditions in the securities markets or otherwise and may resume offering such shares from time to time. Any order may be rejected by a Fund or a Distributor. Neither the Distributors, the securities dealers nor other financial intermediaries are permitted to withhold placing orders to benefit themselves by a price change.

The term “purchase,” as used in the Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information, refers to (i) a single purchase by an individual, (ii) concurrent purchases by an individual, his or her spouse and their children under the age of 21 years purchasing shares for his, her or their own account, and (iii) single purchases by a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing shares for a single trust estate or single fiduciary account although more than one beneficiary may be involved. The term “purchase” also includes purchases by any “company,” as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act, but does not include purchases by (i) any company that has not been in existence for at least six months, (ii) a company that has no purpose other than the purchase of shares of a Fund or shares of other registered investment companies at a discount, or (iii) any group of individuals whose sole organizational nexus is that its participants are credit cardholders of a company, policyholders of an insurance company, customers of either a bank or broker-dealer or clients of an investment adviser.

Institutional Shares

Institutional shares may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge. Only certain investors are eligible to purchase Institutional shares. Investors who are eligible to purchase Institutional shares should purchase Institutional shares because they are not subject to any sales charge and have lower ongoing expenses than Investor A, Investor A1, Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1, Investor C2, Class R or Service shares. A Fund may in its discretion waive or modify any minimum investment amount, may reject any order for any class of shares and may suspend and resume the sale of shares of any Fund at any time.

Eligible Institutional Share Investors. Employees and Directors of each Fund; members of the boards of other funds advised by the Manager or an affiliate; ML & Co., PNC and BlackRock, Inc.; and their subsidiaries and their directors and employees; and any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for such persons, may purchase Institutional shares.

Institutional shares of the Funds may be purchased by customers of broker-dealers and agents that have established a servicing relationship with the Fund on behalf of their customers. These broker-dealers and agents may impose additional or different conditions on the purchase or redemption of Fund shares by their customers and may charge their customers transaction, account or other fees on the purchase and redemption of Fund shares. Each broker-dealer or agent is responsible for transmitting to its customers a schedule of any such fees and information regarding any additional or different conditions regarding purchases and redemptions. Shareholders who are customers of such broker-dealers or agents should consult them for information regarding these fees and conditions.

Payment for Institutional shares must normally be made in Federal funds or other funds immediately available by 4 p.m. (Eastern time) on the first business day following receipt of the order. Payment may also, in the discretion of the Fund, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Fund. If payment for a purchase order is not received by the prescribed time, an investor may be liable for any resulting losses or expenses incurred by the Fund. Institutional shares are offered to a limited group of investors.

Investors who currently own Institutional shares in a shareholder account are entitled to purchase additional Institutional shares of a Fund in that account, although shareholders that hold their shares through a financial adviser or other financial intermediary that has an omnibus account with the Fund must meet the Institutional minimum investment requirements in order to make such additional purchases. In addition, the following investors may purchase Institutional shares: Institutional and individual retail investors with a minimum investment of $2 million who purchase through certain broker-dealers or directly from the Transfer Agent; certain qualified retirement plans; investors in selected fee based programs; registered investment advisers with a minimum investment of $250,000; clients of the Trust departments of PNC Bank and Merrill Lynch Trust Company and their affiliates for whom they (i) act in a fiduciary capacity (excluding participant directed employee benefit plans); (ii) otherwise have investment discretion; or (iii) act as custodian for at least $2 million in assets; unaffiliated banks, thrifts or trust companies that

II-49

have agreements with a Distributor; and holders of certain Merrill Lynch sponsored unit investment trusts (UITs) who reinvest dividends received from such UITs in shares of a Fund.

Purchase Privileges of Certain Persons. Employees and Directors of each Fund; members of the boards of other funds advised by the Manager or an affiliate; ML & Co., PNC and BlackRock, Inc. and their subsidiaries, and their directors and employees; and any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for such persons may purchase Institutional shares without regard to any existing minimum investment requirements. A Fund realizes economies of scale and reduction of sales-related expenses by virtue of the familiarity of these persons with the Fund. Employees, directors, and board members of other funds wishing to purchase shares of a Fund must satisfy the Fund’s suitability standards.

Initial Sales Charge Alternative — Investor A Shares

Investors who prefer an initial sales charge alternative may elect to purchase Investor A shares. Investor A1 shares generally are not continuously offered but are offered (i) for purchase by certain authorized employee benefit plans and (ii) to certain investors who currently hold Investor A1 shares for dividend and capital gain reinvestment only. For ease of reference, Investor A and Investor A1 shares are sometimes referred herein to as “front-end load shares.”

Investors qualifying for significantly reduced initial sales charges may find the initial sales charge alternative particularly attractive because similar sales charge reductions are not available with respect to the deferred sales charges imposed in connection with investments in Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 shares (sometimes referred to herein as “CDSC shares”). Investors who do not qualify for reduced initial sales charges and who expect to maintain their investment for an extended period of time also may elect to purchase Investor A shares, because over time the accumulated ongoing service and distribution fees on CDSC shares may exceed the front-end load shares’ initial sales charge and service fee. Although some investors who previously purchased Institutional shares may no longer be eligible to purchase Institutional shares of other Funds, those previously purchased Institutional shares, together with all BlackRock front-end load and CDSC share holdings, will count toward a right of accumulation that may qualify the investor for a reduced initial sales charge on new initial sales charge purchases. In addition, the ongoing CDSC shares service and distribution fees will cause CDSC shares to have higher expense ratios, pay lower dividends and have lower total returns than the initial sales charge shares. The ongoing front-end load shares’ service fees will cause Investor A, Investor A1 and Service shares to have a higher expense ratio, pay lower dividends and have a lower total return than Institutional shares.

See Part I, Section V “Information on Sales Charges and Distribution Related Expenses — Investor A Sales Charge Information” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for information about amounts paid to the Distributors in connection with Investor A and Investor A1 shares for the periods indicated.

The Distributors may reallow discounts to selected securities dealers and other financial intermediaries and retain the balance over such discounts. At times a Distributor may reallow the entire sales charge to such dealers. Since securities dealers and other financial intermediaries selling front-end load shares of a Fund will receive a concession equal to most of the sales charge, they may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act.

Reduced Initial Sales Charges

Certain investors may be eligible for a reduction in or waiver of a sales load due to the nature of the investors and/or the reduced sales efforts necessary to obtain their investments.

Reinvested Dividends. No sales charges are imposed upon shares issued as a result of the automatic reinvestment of dividends.

Rights of Accumulation. Under the Right of Accumulation, the current value of an investor’s existing Investor class and Institutional shares in any Fund may be combined with the amount of the investor’s current purchase in determining the applicable sales charge. In order to receive the cumulative quantity reduction, previous purchases of Investor A, Investor A1, Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1, Investor C2 and Institutional shares must

II-50

be called to the attention of PNC GIS or your financial adviser or other financial intermediary by the investor at the time of the current purchase.

Letter of Intent. An investor may qualify for a reduced sales charge immediately by signing a Letter of Intent stating the investor’s intention to invest during the next 13 months a specified amount in Investor class and Institutional shares which, if made at one time, would qualify for a reduced sales charge. The 13 month period begins on the day PNC GIS receives the Letter of Intent. The investor must instruct PNC GIS upon making subsequent purchases that such purchases are subject to a Letter of Intent.

Purchase Privileges of Certain Persons.

Qualified Plans. In general, no sales charge will apply to purchases by authorized qualified employee benefit plans (“Qualified Plans”) of Investor A or Investor A1 shares. BlackRock may pay placement fees to dealers on purchases of Investor A shares of all Funds by Qualified Plans.

Except as noted below these placement fees may be up to the following amounts:


Less than $3,000,000	0.50	%
$3 million but less than $15 million	0.25	%
$15 million and above	0.15	%

With respect to High Income Fund the placement fees may be up to the following amounts:


Less than $3,000,000	0.75	%
$3 million but less than $15 million	0.50	%
$15 million and above	0.25	%

With respect to Short-Term Bond and Short-Term Municipal these placement fees may be up to the following amounts:


Less than $3,000,000	0.15	%
$3 million but less than $15 million	0.10	%
$15 million and above	0.05	%

With respect to Commodity Strategies these placement fees may be up to the following amounts:


Less than $3,000,000	1.00	%
$3 million but less than $15 million	0.50	%
$15 million and above	0.25	%

For the tables above, the placement fees indicated will apply up to the indicated breakpoint (so that, for example, a sale of $4 million worth of Bond Fund Investor A shares will result in a placement fee of up to 0.50% on the first $3 million and 0.25% on the final $1 million).

Other. The following persons associated with the Funds, the Fund’s investment adviser, sub-advisers, distributors, fund accounting agent or transfer agent and their affiliates may buy Investor A or, where applicable, Investor A1 shares of each of the Funds without paying a sales charge to the extent permitted by these firms: (a) officers, directors and partners; (b) employees and retirees; (c) representatives of firms who have entered into selling agreements to distribute shares of BlackRock-advised funds; (d) immediate family members of such persons; and (e) any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for any of the persons set forth in (a) through (d). The following persons may also buy Investor A shares without paying a sales charge: (a) authorized qualified employee benefit plans and rollovers of current investments in a Fund through such plans; (b) persons investing through an authorized payroll deduction plan; (c) persons investing through an authorized investment plan for organizations which operate under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code; (d) clients of registered investment advisers, trust companies and bank trust departments exercising discretionary investment authority with respect to amounts to

II-51

be invested in a Fund; (e) persons associated with the Fund, the Fund’s Distributors, the Fund’s Manager, sub-adviser or Transfer Agent, and their affiliates; (f) persons participating in a “wrap account” or similar program under which they pay advisory fees to a broker-dealer or other financial institution; (g) persons participating in an account or program under which they pay fees to a broker-dealer or other financial institution for providing transaction processing and other administrative services, but not investment advisory services; and (h) MetLife employees. Investors who qualify for any of these exemptions from the sales charge may purchase Investor A shares.

If you invest $1,000,000 or more in Investor A or Investor A1 shares, you may not pay an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Investor A or Investor A1 shares within eighteen months after purchase, you may be charged a deferred sales charge. The deferred sales charge on Investor A Shares is not charged in connection with: (a) redemptions of Investor A Shares purchased through authorized qualified employee benefit plans or savings plans and rollovers of current investments in a Fund through such plans; (b) exchanges described in “Exchange Privilege” below; (c) redemptions made in connection with minimum required distributions due to the shareholder reaching age 70 ¹/ 2 from IRA and 403(b)(7) accounts; (d) redemptions made with respect to certain retirement plans sponsored by a Fund, BlackRock or its affiliates; (e) redemptions (i) within one year of a shareholder’s death or, if later, the receipt of a certified probate settlement (including in connection with the distribution of account assets to a beneficiary of the decedent) or (ii) in connection with a shareholder’s disability (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) subsequent to the purchase of Investor A Shares; (f) involuntary redemptions of Investor A Shares in accounts with low balances; (g) certain redemptions made pursuant to the Systematic Withdrawal Plan (described below); (h) redemptions related to the payment of PFPC custodial IRA fees; and (i) redemptions when a shareholder can demonstrate hardship, in the absolute discretion of a Fund.

The CDSC related to purchases of $1,000,000 or more of Investor A or Investor A1 shares is not charged if the dealer receives a placement fee over time during the 18 months after purchase.

Investor A shares are also available at net asset value to investors that, for regulatory reasons, are required to transfer investment positions from a non-U.S. registered investment company advised by BlackRock or its affiliates to a U.S. registered BlackRock-advised fund

Acquisition of Certain Investment Companies. Investor A shares may be offered at net asset value in connection with the acquisition of the assets of or merger or consolidation with a personal holding company or a public or private investment company.

Purchases Through Certain Financial Intermediaries. Reduced sales charges may be applicable for purchases of Investor A or Investor A1 shares of a Fund through certain financial advisers, selected securities dealers and other financial intermediaries that meet and adhere to standards established by the Manager from time to time.

Deferred Sales Charge Alternative — Investor B and Investor C Shares

Investors choosing the deferred sales charge alternative should consider Investor B shares (for Commodity Strategies) if they intend to hold their shares for an extended period of time and Investor C shares if they are uncertain as to the length of time they intend to hold their assets in a Fund. If you select Investor B or Investor C shares, you do not pay an initial sales charge at the time of purchase.

Investor B (for Funds other than Commodity Strategies) and Investor B1 shares generally are not continuously offered but are offered by exchange (Investor B shares only) and also to certain investors who currently hold Investor B or Investor B1 shares for dividend and capital gain reinvestment. In addition, certain qualified employee benefit plans that currently hold Investor B or Investor B1 share may purchase additional Investor B or Investor B1 shares or effect exchanges between Funds in those classes.

If you select Investor C, Investor C1 or Investor C2 shares, you do not pay an initial sales charge at the time of purchase. Investor C1 and Investor C2 shares generally are not continuously offered but are offered (i) for purchase by certain qualified employee benefit plans and (ii) to certain investors who currently hold Investor C1 shares for dividend and capital gain reinvestment.

II-52

The deferred sales charge alternatives may be particularly appealing to investors who do not qualify for the reduction in initial sales charges. CDSC shares are subject to ongoing service fees and distribution fees; however, these fees potentially may be offset to the extent any return is realized on the additional funds initially invested in CDSC shares. In addition, Investor B and Investor B1 shares will be converted into Investor A or Investor A1 shares, respectively, of a Fund after a conversion period of approximately ten years (eight years for Real Investment), and, thereafter, investors will be subject to lower ongoing fees.

BlackRock compensates financial advisers and other financial intermediaries for selling CDSC shares at the time of purchase from its own funds. Proceeds from the CDSC (as defined below) and the distribution fee are paid to the Distributors and are used by the Distributors to defray the expenses of securities dealers or other financial intermediaries (including Merrill Lynch) related to providing distribution-related services to each Fund in connection with the sale of the CDSC shares. The combination of the CDSC and the ongoing distribution fee facilitates the ability of each Fund to sell the CDSC shares without a sales charge being deducted at the time of purchase. See “Distribution Plans” below. Imposition of the CDSC and the distribution fee on CDSC shares is limited by the NASD asset-based sales charge rule. See “Limitations on the Payment of Deferred Sales Charges” below.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges — Investor B and Investor B1 Shares. If you redeem Investor B or Investor B1 shares within six years of purchase (three years for Investor B1 shares of Bond Fund and Investor B shares of Short Term Municipal and Intermediate Municipal), you may be charged a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) at the rates indicated in the Fund’s Prospectus and below. The CDSC will be calculated in a manner that results in the lowest applicable rate being charged. The charge will be assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the proceeds of redemption or the cost of the shares being redeemed. Accordingly, no CDSC will be imposed on increases in net asset value above the initial purchase price. In addition, no CDSC will be assessed on shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends. The order of redemption will be first of shares held for over six years or three years, as applicable, in the case of Investor B shares, next of shares acquired pursuant to reinvestment of dividends, and finally of shares in the order of those held longest. The same order of redemption will apply if you transfer shares from your account to another account. If you exchange your Investor B or Investor B1 shares for Investor B shares of another fund, the CDSC schedule that applies to the shares that you originally purchased will continue to apply to the shares you acquire in the exchange.

The following table sets forth the CDSC schedule that applies to the Investor B shares for all Funds except Commodity Strategies, Short Term Municipal and Intermediate Municipal, and to the Investor B1 shares for all Funds, as applicable, except Bond Fund:


Years Since Purchase Payment Made		CDSC as a Percentage of Dollar Amount Subject to Charge*
0 — 1		4.00%
1 — 2		4.00%
2 — 3		3.00%
3 — 4		3.00%
4 — 5		2.00%
5 — 6		1.00%
6 and thereafter		None

For Investor B shares purchased before December 1, 2002, the four-year CDSC schedule in effect at that time will apply.

To provide an example, assume an investor purchased 100 shares at $10 per share (at a cost of $1,000) and in the third year after purchase, the net asset value per share is $12 and, during such time, the investor has acquired 10 additional shares upon dividend reinvestment. If at such time the investor makes his or her first redemption of 50 shares (proceeds of $600), 10 shares will not be subject to a CDSC because they were issued through dividend reinvestment. With respect to the remaining 40 shares, the charge is applied only to the original cost of $10 per share

II-53

and not to the increase in net asset value of $2 per share. Therefore, $400 of the $600 redemption proceeds will be charged at a rate of 3.00% (the applicable rate in the third year after purchase).

The following table sets forth the CDSC schedule that applies to the Investor B shares for Municipal Bond – Short Term Portfolio and Municipal Intermediate Term and to the Investor B1 shares for Bond Fund:


Years Since Purchase Payment Made		CDSC as a Percentage of Dollar Amount Subject to Charge*
0 — 1		1.00%
1 — 2		0.50%
2 — 3		0.25%
3 and thereafter		None

For Investor B shares purchased before December 1, 2002, the one-year CDSC schedule in effect at that time will apply.

The following table sets forth the CDSC schedule that applies to the Investor B shares of Commodity Strategies:


Years Since Purchase Payment Made		CDSC as a Percentage of Dollar Amount Subject to Charge*
0 -1		4.50%
1-2		4.00%
2-3		3.50%
3-4		3.00%
4-5		2.00%
5-6		1.00%
6 and thereafter		None

The percentage charge will apply to the lesser of the original cost of the shares being redeemed or the proceeds of your redemption. Shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends are not subject to a deferred sales charge. Shares purchased prior to October 2, 2006 are subject to the 4.00% six-year CDSC schedule in effect at that time. Not all BlackRock funds have identical deferred sales charge schedules. If you exchange your shares for shares of another fund, the original charge will apply.

Conversion of Investor B Shares and Investor B1 Shares to Investor A Shares and A1 Shares. Approximately ten years after purchase (eight years for Commodity Strategies) (the “Conversion Period”), Investor B and Investor B1 shares of each Fund will convert automatically into Investor A and Investor A1 shares, respectively, of that Fund (the “Conversion”). The Conversion will occur at least once each month (on the “Conversion Date”) on the basis of the relative net asset value of the shares of the two classes on the Conversion Date, without the imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge. The Conversion will not be deemed a purchase or sale of the shares for Federal income tax purposes.

Shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends on Investor B or Investor B1 shares will also convert automatically to Investor A or Investor A1 shares, respectively. The Conversion Date for dividend reinvestment shares will be calculated taking into account the length of time the shares underlying the dividend reinvestment shares were outstanding. If at the Conversion Date the Conversion will result in less than $50 worth of Investor B or Investor B1 shares being left in an account, all of the Investor B or Investor B1 shares of the Fund held in the account will be converted into Investor A or Investor A1 shares of the Fund.

In general, Investor B shares of equity funds will convert approximately eight years after initial purchase and Investor B and Investor B1 shares of taxable and tax-exempt fixed income Funds will convert approximately ten years after initial purchase. A seven year Conversion Period will apply to certain shares of certain Funds issued in connection with the acquisition of another fund. If you exchange Investor B or Investor B1 shares with an eight-year Conversion Period for Investor B shares with a ten-year Conversion Period, or vice versa, the Conversion Period

II-54

that applies to the shares you acquire in the exchange will apply and the holding period for the shares exchanged will be tacked on to the holding period for the shares acquired. The Conversion Period also may be modified for investors that participate in certain fee-based programs. See “Shareholder Services — Fee-Based Programs.”

If you own shares of a Fund that, in the past, issued stock certificates and you continue to hold such stock certificates, you must deliver any certificates for Investor B shares of the Fund to be converted to the Transfer Agent at least one week prior to the Conversion Date applicable to those shares. If the Transfer Agent does not receive the certificates at least one week prior to the Conversion Date, your Investor B or Investor B1 shares will convert to Investor A or Investor A1 shares, respectively, on the next scheduled Conversion Date after the certificates are delivered.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge — Investor C Shares

Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 shares that are redeemed within one year of purchase may be subject to a 1.00% CDSC charged as a percentage of the dollar amount subject thereto. In determining whether an Investor C, Investor C1 or Investor C2 CDSC is applicable to a redemption, the calculation will be determined in the manner that results in the lowest possible rate being charged. The charge will be assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the proceeds of redemption or the cost of the shares being redeemed. Accordingly, no CDSC will be imposed on increases in net asset value above the initial purchase price of Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 shares. In addition, no CDSC will be assessed on Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends. It will be assumed that the redemption is first of shares held for over one year or shares acquired pursuant to reinvestment of dividends and then of shares held longest during the one-year period. A transfer of shares from a shareholder’s account to another account will be assumed to be made in the same order as a redemption.

See Part I, Section V “Information on Sales Charges and Distribution Related Expenses — Investor B and Investor C Sales Charge Information” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for information about amounts paid to the Distributors in connection with CDSC shares for the periods indicated.

Investor B and Investor C Shares — Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

The CDSC on Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 shares is not charged in connection with: (1) redemptions of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 shares purchased through certain authorized qualified employee benefit plans and rollovers of current investments in the Fund through such plans; (2) exchanges described in “Exchange Privilege” below; (3) redemptions made in connection with minimum required distributions due to the shareholder reaching age 70¹/2 from IRA and 403(b)(7) accounts; (4) redemptions made with respect to certain retirement plans sponsored by the Fund, BlackRock or its affiliates; (5) redemptions in connection with a shareholder’s death as long as the waiver request is made within one year of death or, if later, reasonably promptly following completion of probate (including in connection with the distribution of account assets to a beneficiary of the decedent) or disability (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) subsequent to the purchase of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 or Investor C2 shares; (6) withdrawals resulting from shareholder disability (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) as long as the disability arose subsequent to the purchase of the shares; (7) involuntary redemptions of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 or Investor C2 shares in accounts with low balances as described in “Redemption of Shares” below; (8) redemptions made pursuant to a systematic withdrawal plan, subject to the limitations set forth under “Systematic Withdrawal Plan” below; (9) redemptions related to the payment of PFPC custodial IRA fees; and (10) redemptions when a shareholder can demonstrate hardship, in the absolute discretion of the Fund. In addition, no CDSC is charged on Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 or Investor C2 shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends or distributions.

Class R Shares

II-55

Certain of the Funds offer Class R shares as described in each such Fund’s Prospectus. Class R shares are available only to certain retirement plans. Class R shares are not subject to an initial sales charge or a CDSC but are subject to an ongoing distribution fee of 0.25% per year and an ongoing service fee of 0.25% per year. Distribution fees are used to support the Fund’s marketing and distribution efforts, such as compensating financial advisers and other financial intermediaries, advertising and promotion. Service fees are used to compensate securities dealers and other financial intermediaries for service activities.

If Class R shares are held over time, these fees may exceed the maximum sales charge that an investor would have paid as a shareholder of one of the other share classes.

Service Shares. Certain Funds offer Service shares, which are available only to certain investors. Service shares are offered without a sales charge to financial institutions (such as banks and brokerage firms) acting on behalf of their customers, certain persons who were shareholders of the Compass Capital Group of Funds at the time of its combination with The PNC^® Fund in 1996 and investors that participate in the Capital Directions^SM asset allocation program.

BlackRock Shares. Certain Funds offer BlackRock shares, which are available only to certain investors. BlackRock shares are offered without a sales charge to institutional investors, registered investment advisers and certain fee-based programs.

Redemption Fee

Certain Funds charge a 2.00% redemption fee on the proceeds (calculated at market value) of a redemption (either by sale or exchange) of Fund shares made within 30 days of purchase. The redemption fee is paid to the Fund and is intended to offset the trading costs, market impact and other costs associated with short-term trading into and out of the Fund. The redemption fee is imposed to the extent that the number of Fund shares redeemed within 30 days exceeds the number of Fund shares that have been held for more than 30 days. For redemptions of Fund shares acquired by exchange, your holding period for the shares exchanged will not be tacked on to the holding period for the Fund shares acquired in determining whether to apply the redemption fee. The redemption fee will not apply in the following circumstances:

•

Redemptions resulting from death or disability

•

Redemptions through a Systematic Withdrawal Plan or Systematic Exchange Plan

•

Redemptions of shares acquired through dividend reinvestment

•

Redemptions of shares held in certain omnibus accounts, including retirement plans qualified under Sections 401(a) or 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or plans administered as college savings plans under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code

•

Redemptions of shares held through advisory asset allocation or fee-based programs that a Distributor determines are not designed to facilitate short-term trading

•

Redemptions by shareholders executing rollovers of current investments in a Fund through qualified employee benefit plans

•

Redemptions by certain other accounts in the absolute discretion of the Funds when a shareholder can demonstrate hardship

Each Fund may sell shares to certain 401(k) plans, 403(b) plans, bank or trust company accounts and accounts or certain financial institutions or intermediaries that do not apply the redemption fee to underlying shareholders, often because of administrative or systems limitations.

Closed End Fund Reinvestment Option

Subject to the conditions set forth below, shares of each Fund are offered at net asset value to shareholders of certain continuously offered closed-end funds advised by a Manager (an “Eligible Fund”) who wish to reinvest the net

II-56

proceeds from a sale of such shares. Upon exercise of this reinvestment option, shareholders of BlackRock Senior Floating Rate Fund, Inc. will receive Investor B shares of a Fund and shareholders of BlackRock Senior Floating Rate Fund II, Inc. will receive Investor C shares of a Fund.

In order to exercise this reinvestment option, a shareholder of an Eligible Fund must sell his or her shares back to the Eligible Fund in connection with a tender offer conducted by the Eligible Fund and reinvest the proceeds immediately in the designated class of shares of a Fund. Purchase orders from Eligible Fund shareholders who wish to exercise this reinvestment option will be accepted only on the day that the related tender offer terminates and will be effected at the net asset value of the designated class of shares of a Fund on such day. Shareholders who exercise the reinvestment option will not be required to pay any Early Withdrawal Charge that may be due on the sale of their Eligible Fund shares. Under the reinvestment privilege, Eligible Fund shareholders will pay the Early Withdrawal Charge in the form of a contingent deferred sales charge only upon redemption of the Investor B or Investor C shares they acquire in the transaction. In determining whether a CDSC is due on the redemption of such Investor B or Investor C shares, the holding period of the Eligible Fund shares will be tacked to the holding period of the shares acquired upon the exercise of the reinvestment privilege. The holding period of the Eligible Fund shares will also count toward the holding period for the conversion of Investor B Shares into another class of shares. The CDSC schedule that applies to the acquired shares will be the same as the Early Withdrawal Charge schedule that applies to the Eligible Fund shares sold.

Distribution Plans

The distribution plan for each of the front-end load shares, CDSC shares and Class R shares of the Funds (each, a “Plan”) provides that a Fund pays a Distributor a service fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate based on the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to shares of the relevant class. This fee compensates a Distributor, a selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary (pursuant to a sub-agreement) for shareholder servicing activities with respect to front-end load shares, CDSC shares and Class R shares of the Funds.

The Plan for each of the CDSC and Class R shares also provides that the Fund pays a Distributor a distribution fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate based on the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to the shares of the relevant class. This fee compensates a Distributor, a selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary (pursuant to a sub-agreement) for providing shareholder and distribution services and bearing certain distribution-related expenses of the Fund, including payments to financial advisers or other financial intermediaries for selling CDSC and Class R shares of the Fund.

Each Fund’s Plans are subject to the provisions of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act. In their consideration of a Plan, the Directors must consider all factors they deem relevant, including information as to the benefits of the Plan to the Fund and the related class of shareholders. In approving a Plan in accordance with Rule 12b-1, the non-interested Directors concluded that there is reasonable likelihood that the Plan will benefit the Fund and its related class of shareholders.

Each Plan provides that, so long as the Plan remains in effect, the non-interested Directors then in office will select and nominate other non-interested Directors. Each Plan can be terminated at any time, without penalty, by the vote of a majority of the non-interested Directors or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding related class of voting securities of a Fund. A Plan cannot be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent by the Fund without the approval of the related class of shareholders. All material amendments are required to be approved by the vote of Directors, including a majority of the non-interested Directors who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan, cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose. Rule 12b-1 further requires that each Fund preserve copies of each Plan and any report made pursuant to such plan for a period of not less than six years from the date of the Plan or such report, the first two years in an easily accessible place.

Among other things, each Plan provides that the Directors will review quarterly reports of the service and/or distribution fees paid to a Distributor. Payments under the Plans are based on a percentage of average daily net assets attributable to the shares regardless of the amount of expenses incurred. As a result, distribution-related revenues from the Plans may be more or less than distribution-related expenses of the related class. Information with respect to the distribution-related revenues and expenses is presented to the Directors for their consideration

II-57

quarterly. Distribution-related revenues consist of the service fees, the distribution fees and the CDSCs. Distribution-related expenses consist of financial adviser compensation, branch office and regional operation center selling and transaction processing expenses, advertising, sales promotion and marketing expenses and interest expense. Distribution-related revenues paid with respect to one class will not be used to finance the distribution expenditures of another class. Sales personnel may receive different compensation for selling different classes of shares.

See Part I, Section V “Distribution Related Expenses” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for information relating to the fees paid by your Fund to a Distributor under each Plan during the Fund’s most recent fiscal year.

Limitations on the Payment of Deferred Sales Charges

The maximum sales charge rule in the Conduct Rules of the NASD imposes a limitation on certain asset-based sales charges such as the distribution fee borne by Class R shares, and the distribution fee and the CDSC borne by the CDSC shares. This limitation does not apply to the service fee. The maximum sales charge rule is applied separately to each class and limits the aggregate of distribution fee payments and CDSCs payable by a Fund to (1) 6.25% of eligible gross sales of CDSC shares and Class R shares, computed separately (excluding shares issued pursuant to dividend reinvestments and exchanges), plus (2) interest on the unpaid balance for the respective class, computed separately, at the prime rate plus 1% (the unpaid balance being the maximum amount payable minus amounts received from the payment of the distribution fee and the CDSC).

See Part I, Section V “Information on Sales Charges and Distribution Related Expenses — Limitation on the Payment of Deferred Sales Charge” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for comparative information as of your Fund’s most recent fiscal year end with respect to the CDSC shares and, if applicable, Class R shares of your Fund.

Other Compensation to Selling Dealers

Pursuant to each Fund’s Distribution Agreements and Distribution and Service Plans (the “Plans”), each Fund may pay BII and/or BlackRock or any other affiliate of BlackRock fees for distribution and sales support services. In addition, each Fund may pay to brokers, dealers, financial institutions and industry professionals (including BlackRock, Merrill Lynch, Hilliard Lyons and their affiliates) (collectively, “Service Organizations”) fees for the provision of personal services to shareholders. In the past, BlackRock has retained a portion of the shareholder servicing fees paid by a Fund.

With respect to Class R Shares, the distribution fee payable under the Plan (at a maximum annual rate of 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of each Fund’s outstanding Class R Shares) are used to pay commissions and other fees payable to Service Organizations and other broker/dealers who sell Class R Shares.

With respect to Investor B and Investor B1 Shares, Service Organizations and other broker/dealers receive commissions from BII for selling Investor B Shares, which are paid at the time of the sale. The distribution fees payable under the Plans are intended to cover the expense to BII of paying such up-front commissions, as well as to cover ongoing commission payments to broker/dealers. The contingent deferred sales charge is calculated to charge the investor with any shortfall that would occur if Investor B or Investor B1 Shares are redeemed prior to the expiration of the conversion period, after which Investor B and Investor B1 Shares automatically convert to Investor A and Investor A1 Shares, respectively.

With respect to Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 Shares, Service Organizations and other broker/dealers receive commissions from BII for selling Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 Shares, which are paid at the time of the sale. The distribution fees payable under the Plan are intended to cover the expense to BII of paying such up-front commissions, as well as to cover ongoing commission payments to the broker/dealers. The contingent deferred sales charge is calculated to charge the investor with any shortfall that would occur if Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 Shares are redeemed within 12 months of purchase.

II-58

From time to time BII and/or BlackRock and their affiliates may voluntarily waive receipt of distribution fees under the Plans, which waivers may be terminated at any time.

Each Fund currently does not make distribution payments with respect to Investor A, Investor A1, Service or Institutional Shares under the applicable Plans. However, the Plans permit BII, BlackRock and their affiliates to make payments relating to distribution and sales support activities out of their past profits or other sources available to them (and not as an additional charge to a Fund). From time to time, BII, BlackRock or their affiliates may compensate affiliated and unaffiliated Service Organizations for the sale and distribution of shares of a Fund or for services to a Fund and its shareholders. These non-Plan payments would be in addition to the Fund payments described in this Statement of Additional Information for distribution and shareholder servicing. These non-Plan payments may take the form of, among other things, “due diligence” payments for a dealer’s examination of a Fund and payments for providing extra employee training and information relating to a Fund; “listing” fees for the placement of the Funds on a dealer’s list of mutual funds available for purchase by its customers; “finders” or “referral” fees for directing investors to a Fund; “marketing support” fees for providing assistance in promoting the sale of the Fund shares; payments for the sale of shares and/or the maintenance of share balances; CUSIP fees; maintenance fees; and set-up fees regarding the establishment of new accounts. The payments made by BII, BlackRock and their affiliates may be a fixed dollar amount or may be based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the Service Organization involved, and may be different for different Service Organizations. The payments described above are made from BII’s, BlackRock’s or their affiliates’ own assets pursuant to agreements with Service Organizations and do not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of a Fund’s shares or the amount a Fund will receive as proceeds from such sales.

The payments described above may be made, at the discretion of BII, BlackRock or their affiliates, to Service Organizations in connection with the sale and distribution of Fund shares. Pursuant to applicable Financial Industry Regulatory Authority regulations, the details of certain of these payments, including the Service Organizations receiving such payments in connection with the sale and distribution of Fund shares, are required to be disclosed. As of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, as amended or supplemented from time to time, the following Service Organizations are receiving such payments: Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc., AXA Advisors, LLC, Banc of America Investment Services, Inc., Citigroup, LPL Financial Corporation, Merrill Lynch, MetLife Securities, Inc., Morgan Stanley, New England Securities Corporation, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., RBC Capital Markets, Tower Square Securities Inc., UBS, Wachovia Securities, Walnut Street Securities Inc. and/or broker-dealers under common control with the above organizations. The level of payments made to these Service Organizations in any year will vary and normally will not exceed the sum of (a) 0.25% of such year’s Fund sales by that Service Organization and (b) 0.11% of the assets attributable to that Service Organization invested in a Fund.

Other Distribution Arrangements

Certain Funds and BlackRock have entered into distribution agreements with UBS AG and BMO Harris Investment Management Inc. whereby those firms may, in certain circumstances, sell certain shares of the Funds in certain jurisdictions. The level of payments made to UBS AG in any year for the sale and distribution of a Fund’s shares will vary and normally will not exceed the sum of the service fee payable on the assets attributable to UBS AG plus an additional fee equal to a percentage of such assets which shall range up to 0.25%. BMO Harris Investment Management Inc. does not receive payments in connection with the sale and distribution of Fund shares.

In lieu of payments pursuant to the foregoing, BII, BlackRock, PNC GIS or their affiliates may make payments to the above-named Service Organizations of an agreed-upon amount that will not exceed the amount that would have been payable pursuant to the formula, and may also make similar payments to other Service Organizations.

If investment advisers, distributors or affiliates of mutual funds pay bonuses and incentives in differing amounts, financial firms and their financial consultants may have financial incentives for recommending a particular mutual fund over other mutual funds. In addition, depending on the arrangements in place at any particular time, a financial firm and its financial consultants may also have a financial incentive for recommending a particular share class over other share classes. You should consult your financial adviser and review carefully any disclosure by the financial firm as to compensation received by your financial adviser for more information about the payments described above.

II-59

Furthermore, BII, BlackRock and their affiliates may contribute to various non-cash and cash incentive arrangements to promote the sale of shares, and may sponsor various contests and promotions subject to applicable NASD regulations in which participants may receive prizes such as travel awards, merchandise and cash. Subject to applicable NASD regulations, BII, BlackRock and their affiliates may also (i) pay for the travel expenses, meals, lodging and entertainment of broker/dealers, financial institutions and their salespersons in connection with educational and sales promotional programs, (ii) sponsor speakers, educational seminars and charitable events and (iii) provide other sales and marketing conferences and other resources to broker/dealers, financial institutions and their salespersons.

BlackRock, Inc., the parent company of BlackRock, has agreed to pay PNC Bank, National Association and PNC Bank, Delaware (including Hilliard Lyons Asset Management, Wealth Management, Hawthorn and Institutional Investment Group) fees for administration and servicing with respect to assets of a Fund attributable to shares held by customers of such entities. These assets are predominantly in the Institutional Share Class of a Fund, with respect to which the Fund does not pay shareholder servicing fees under a Plan.

Service Organizations may charge their clients additional fees for account-related services. Service Organizations may charge their customers a service fee in connection with the purchase or redemption of Fund shares. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each individual Service Organization. Service fees typically are fixed, nominal dollar amounts and are in addition to the sales and other charges described in the Prospectuses and this Statement of Additional Information. Your Service Organization will provide you with specific information about any service fees you will be charged.

Pursuant to the Plans, each Fund may enter into service arrangements with Service Organizations pursuant to which Service Organizations will render certain support services to their customers (“Customers”) who are the beneficial owners of Service, Investor A, Investor A1, Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1, Investor C2 and Class R Shares of each Fund. Such services will be provided to Customers who are the beneficial owners of Shares of such classes and are intended to supplement the services provided by a Fund’s Manager, Administrator and/or transfer agent to the Fund’s shareholders of record. In consideration for payment of a service fee of shares of each class owned beneficially by their Customers, Service Organizations may provide general shareholder liaison services, including, but not limited to (i) answering customer inquiries regarding account status and history, the manner in which purchases, exchanges and redemptions of shares may be effected and certain other matters pertaining to the Customers’ investments; and (ii) assisting Customers in designating and changing dividend options, account designations and addresses. To the extent a shareholder is not associated with a Service Organization, the shareholder servicing fees will be paid to BlackRock, and BlackRock will provide services.

In addition to, rather than in lieu of, distribution and shareholder servicing fees that a Fund may pay to a Service Organization pursuant to the Plans and fees the Fund pays to its transfer agent, a Fund may enter into non-Plan agreements with Service Organizations pursuant to which the Fund will pay a Service Organization for administrative, networking, recordkeeping, sub-transfer agency and shareholder services. These non-Plan payments are generally based on either (1) a percentage of the average daily net assets of Fund shareholders serviced by a Service Organization or (2) a fixed dollar amount for each account serviced by a Service Organization. The aggregate amount of these payments may be substantial. From time to time, BlackRock, BII or their affiliates also may pay a portion of the fees for administrative, networking, recordkeeping, sub-transfer agency and shareholder services described above at its or their own expense and out of its or their legitimate profits.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Shares normally will be redeemed for cash upon receipt of a request in proper form, although each Fund retains the right to redeem some or all of its shares in-kind under unusual circumstances, in order to protect the interests of remaining shareholders, or to accommodate a request by a particular shareholder that does not adversely affect the interest of the remaining shareholders, by delivery of securities selected from the Fund’s assets at its discretion. In-kind payment means payment will be made in portfolio securities rather than cash. If this occurs, the redeeming shareholder might incur brokerage or other transaction costs to convert the securities to cash. Each Fund has elected,

II-60

however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act so that the Fund is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its net asset value during any 90-day period for any of shareholder of the Fund. The redemption price is the net asset value per share next determined after the initial receipt of proper notice of redemption. The value of shares of each Fund at the time of redemption may be more or less than your cost at the time of purchase, depending in part on the market value of the securities held by the Fund at such time. Except for any CDSC or redemption fee that may be applicable, there will be no redemption charge if your redemption request is sent directly to the Transfer Agent. If you are liquidating your holdings you will receive all dividends reinvested through the date of redemption.

The right to redeem shares may be suspended for more than seven days only (i) for any period during which trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the Commission or during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), (ii) for any period during which an emergency exists, as defined by the Commission, as a result of which disposal of portfolio securities or determination of the net asset value of the Fund is not reasonably practicable, or (iii) for such other periods as the Commission may by order permit for the protection of shareholders of the Fund.

Each Fund, with other investment companies advised by the Manager, has entered into a joint committed line of credit with a syndicate of banks that is intended to provide the Fund with a temporary source of cash to be used to meet redemption requests from shareholders in extraordinary or emergency circumstances.

Redemption

If you hold shares with the Transfer Agent you may redeem such shares without charge by writing to the Fund’s Transfer Agent, PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc., P.O. Box 9819, Providence, Rhode Island 02940. Redemption requests delivered other than by mail should be sent to PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc., 101 Sabin Street, Pawtucket, Rhode Island 02860. If you hold share certificates issued by your Fund, the letter must be accompanied by certificates for the shares. Redemption requests should not be sent to the Fund. A redemption request requires the signature(s) of all persons in whose name(s) the shares are registered, signed exactly as such name(s) appear(s) on the Transfer Agent’s register. If (i) the proceeds of the redemption would exceed $250,000 for a redemption by wire or Automated Clearing House Network (“ACH”), or $100,000 for a redemption by check; (ii) the Fund does not have verified banking information on file; (iii) the proceeds are not to be paid to the record owner at the record address; or (iv) the shareholder is a corporation, partnership, trust or fiduciary, signature(s) must be guaranteed by any “eligible guarantor institution” as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), whose existence and validity may be verified by the Transfer Agent through the use of industry publications A signature guarantee may be obtained from a domestic bank or trust company, recognized broker, dealer, clearing agency, savings association that is a participant in a medallion program by the Securities Transfer Association, credit unions, national securities exchanges and registered securities associations. The three recognized medallion programs are Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”), Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (“SEMP”) and New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program (“MSP”). Signature Guarantees which are not a part of these programs will not be accepted. Please note that a notary public stamp or seal is not acceptable. Generally, a properly signed written request with any required signature guarantee is all that is required for a redemption. In some cases, however, other documents may be necessary. Additional documentary evidence of authority is required by PNC GIS in the event redemption is requested by a corporation, partnership, trust, fiduciary, executor or administrator.

You may also redeem shares held with the Transfer Agent by calling (800) 441-7762. You must be the shareholder of record and the request must be for $25,000 or less. Before telephone requests will be honored, signature approval from all shareholders of record on the account must be obtained. The shares being redeemed must have been held for at least 15 days. Telephone redemption requests will not be honored if: (i) the accountholder is deceased, (ii) the proceeds are to be sent to someone other than the shareholder of record, (iii) funds are to be wired to the client’s bank account, (iv) a systematic withdrawal plan is in effect, (v) the request is by an individual other than the accountholder of record, (vi) the account is held by joint tenants who are divorced, (vii) the address on the account has changed within the last 30 days or share certificates have been issued on the account, or (viii) to protect against fraud, if the caller is unable to provide the account number, the name and address registered on the account and the

II-61

social security number registered on the account. The Funds or the Transfer Agent may temporarily suspend telephone transactions at any time.

If you redeem shares directly with the Transfer Agent, payments will generally be mailed within seven days of receipt of the proper notice of redemption. A Fund may delay the mailing of a redemption check until good payment (that is, cash, Federal funds or certified check drawn on a U.S. bank) has been collected for the purchase of Fund shares, which delay will usually not exceed 10 days. If your account is held directly with the Transfer Agent and contains a fractional share balance following a redemption, the fractional share balance will be automatically redeemed by the Fund.

Service Shares. A Fund may redeem Service shares in any Fund account if the account balance drops below $5,000 as the result of redemption requests and the shareholder does not increase the balance to at least $5,000 upon 30 days’ written notice. If a customer has agreed with an institution to maintain a minimum balance in his or her account with the institution, and the balance in the account falls below that minimum, the customer may be obligated to redeem all or part of his or her shares in the Fund to the extent necessary to maintain the minimum balance required.

Repurchase

A Fund normally will accept orders to repurchase shares from Selling Dealers for their customers. Shares will be priced at the net asset value of the Fund next determined after receipt of the repurchase order by a Selling Dealer that has been authorized by the Distributors by contract to accept such orders. As to repurchase orders received by Selling Dealers prior to the close of business on the NYSE (generally, the NYSE closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time), on the day the order is placed, which includes orders received after the close of business on the previous day, the repurchase price is the net asset value determined as of the close of business on the NYSE on that day. If the orders for repurchase are not received by the Selling Dealer before the close of business on the NYSE, such orders are deemed received on the next business day.

These repurchase arrangements are for your convenience and do not involve a charge by the Fund (other than any applicable CDSC or redemption fee). However, Selling Dealers may charge a processing fee in connection with such transactions. In addition, securities firms that do not have selected dealer agreements with the Distributors may impose a transaction charge for transmitting the notice of repurchase to the Fund. Each Fund reserves the right to reject any order for repurchase. A shareholder whose order for repurchase is rejected by a Fund, however, may redeem shares as set out above.

Reinstatement Privilege — Investor A Shares

Upon redemption of Investor A, Investor A1 or Institutional Shares, as applicable, shareholders may reinvest their redemption proceeds (after paying any applicable CDSC or redemption fee) in Investor A shares of the SAME fund without paying a front-end sales charge. This right may be exercised once a year and within 60 days of the redemption, provided that the Investor A share class of that fund is currently open to new investors or the shareholder has a current account in that closed fund. Shares will be purchased at the NAV calculated at the close of trading on the day the request is received. To exercise this privilege, PNC GIS must receive written notification from the shareholder of record or the registered representative of record, at the time of purchase. Investors should consult a tax adviser concerning the tax consequences of exercising this reinstatement privilege.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

Each Fund offers one or more of the shareholder services described below that are designed to facilitate investment in its shares. You can obtain more information about these services from each Fund by calling the telephone number on the cover page, or from the Distributors, your financial adviser, your selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary. Certain of these services are available only to U.S. investors.

II-62

Investment Account

If your account is maintained at the Transfer Agent (an “Investment Account”) you will receive statements, at least quarterly, from the Transfer Agent. These statements will serve as confirmations for automatic investment purchases and the reinvestment of dividends. The statements also will show any other activity in your Investment Account since the last statement. You also will receive separate confirmations for each purchase or sale transaction other than automatic investment purchases and the reinvestment of dividends. If your Investment Account is held at the Transfer Agent you may make additions to it at any time by mailing a check directly to the Transfer Agent. You may also maintain an account through a selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary. If you transfer shares out of an account maintained with a selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary, an Investment Account in your name may be opened automatically at the Transfer Agent.

You may transfer Fund shares from a selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary to another securities dealer or other financial intermediary that has entered into an agreement with a Distributor. Certain shareholder services may not be available for the transferred shares. All future trading of these assets must be coordinated by the new firm. If you wish to transfer your shares to a securities dealer or other financial intermediary that has not entered into an agreement with a Distributor, you must either (i) redeem your shares, paying any applicable CDSC or (ii) continue to maintain an Investment Account at the Transfer Agent for those shares. You also may request that the new securities dealer or other financial intermediary maintain the shares in an account at the Transfer Agent registered in the name of the securities dealer or other financial intermediary for your benefit whether the securities dealer or other financial intermediary has entered into a selected dealer agreement or not. In the interest of economy and convenience and because of the operating procedures of each Fund, share certificates will not be issued physically. Shares are maintained by each Fund on its register maintained by the Transfer Agent and the holders thereof will have the same rights and ownership with respect to such shares as if certificates had been issued.

If you are considering transferring a tax-deferred retirement account, such as an individual retirement account, from one selected securities dealer to another securities dealer or other financial intermediary, you should be aware that if the new firm will not take delivery of shares of the Fund, you must either redeem the shares (paying any applicable CDSC) so that the cash proceeds can be transferred to the account at the new firm, or you must continue to maintain a retirement account at the original selected securities dealer for those shares.

Exchange Privilege

U.S. shareholders of Investor A, Investor A1, Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1, Investor C2 and Institutional shares of each Fund have an exchange privilege with certain other Funds. In order to qualify for the exchange privilege, the shares you wish to exchange are required to have a net asset value of at least $100. The minimum amount for exchanges of Investor class shares in $1,000, although you may exchange less than $1,000 if you already have an account in the Fund into which you are exchanging. You may only exchange into a share class and a Fund that are open to new investors or in which you have a current account if the class or fund is closed to new investors. If you held the shares used in the exchange for 30 days or less, you may be charged a redemption fee at the time of the exchange. Before effecting an exchange, you should obtain a currently effective prospectus of the fund into which you wish to make the exchange. Exercise of the exchange privilege is treated as a sale of the exchanged shares and a purchase of the acquired shares for Federal income tax purposes.

Exchanges of Investor A, Investor A1 and Institutional Shares. Institutional shares are exchangeable with shares of the same class of other Funds. Investor A and Investor A1 shares are exchangeable for Investor A shares of other Funds.

Exchanges of Institutional shares outstanding (“outstanding Institutional shares”) for Institutional shares of a second fund or for shares of a money market fund (“new Institutional shares”) are effected on the basis of relative net asset value per Institutional share. Exchanges of Investor A or Investor A1 shares outstanding (“outstanding Investor A shares”) for Investor A shares of a second fund, or for shares of a money market fund (“new Investor A shares”) are effected on the basis of relative net asset value per share.

II-63

Exchanges of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 Shares. Shareholders of certain Funds with Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 shares outstanding (“outstanding Investor B or Investor C shares”) may exchange their shares for Investor B or Investor C shares, respectively, of a second fund or for shares of a money market fund (“new Investor B or Investor C shares”) on the basis of relative net asset value per Investor B or Investor C share, without the payment of any CDSC. Certain funds impose different CDSC schedules. If you exchange your Investor B shares for shares of a fund with a different CDSC schedule, the CDSC schedule that applies to the shares exchanged will continue to apply. For purposes of computing the CDSC upon redemption of new Investor B or Investor C shares, the time you held both the exchanged Investor B or Investor C shares and the new Investor B shares or Investor C shares will count towards the holding period of the new Investor B or Investor C shares. For example, if you exchange Investor B shares of a Fund for those of a second Fund after having held the first Fund’s Investor B shares for two-and-a-half years, the 3.00% CDSC that generally would apply to a redemption would not apply to the exchange. Four years later if you decide to redeem the Investor B shares of the second Fund and receive cash, there will be no CDSC due on this redemption since by adding the two-and-a-half year holding period of the first Fund’s Investor B shares to the four year holding period for the second Fund’s Investor B shares, you will be deemed to have held the second Fund’s Investor B shares for more than six years. The length of the CDSC period was extended from four years to six years on June 1, 2001 for certain equity funds and from four to six years (or from one to three years for certain Funds) on December 1, 2002 for certain fixed income funds. Investor B shares of the applicable Funds purchased prior to these dates are subject to the shorter CDSC schedule in effect at the time of purchase. This shorter CDSC schedule will also generally apply to Investor B shares received in exchange for such shares.

Exchanges for Shares of a Money Market Fund. You may exchange any class of Investor shares for shares of an affiliated money market fund. If you exchange into BlackRock Summit Cash Reserves Fund (“Summit”), a series of BlackRock Financial Institutions Series Trust, you will receive one of two classes of shares: exchanges of Investor A, Investor A1 and Institutional shares of a Fund will receive Investor A shares of Summit and exchanges of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 and Investor C2 shares of a Fund will receive Investor B shares of Summit. You may exchange Investor A shares of Summit back into Investor A or Institutional shares of a Fund. You may exchange Investor B shares of Summit back into Investor B or Investor C shares of a Fund and, in the event of such an exchange, the period of time that you held Investor B shares of Summit will count toward satisfaction of the holding period requirement for purposes of reducing any CDSC and toward satisfaction of any Conversion Period with respect to Investor B shares. Investor B shares of Summit are subject to a distribution fee at an annual rate of 0.75% of average daily net assets of such Investor B shares. Exchanges of Investor B or Investor C shares of a money market fund other than Summit for Investor B or Investor C shares of a Fund will be exercised at net asset value. However, a CDSC may be charged in connection with any subsequent redemption of the Investor B or Investor C shares of the Fund received in the exchange. In determining the holding period for calculating the CDSC payable on redemption of Investor B and Investor C shares of the Fund received in the exchange, the holding period of the money market fund Investor B or Investor C shares originally held will be added to the holding period of the Investor B or Investor C shares acquired through exchange.

Exchanges by Participants in Certain Programs. The exchange privilege may be modified with respect to certain participants in mutual fund advisory programs and other fee-based programs sponsored by the Manager, an affiliate of the Manager, or selected securities dealers or other financial intermediaries that have an agreement with a Distributor. See “Fee-Based Programs” below.

Exercise of the Exchange Privilege. To exercise the exchange privilege, you should contact your financial adviser or PNC GIS, who will advise each Fund of the exchange. If you do not hold share certificates, you may exercise the exchange privilege by wire through your securities dealer or other financial intermediary. Each Fund reserves the right to require a properly completed exchange application.

A shareholder who wishes to make an exchange may do so by sending a written request to the Fund c/o PNC GIS at the following address: PNC Global Inc., P.O. Box 9819, Providence, RI 02940-8019. Shareholders are automatically provided with telephone exchange privileges when opening an account, unless they indicate on the Application that they do not wish to use this privilege. To add this feature to an existing account that previously did not provide this option, a Telephone Exchange Authorization Form must be filed with PNC GIS. This form is available from PNC GIS. Once this election has been made, the shareholder may simply contact the Fund by

II-64

telephone at (800) 441-7762 to request the exchange. During periods of substantial economic or market change, telephone exchanges may be difficult to complete and shareholders may have to submit exchange requests to PNC GIS in writing.

If the exchanging shareholder does not currently own shares of the investment portfolio whose shares are being acquired, a new account will be established with the same registration, dividend and capital gain options and broker of record as the account from which shares are exchanged, unless otherwise specified in writing by the shareholder with all signatures guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution as defined below. In order to participate in the Automatic Investment Program or establish a Systematic Withdrawal Plan for the new account, however, an exchanging shareholder must file a specific written request.

Any share exchange must satisfy the requirements relating to the minimum initial investment requirement, and must be legally available for sale in the state of the investor’s residence. For Federal income tax purposes, a share exchange is a taxable event and, accordingly, a capital gain or loss may be realized. Before making an exchange request, shareholders should consult a tax or other financial adviser and should consider the investment objective, policies and restrictions of the investment portfolio into which the shareholder is making an exchange. Brokers may charge a fee for handling exchanges.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated in accordance with the rules of the Commission. Each Fund reserves the right to limit the number of times an investor may exercise the exchange privilege. Certain Funds may suspend the continuous offering of their shares to the general public at any time and may resume such offering from time to time. The exchange privilege is available only to U.S. shareholders in states where the exchange legally may be made. The exchange privilege may be applicable to other new mutual funds whose shares may be distributed by a Distributor.

Fee-Based Programs

Certain fee-based programs offered by the Manager or its affiliates, or by a selected securities dealer or other financial intermediary that has an agreement with a Distributor, including pricing alternatives for securities transactions (each referred to in this paragraph as a “Program”), may permit the purchase of Institutional shares. Under specified circumstances, participants in certain Programs may exchange their shares in the Program for Institutional shares. Initial or deferred sales charges otherwise due in connection with such exchanges may be waived or modified, as may the Conversion Period applicable to the deposited shares. Termination of participation in a Program may result in the redemption of shares or the automatic exchange of shares to another class at net asset value. Shareholders that participate in a fee based Program generally have two options at termination. A Program can be terminated and the shares liquidated or a Program can be terminated and the shares held in an account. In general, when a shareholder chooses to continue to hold the shares, whatever share class was held in the Program can be held after termination. Shares that have been held for less than specified periods within a Program may be subject to a fee upon redemption. Shareholders that held Investor A or Institutional shares in a Program are eligible to purchase additional shares of the respective share class of the Fund, but purchase of Investor A shares may be subject to upfront sales charges. A shareholder may only make additional purchases of Institutional shares if the shareholder is otherwise eligible to purchase Institutional shares.

Retirement and Education Savings Plans

Individual retirement accounts and other retirement and education savings plans are available from your financial intermediary. Under these plans, investments may be made in a Fund (other than a Municipal Fund) and certain of the other mutual funds sponsored by the Manager or its affiliates as well as in other securities. There may be fees associated with investing through these plans. Information with respect to these plans is available on request from your financial intermediary.

Dividends received in each of the plans referred to above are exempt from Federal taxation until distributed from the plans and, in the case of Roth IRAs and education savings plans, may be exempt from taxation when distributed as well. Investors considering participation in any retirement or education savings plan should review specific tax laws

II-65

relating to the plan and should consult their attorneys or tax advisers with respect to the establishment and maintenance of any such plan.

Automatic Investment Plans

You may make additions to an Investment Account through a service known as the Automatic Investment Plan. Under the Automatic Investment Plan, a Fund is authorized, on a regular basis, to provide systematic additions to your Investment Account through charges of $50 or more to your regular bank account by either pre-authorized checks or automated clearing house debits. If you buy shares of a Fund through certain accounts, no minimum charge to your bank account is required. Contact your financial adviser or other financial intermediary for more information.

Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Each Fund will distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, to shareholders. All distributions are reinvested at net asset value in the form of additional full and fractional shares of the same class of shares of the relevant Fund unless a shareholder elects otherwise. Such election, or any revocation thereof, must be made in writing to PNC GIS, and will become effective with respect to dividends paid after its receipt by PNC GIS. Each Fund declares a dividend each day on “settled” shares (i.e., shares for which the particular Fund has received payment in Federal funds) on the first business day after a purchase order is placed with the Fund. Payments by check are normally converted to Federal funds within two business days of receipt. Over the course of a year, substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income will be declared as dividends. The amount of the daily dividend for each Fund will be based on periodic projections of its net investment income. All dividends are paid within ten days after the end of each month. Net realized capital gains (including net short-term capital gains), if any, will be distributed by each Fund at least annually.

Systematic Withdrawal Plans

Shareholders may receive regular distributions from their accounts via a Systematic Withdrawal Plan (“SWP”). Upon commencement of the SWP, the account must have a current value of $10,000 or more in a Fund. Shareholders may elect to receive automatic cash payments of $50 or more at any interval. You may choose any day for the withdrawal. If no day is specified, the withdrawals will be processed on the 25th day of the month or, if such day in not a business day, on the prior business day and are paid promptly thereafter. An investor may utilize the SWP by completing the Systematic Withdrawal Plan Application Form which may be obtained by visiting our website at www.blackrock.com/funds.

Shareholders should realize that if withdrawals exceed income dividends their invested principal in the account will be depleted. To participate in the SWP, shareholders must have their dividends automatically reinvested. Shareholders may change or cancel the SWP at any time, upon written notice to the Fund, or by calling the Fund at (800) 441-7762. Purchases of additional Investor A shares of the Fund concurrently with withdrawals may be disadvantageous to investors because of the sales charges involved and, therefore, are discouraged. No CDSC will be assessed on redemptions of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 or Investor C2 shares made through the SWP that do not exceed 12% of the original investment on an annualized basis. For example, monthly, quarterly and semi-annual SWP redemptions of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 or Investor C2 shares will not be subject to the CDSC if they do not exceed 1% (monthly), 3% (quarterly) and 6% (semi-annually), respectively, of an account’s net asset value on the redemption date. SWP redemptions of Investor B, Investor B1, Investor C, Investor C1 or Investor C2 shares in excess of this limit are still subject to the applicable CDSC.

II-66

For this reason, a shareholder may not participate in the Automatic Investment Plan described above (see “How to Buy, Sell, Transfer and Exchange Shares” in the Fund’s Prospectus) and the SWP at the same time.

Dividend Allocation Plan

The Dividend Allocation Plan allows shareholders to elect to have all their dividends and any other distributions from any Eligible Fund (which means funds so designated by the Distributors from time to time) automatically invested at net asset value in one other such Eligible Fund designated by the shareholder, provided the account into which the dividends and distributions are directed is initially funded with the requisite minimum amount.

PRICING OF SHARES

Valuation of Shares. The net asset value for each class of shares of each Fund is calculated as of the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on each business day the NYSE is open.

The principal asset of each Feeder Fund will normally be its interest in an underlying Master Portfolio. The value of that interest is based on the net assets of the Master Portfolio, which are comprised of the value of the securities held by the Master Portfolio plus any cash or other assets (including interest and dividends accrued but not yet received) minus all liabilities (including accrued expenses of the Master Portfolio). Expenses of a Master Portfolio, including the investment advisory fees, are accrued daily. The net asset value of a Feeder Fund is equal to the value of the Feeder Fund’s proportionate interest in the net assets of the Master Portfolio plus any cash or other assets, minus all liabilities (including accrued expenses) of the Feeder Fund. To determine a Feeder Fund’s net asset value per share, the Feeder Fund’s net asset value is divided by the total number of shares outstanding of the Feeder Fund at such time (on a class by class basis), rounded to the nearest cent. Expenses, including fees payable to the Administrator and Distributors, are accrued daily.

The per share net asset value of Investor A, Investor B, Investor C, Class R and Service shares generally will be lower than the per share net asset value of Institutional and BlackRock shares, reflecting the daily expense accruals of the account maintenance and distribution fees applicable with respect to Investor B, Investor C and Class R shares and the daily expense accruals of the account maintenance fees applicable with respect to Investor A and Service shares. Moreover, the per share net asset value of the Investor B, Investor C and Class R shares generally will be lower than the per share net asset value of Investor A and Service shares reflecting the daily expense accruals of the distribution fees applicable with respect to Investor B, Investor C and Class R shares of a Fund. In addition, the per share net asset value of Investor B and Investor C shares generally will be lower than the per share net asset value of Class R shares due to the daily expense accruals of the higher distribution fees applicable to Investor B and Investor C shares. It is expected, however, that the per share net asset value of all classes of a Fund will tend to converge (although not necessarily meet) immediately after the payment of dividends, which will differ by approximately the amount of the expense accrual differentials between the classes.

Valuation of securities held by each Fund is as follows:

Equity Investments. Securities traded on a recognized securities exchange or on the NASDAQ Global Market System are valued at the last reported sale price that day or the NASDAQ official closing price, if applicable; if a security is traded on more than one exchange, the last reported sale price on the exchange where the stock is primarily traded is used; securities traded on a recognized securities exchange for which there were no sales on that day are valued at the last bid (long position) or ask (short position) price; if no bid or ask price is available, the prior day’s price will be used, unless it is determined that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security.

Fixed Income Investments. Fixed income securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using such securities’ most recent bid prices provided directly from one or more broker-dealers, market makers, or independent third-party pricing services which may use matrix pricing and valuation models to derive values, each in accordance with valuation procedures approved by a Fund’s Board; the amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with sixty days or less remaining to maturity unless the

II-67

investment adviser and/or sub-adviser determines such method does not represent fair value; floating rate loan interests are generally valued at the mean between the last available bid prices from one or more brokers or dealers as obtained from an independent third-party pricing service.

Options, Futures and Swaps. Exchange-traded options are valued at the mean between the last bid and ask prices at the close of the options market on which the option is traded; an exchange-traded option for which there is no mean price is valued at the last bid (long position) or ask (short position) price; if no bid or ask price is available, the prior day’s price will be used, unless it is determined that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option. OTC options are valued by an independent pricing service using a mathematical model which incorporates a number of market data factors; financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price as of the close of such exchanges; swap agreements are valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the valuation procedures approved by the Board.

Underlying Funds. Shares of underlying open-end funds are valued at net asset value.

* * *

In determining the market value of portfolio investments, each Fund may employ independent third-party pricing services, which may use, without limitation, a matrix or formula method that takes into consideration market indexes, matrices, yield curves and other specific adjustments. This may result in the securities being valued at a price different from the price that would have been determined had the matrix or formula method not been used. All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on each Fund’s books at their face value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method specified by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and securities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by a Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Fund’s Board or by BlackRock (its delegate).

Any assets which are denominated in a non-U.S. currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing rates of exchange.

Certain of the securities acquired by the Funds may be traded on non-U.S. exchanges or over-the-counter markets on days on which a Fund’s net asset value is not calculated. In such cases, the net asset value of a Fund’s shares may be significantly affected on days when investors can neither purchase nor redeem shares of the Fund.

For Funds organized in a master-feeder structure, each investor in a Master Portfolio may add to or reduce its investment in the Master Portfolio on each day the NYSE is open for trading. The value of each investor’s (including a Feeder Fund’s) interest in a Master Portfolio will be determined after the close of business on the NYSE by multiplying the net asset value of the Master Portfolio by the percentage, effective for that day, that represents that investor’s share of the aggregate interests in the Master Portfolio. Any additions or withdrawals to be effected on that day will then be effected. The investor’s percentage of the aggregate beneficial interests in a Master Portfolio will then be recomputed as the percentage equal to the fraction (i) the numerator of which is the value of such investor’s investment in the Master Portfolio as of the time of determination on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of any additions to or withdrawals from the investor’s investment in the Master Portfolio effected on such day, and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate net asset value of the Master Portfolio as of such time on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of the net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate investments in the Master Portfolio by all investors in the Master Portfolio. The percentage so determined will then be applied to determine the value of the investor’s interest in a Master Portfolio after the close of business of the NYSE or the next determination of net asset value of the Master Portfolio.

II-68

Fair Value. When market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, a Fund’s investments are valued at fair value (“Fair Value Assets”).

Fair Value Assets are valued by BlackRock in accordance with procedures approved by the Fund’s Board. BlackRock may conclude that a market quotation is not readily available or is unreliable if a security or other asset does not have a price source due to its lack of liquidity, if BlackRock believes a market quotation from a broker-dealer or other source is unreliable (e.g., where it varies significantly from a recent trade), where the security or other asset is thinly traded (e.g., municipal securities and certain non-U.S. securities can be expected to be thinly traded) or where there is a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if the BlackRock Portfolio Management Group and/or the Pricing Group determines, in its business judgment prior to or at the time of pricing a Fund’s assets, that it is likely that the event will cause a material change to the last closing market price of one or more assets held by the Fund. On any date the NYSE is open and the primary exchange on which a foreign asset is traded is closed, such asset will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BlackRock is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset. For certain non-U.S. securities, a third-party vendor supplies evaluated, systematic fair value pricing based upon the movement of certain U.S.-based futures contracts that trade after the relevant non-U.S. markets have closed. This systematic fair value pricing methodology is designed to correlate the prices of foreign securities following the close of the local markets to the price that might have prevailed as of a Fund’s pricing time.

BlackRock’s Pricing Group, with input from the BlackRock Portfolio Management Group, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to BlackRock’s Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets shall be subsequently reported to and ratified by the Board or a Committee thereof.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Valuation Committee (or the Pricing Group) shall seek to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arms-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset at a later time or if it holds the asset to maturity. Fair value determinations shall be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee (or Pricing Group) deems relevant.

Fair value represents a good faith approximation of the value of a security. The fair value of one or more securities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s net asset value. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Transactions in Portfolio Securities

Subject to policies established by the Board of Directors, the Manager is primarily responsible for the execution of a Fund’s portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage. The Manager does not execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but seeks to obtain the best net results for the Fund, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While the Manager generally seeks reasonable trade execution costs, a Fund does not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, the Manager may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to the Manager and its clients, including a Fund. In return for such services the Manager may cause a Fund to pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the Manager determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

II-69

In the case of Feeder Funds, because each Feeder Fund generally invests exclusively in beneficial interests of a Master Portfolio, it is expected that all transactions in portfolio securities will be entered into by the Master Portfolio.

Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act (“Section 28(e)”) permits an investment adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction that exceeds the amount another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the same transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by that broker or dealer. This includes commissions paid on riskless principal transactions under certain conditions. Brokerage and research services include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental to securities transactions (such as clearance, settlement, and custody). The Manager believes that access to independent investment research is beneficial to its investment decision-making processes and, therefore, to the Funds.

To the extent research services may be a factor in selecting brokers, such services may be in written form or through direct contact with individuals and may include information as to particular companies and securities as well as market, economic, or institutional areas and information that assists in the valuation of investments. Examples of research-oriented services for which the Manager might pay with Fund commissions include research reports and other information on the economy, industries, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical information, political developments, technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance and other analysis. Except as noted immediately below, research services furnished by brokers may be used in servicing some or all client accounts and not all services may be used in connection with the account that paid commissions to the broker providing such services. In some cases, research information received from brokers by mutual fund management personnel, or personnel principally responsible for the Manager’s individually managed portfolios, is not necessarily shared by and between such personnel. Any investment advisory or other fees paid by a Fund to the Manager are not reduced as a result of the Manager’s receipt of research services. In some cases the Manager may receive a service from a broker that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs the Manager makes a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions, while the Manager will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the Manager faces a potential conflict of interest, but the Manager believes that its allocation procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that it appropriately allocates the anticipated use of such services to their research and non-research uses.

From time to time, a Fund may purchase new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the broker may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the Manager with research services. The NASD has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally, the broker will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

The Manager does not consider sales of shares of the mutual funds it advises as a factor in the selection of brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions for a Fund; however, whether or not a particular broker or dealer sells shares of the mutual funds advised by the Manager neither qualifies nor disqualifies such broker or dealer to execute transactions for those mutual funds.

Each Fund anticipates that its brokerage transactions involving foreign securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by a Fund in the form of Depositary Receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary Receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in over-the-counter markets in the United States or Europe, as the case may be. American Depositary Receipts, like other securities traded in the United States, will be subject to negotiated commission rates. Because the shares of each Fund are redeemable on a daily basis in U.S. dollars, each Fund intends to manage its portfolio so as to give reasonable assurance that it will be able to obtain U.S. dollars to

II-70

the extent necessary to meet anticipated redemptions. Under present conditions, it is not believed that these considerations will have a significant effect on a Fund’s portfolio strategies.

See Part I, Section VII “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for information about the brokerage commissions paid by your Fund, including commissions paid to Merrill Lynch, if any, for the periods indicated.

Each Fund may invest in certain securities traded in the OTC market and intends to deal directly with the dealers who make a market in the particular securities, except in those circumstances in which better prices and execution are available elsewhere. Under the Investment Company Act, persons affiliated with a Fund and persons who are affiliated with such affiliated persons are prohibited from dealing with the Fund as principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless a permissive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the Commission. Since transactions in the OTC market usually involve transactions with the dealers acting as principal for their own accounts, the Funds will not deal with affiliated persons, including Merrill Lynch and its affiliates, in connection with such transactions. However, an affiliated person of a Fund may serve as its broker in OTC transactions conducted on an agency basis provided that, among other things, the fee or commission received by such affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to the fee or commission received by non-affiliated brokers in connection with comparable transactions.

The Municipal Funds have received an exemptive order under which they may purchase investment grade Municipal Bonds through group orders from an underwriting syndicate of which Merrill Lynch is a member subject to conditions set forth in such order (the “Group Order Exemptive Order”). A group order is an order for securities held in an underwriting syndicate for the account of all members of the syndicate, and in proportion to their respective participation in the syndicate. Under another exemptive order, the Municipal Funds may effect principal transactions with Merrill Lynch in high quality, short-term, tax-exempt securities subject to conditions set forth in such order. Please see Part I, Section VII “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for information regarding transactions executed by your Fund pursuant to these exemptive orders.

The Funds may not purchase securities, including Municipal Bonds, during the existence of any underwriting syndicate of which BlackRock, Merrill Lynch, BlackRock Institutional Management Corporation (“BIMC”), BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BFM”), PNC Bank, PFPC Trust Company (“PTC”), BlackRock International, Ltd. (“BIL”), PFPC, the Distributors or any affiliated person (as defined in the Investment Company Act) thereof is a member or in a private placement in which any such entity serves as placement agent except pursuant to procedures approved by the Directors that either comply with rules adopted by the Commission or with interpretations of the Commission staff or pursuant to the Group Order Exemptive Order. Rule 10f-3 under the Investment Company Act and the Group Order Exemptive Order set forth conditions under which a Fund may purchase Municipal Bonds from an underwriting syndicate of which Merrill Lynch is a member. The rule and the Group Order Exemptive Order set forth requirements relating to, among other things, the terms of an issue of Municipal Bonds purchased by a Fund, the amount of Municipal Bonds that may be purchased in any one issue and the assets of the Fund that may be invested in a particular issue.

Each Fund has received an exemptive order from the Commission permitting it to lend portfolio securities to Merrill Lynch or its affiliates. Pursuant to that order, each Fund also has retained an affiliated entity of the Manager as the securities lending agent (the “lending agent”) for a fee, including a fee based on a share of the returns on investment of cash collateral. Please see Part I, Section VII “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for information on the securities lending fees paid the lending agent by your Fund. In connection with securities lending activities, the lending agent may, on behalf of a Fund, invest cash collateral received by the Fund for such loans, among other things, in a private investment company managed by the lending agent or in registered money market funds advised by the Manager or its affiliates, or in a private investment company managed by the lending agent. If a Fund acquires shares in either the private investment company or an affiliated money market fund, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses, and indirectly, the expense of such other entities. However, in accordance with the exemptive order, the manager to the private investment company will not charge any advisory fees with respect to shares purchased by a Fund. Such shares also will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee, or in the case of the

II-71

shares of an affiliated money market fund, the payment of any such sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee will be offset by the Manager’s waiver of a portion of its advisory fee.

Section 11(a) of the Exchange Act generally prohibits members of the U.S. national securities exchanges from executing exchange transactions for their affiliates and institutional accounts that they manage unless the member (i) has obtained prior express authorization from the account to effect such transactions, (ii) at least annually furnishes the account with a statement setting forth the aggregate compensation received by the member in effecting such transactions, and (iii) complies with any rules the Commission has prescribed with respect to the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii). To the extent Section 11(a) would apply to Merrill Lynch acting as a broker for a Fund in any of its portfolio transactions executed on any securities exchange of which it is a member, appropriate consents have been obtained from each Fund and annual statements as to aggregate compensation will be provided to each Fund.

The Directors of each Fund have considered the possibility of seeking to recapture for the benefit of the Fund brokerage commissions and other expenses of possible portfolio transactions by conducting portfolio transactions through affiliated entities. For example, brokerage commissions received by affiliated brokers could be offset against the advisory fee paid by each Fund to the Manager. After considering all factors deemed relevant, the Directors of each Fund made a determination not to seek such recapture. The Directors of each Fund will reconsider this matter from time to time.

Because of different objectives or other factors, a particular security may be bought for one or more funds or clients advised by the Manager or its affiliates (collectively, “clients”) when one or more clients of the Manager or its affiliates are selling the same security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve a Fund or other clients or funds for which the Manager or an affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of the Manager or its affiliates during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price.

Portfolio Turnover

While a Fund generally does not expect to engage in trading for short term gains, it will effect portfolio transactions without regard to any holding period if, in Fund management’s judgment, such transactions are advisable in light of a change in circumstances of a particular company or within a particular industry or in general market, economic or financial conditions. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of a Fund’s annual sales or purchases of portfolio securities (exclusive of purchases or sales of U.S. government securities and all other securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less) by the monthly average value of the securities in the portfolio during the year. A high rate of portfolio turnover results in certain tax consequences, such as increased capital gain dividends and/or ordinary income dividends, and in correspondingly greater transaction costs in the form of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions, which are borne directly by a Fund.

DIVIDENDS AND TAXES

Dividends

Each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income, if any. Dividends from such net investment income are paid as set forth in each Fund’s prospectus. Each Fund will also distribute all net realized capital gains, if any, as set forth in such Fund’s prospectus. From time to time, a Fund may declare a special distribution at or about the end of the calendar year in order to comply with Federal tax requirements that certain percentages of its ordinary income and capital gains be distributed during the year. If in any fiscal year, a Fund has net income from certain foreign currency transactions, such income will be distributed at least annually.

For information concerning the manner in which dividends may be reinvested automatically in shares of each Fund, see “Shareholder Services — Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” Shareholders may also elect in writing to receive any such dividends in cash. Dividends are taxable to shareholders, as discussed below, whether they are

II-72

reinvested in shares of the Fund or received in cash. The per share dividends on front-end load, CDSC and Service shares will be lower than the per share dividends on Institutional shares as a result of the service, distribution and higher transfer agency fees applicable to CDSC shares, the service fees applicable to front-end load shares and Service shares, and the service and distribution fees applicable to Class R shares. Similarly, the per share dividends on CDSC and Class R shares will be lower than the per share dividends on front-end load and Service shares as a result of the distribution fees and higher transfer agency fees applicable to CDSC shares and the distribution fees applicable to Class R shares, and the per share dividends on CDSC shares will be lower than the per share dividends on Class R shares as a result of the higher distribution fees and higher transfer agency fees applicable to CDSC shares.

Taxes

Each Fund intends to elect and to qualify or to continue to qualify, as appropriate, for the special tax treatment afforded to regulated investment companies (“RICs”) under the Code. To so qualify, a Fund must, among other things, (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditional permitted mutual fund income); and (b) limit its investments so that, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of each Fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income). As long as a Fund so qualifies, the Fund (but not its shareholders) will not be subject to Federal income tax on the part of its investment company taxable income and net realized capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders , provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, a Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year.

Each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income and gains. If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC under the Code, such Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and all distributions from earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. Federal income tax principles) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary dividend income eligible for the maximum 15% tax rate for non-corporate shareholders (for taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2011) and the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. However, a Municipal Fund’s distributions derived from income on tax-exempt obligations, as defined herein, would no longer qualify for treatment as exempt interest.

The Code requires a RIC to pay a nondeductible 4% excise tax to the extent the RIC does not distribute, during each calendar year, 98% of its ordinary income, determined on a calendar year basis, and 98% of its capital gain net income, determined, in general, as if the RIC’s taxable year ended on October 31, plus certain undistributed amounts from the previous years. While each Fund intends to distribute its income and capital gains in the manner necessary to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax, there can be no assurance that a sufficient amount of the Fund’s taxable income and capital gains will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In such event, a Fund will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirements.

II-73

Dividends paid by a Fund from its ordinary income or from an excess of net short-term capital gains over net long term capital losses (together referred to as “ordinary income dividends”) are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions made from an excess of net long term capital gains over net short term capital losses (including gains or losses from certain transactions in futures and options) (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable to shareholders as long term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned Fund shares. Distributions paid by a Fund that are designated as exempt-interest dividends will not be subject to regular federal income tax. Certain dividend income and long-term capital gain are eligible for taxation at a reduced rate that applies to non-corporate shareholders for taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2011. Under these rules, a certain portion of ordinary income dividends constituting “qualified dividend income” when paid by a RIC to non-corporate shareholders may be taxable to such shareholders at long term capital gain rates. However, to the extent a Fund’s distributions are derived from income on debt securities, certain types of preferred stock treated as debt for federal income tax purposes and short-term capital gain, such distributions will not constitute “qualified dividend income.” Thus, ordinary income dividends paid by the Funds generally will not be eligible for taxation at the reduced rate.

Ordinary income and capital gain dividends are taxable to shareholders even if they are reinvested in additional shares of a Fund. If a Fund pays a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by its shareholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

No gain or loss will be recognized by Investor B or Investor B1 shareholders on the conversion of their Investor B shares into Investor A shares or Investor B1 shares into Investor A1 shares. A shareholder’s tax basis in the Investor A or Investor A1 shares acquired upon conversion will be the same as the shareholder’s tax basis in the converted Investor B or Investor B1 shares, and the holding period of the acquired Investor A or Investor A1 shares will include the holding period for the converted Investor B or Investor B1 shares.

If a shareholder of a Fund exercises an exchange privilege within 90 days of acquiring the shares of a Fund, then the loss that the shareholder recognizes on the exchange will be reduced (or the gain increased) to the extent any sales charge paid on the exchanged shares reduces any sales charge the shareholder would have owed upon the purchase of the new shares in the absence of the exchange privilege. Instead, such sales charge will be treated as an amount paid for the new shares.

A loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of a Fund will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date on which the shares are sold or exchanged. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Certain Funds may invest in zero coupon U.S. Treasury bonds and other debt securities that are issued at a discount or provide for deferred interest. Even though a Fund receives no actual interest payments on these securities, it will be deemed to receive income equal, generally, to a portion of the excess of the face value of the securities over their issue price (“original issue discount”) each year that the securities are held. Since the original issue discount income earned by a Fund in a taxable year may not be represented by cash income, the Fund may have to dispose of securities, which it might otherwise have continued to hold, or borrow to generate cash in order to satisfy its distribution requirements. In addition, a Fund’s investment in foreign currencies or foreign currency denominated or referenced debt securities, certain asset-backed securities and contingent payment and inflation-indexed debt instruments also may increase or accelerate the Fund’s recognition of income, including the recognition of taxable income in excess of cash generated by such investments.

Ordinary income dividends paid to shareholders who are nonresident aliens or foreign entities generally will be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax under existing provisions of the Code applicable to foreign individuals and entities unless a reduced rate of withholding or a withholding exemption is provided under applicable treaty law.

II-74

Distributions of a Fund at least 50% of whose assets are “U.S. real property interests,” as defined in the Code and Treasury regulations, to the extent the distributions are attributable to distributions of real property gain received by the Fund from a REIT, generally will cause a foreign shareholder who has held more than 5% of the Fund at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of distribution to treat such distributions as income effectively connected to a trade or business within the United States, generally subject to tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. shareholders. Such distributions may be subject to U.S. withholding tax of 35% and may require the foreign shareholder to file a U.S. federal income tax return.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisers concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

Under certain provisions of the Code, some shareholders may be subject to a withholding tax on ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and redemption payments (“backup withholding”). Generally, shareholders subject to backup withholding will be those for whom no certified taxpayer identification number is on file with the Fund or who, to the Fund’s knowledge, have furnished an incorrect number. When establishing an account, an investor must certify under penalty of perjury that such number is correct and that such investor is not otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld generally may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a shareholder’s Federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely forwarded to the IRS.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder in any single taxable year (or a greater amount in any combination of taxable years), the shareholder must file a disclosure statement on Form 8886 with the IRS. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted. That a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Dividends and interest received by a Fund may give rise to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain foreign countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. Shareholders of certain Funds that invest more than 50% of the value of their assets at the close of a taxable year in foreign securities may be able to claim U.S. foreign tax credits with respect to such foreign taxes paid by the Fund, subject to certain requirements and limitations contained in the Code. For example, certain retirement accounts and certain tax-exempt organizations cannot claim foreign tax credits on investments in foreign securities held in a Fund. In addition, a foreign tax credit may be claimed with respect to withholding tax on payments with respect to a security only if the holder of the security meets certain holding period requirements. Both the shareholder and the Fund must meet these holding period requirements, and if the Fund fails to do so, it will not be able to “pass through” to shareholders the ability to claim a credit or a deduction for the related foreign taxes paid by the Fund. Further, to the extent that a Fund engages in securities lending with respect to a security paying income subject to foreign taxes, it may not be able to pass through to its shareholders the ability to take a foreign tax credit. If a Fund satisfies the applicable requirements, such Fund will be eligible to file an election with the IRS pursuant to which shareholders of the Fund will be required to include their proportionate shares of such foreign taxes in their U.S. income tax returns as gross income, treat such proportionate shares as taxes paid by them, and deduct such proportionate shares in computing their taxable incomes or, alternatively, use them as foreign tax credits against their U.S. income taxes. No deductions for foreign taxes, however, may be claimed by noncorporate shareholders who do not itemize deductions. A shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation may be subject to U.S. withholding tax on the income resulting from a Fund’s election described in this paragraph but may not be able to claim a credit or deduction against such U.S. tax for the foreign taxes treated as having been paid by such shareholder. A Fund will report annually to its shareholders the amount per share of such foreign taxes and other information needed to claim the foreign tax credit. For this purpose, a Fund will allocate foreign source income among each class of shareholders according to a method similar to that described above for the allocation of dividends taxable at the maximum 15% tax rate.

Certain transactions entered into by the Funds are subject to special tax rules of the Code that may, among other things, (a) affect the character of gains and losses realized, (b) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, and (c) accelerate the recognition of income without a corresponding receipt of cash

II-75

(with which to make the necessary distributions to satisfy distribution requirements applicable to RICs). Operation of these rules could, therefore, affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. Special tax rules also may require a Fund to mark to market certain types of positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as sold on the last day of the taxable year), and may result in the recognition of income without a corresponding receipt of cash. Funds engaging in transactions affected by these provisions intend to monitor their transactions, make appropriate tax elections and make appropriate entries in their books and records to lessen the effect of these tax rules and avoid any possible disqualification for the special treatment afforded RICs under the Code.

If a Fund purchases shares of an investment company (or similar investment entity) organized under foreign law, the Fund will generally be treated as owning shares in a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. A Fund may be subject to U.S. Federal income tax, and an interest charge (at the rate applicable to tax underpayments) on tax liability treated as having been deferred with respect to certain distributions from such a company and on gain from the disposition of the shares of such a company (collectively referred to as “excess distributions”), even if such excess distributions are paid by the Fund as a dividend to its shareholders. However, a Fund may elect to “mark to market” at the end of each taxable year shares that it holds in PFICs. The election is made separately for each PFIC held and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with consent from the IRS. Under this election, a Fund would recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares as of the close of the taxable year over their adjusted tax basis and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value, but only to the extent of previously recognized “mark-to-market” gains. By making the mark-to-market election, a Fund could avoid imposition of the interest charge with respect to excess distributions from PFICs, but in any particular year might be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it received from PFICs. If the Fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the Fund, and the Fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax. In order to make this election, the Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Municipal Funds

Each Municipal Fund intends to qualify to pay “exempt-interest dividends” as defined in Section 852(b)(5) of the Code. Under such section if, at the close of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of obligations exempt from Federal income tax (“tax-exempt obligations”) under Section 103(a) of the Code (relating generally to obligations of a state or local governmental unit), the Fund shall be qualified to pay exempt-interest dividends to holders of all outstanding classes of its shares (together the “shareholders”). Exempt-interest dividends are dividends or any part thereof paid by a Fund that are attributable to interest on tax-exempt obligations and designated by the Fund as exempt-interest dividends in a written notice mailed to the Fund’s shareholders within 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year. A Fund will allocate interest from tax-exempt obligations (as well as ordinary income, capital gains and tax preference items discussed below) among the Fund’s shareholders according to a method (that it believes is consistent with the Commission rule permitting the issuance and sale of multiple classes of shares) that is based upon the gross income that is allocable to each class of shareholders during the taxable year, or such other method as the IRS may prescribe.

Exempt-interest dividends will be excludable from a shareholder’s gross income for Federal income tax purposes. Exempt-interest dividends are included, however, in determining the portion, if any, of a person’s social security and railroad retirement benefits subject to Federal income taxes. Interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry shares of a RIC paying exempt-interest dividends, such as the Fund, will not be deductible by the investor for Federal income tax purposes to the extent attributable to exempt-interest dividends. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisers with respect to whether exempt-interest dividends retain the exclusion under Code Section 103(a) if a shareholder would be treated as a “substantial user” or “related person” under Code Section 147(a) with respect to property financed with the proceeds of an issue of PABs, if any, held by a Fund.

All or a portion of a Fund’s gains from the sale or redemption of tax-exempt obligations purchased at a market discount will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain. This rule may increase the amount of ordinary

II-76

income dividends received by shareholders. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of a holder’s shares and, after such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such holder (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset). Any loss upon the sale or exchange of Fund shares held for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder. In addition, any such loss that is not disallowed under the rule stated above will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholder.

The Code subjects interest received on certain otherwise tax-exempt securities to a Federal alternative minimum tax. The alternative minimum tax applies to interest received on certain “PABs” issued after August 7, 1986. PABs are bonds that, although tax-exempt, are used for purposes other than those generally performed by governmental units and that benefit non-governmental entities (e.g., bonds used for industrial development or housing purposes). Income received on such bonds is classified as an item of “tax preference,” which could subject certain investors in such bonds, including shareholders of a Fund, to a Federal alternative minimum tax. A Fund will purchase such “PABs” and will report to shareholders after the close of the calendar year-end the portion of the Fund’s dividends declared during the year that constitute an item of tax preference for alternative minimum tax purposes. The Code further provides that corporations are subject to a Federal alternative minimum tax based, in part, on certain differences between taxable income as adjusted for other tax preferences and the corporation’s “adjusted current earnings,” which more closely reflect a corporation’s economic income. Because an exempt-interest dividend paid by a Fund will be included in adjusted current earnings, a corporate shareholder may be required to pay alternative minimum tax on exempt-interest dividends paid by the Fund.

Each Municipal Fund may engage in interest rate swap transactions. The Federal income tax rules governing the taxation of interest rate swaps are not entirely clear and may require a Fund to treat payments received under such arrangements as ordinary income and to amortize payments made under certain circumstances. Because payments received by a Fund in connection with swap transactions will be taxable rather than tax-exempt, they may result in increased taxable distributions to shareholders.

Please see Part I of your Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for certain state tax information relevant to an investment in California Insured, Florida Municipal Bond, New Jersey Municipal Bond, New York Municipal Bond and Pennsylvania Municipal Bond, as well as information on economic conditions within each applicable state.

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury regulations presently in effect. For the complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. The Code and the Treasury regulations are subject to change by legislative, judicial or administrative action either prospectively or retroactively.

Ordinary income and capital gain dividends may also be subject to state and local taxes. Certain states exempt from state income taxation dividends paid by RICs that are derived from interest on U.S. government obligations. State law varies as to whether dividend income attributable to U.S. government obligations is exempt from state income tax.

Shareholders of each Fund are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to Federal, foreign, state or local taxes with respect to their Fund. Foreign investors should consider applicable foreign taxes in their evaluation of an investment in a Fund.

In the case of a Feeder Fund, such Fund is entitled to look to the underlying assets of the Master Portfolio in which it has invested for purposes of satisfying various qualification requirements of the Code applicable to RICs. Each Master Portfolio is classified either as a partnership or a separate disregarded entity (depending on the particular Master Portfolio) for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. If applicable tax provisions were to change, then the Board of Directors of a Feeder Fund will determine, in its discretion, the appropriate course of action for the Feeder Fund. One possible course of action would be to withdraw the Feeder Fund’s investments from the Master Portfolio and to retain an investment manager to manage the Feeder Fund’s assets in accordance with the investment policies applicable to the Feeder Fund.

II-77

PERFORMANCE DATA

From time to time a Fund may include its average annual total return and other total return data, and, if applicable, yield and tax-equivalent yield in advertisements or information furnished to present or prospective shareholders. Total return, yield and tax-equivalent yield each is based on a Fund’s historical performance and is not intended to indicate future performance. Average annual total return is determined separately for each class of shares in accordance with a formula specified by the Commission.

Quotations of average annual total return, before tax, for the specified periods are computed by finding the average annual compounded rates of return (based on net investment income and any realized and unrealized capital gains or losses on portfolio investments over such periods) that would equate the initial amount invested to the redeemable value of such investment at the end of each period. Average annual total return before taxes is computed assuming all dividends are reinvested and taking into account all applicable recurring and nonrecurring expenses, including the maximum sales charge, in the case of front-end load shares, and the CDSC that would be applicable to a complete redemption of the investment at the end of the specified period in the case of CDSC shares, but does not take into account taxes payable on dividends or on redemption.

Quotations of average annual total return, after taxes, on dividends for the specified periods are computed by finding the average annual compounded rates of return that would equate the initial amount invested to the ending value of such investment at the end of each period assuming payment of taxes on dividends received during such period. Average annual total return after taxes on dividends is computed assuming all dividends, less the taxes due on such dividends, are reinvested and taking into account all applicable recurring and nonrecurring expenses, including the maximum sales charge, in the case of front-end load shares and the CDSC that would be applicable to a complete redemption of the investment at the end of the specified period in the case of CDSC shares. The taxes due on dividends are calculated by applying to each dividend the highest applicable marginal Federal individual income tax rates in effect on the reinvestment date for that dividend. The rates used correspond to the tax character (including eligibility for the maximum 15% tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income) of each dividend. The taxable amount and tax character of each dividend are specified by each Fund on the dividend declaration date, but may be adjusted to reflect subsequent recharacterizations of distributions. The applicable tax rates may vary over the measurement period. The effects of state and local taxes are not reflected. Applicable tax credits, such as foreign credits, are taken into account according to Federal law. The ending value is determined assuming complete redemption at the end of the applicable periods with no tax consequences associated with such redemption.

Quotations of average annual total return, after taxes, on both dividends and redemption for the specified periods are computed by finding the average annual compounded rates of return that would equate the initial amount invested to the ending value of such investment at the end of each period assuming payment of taxes on dividends received during such period as well as on complete redemption. Average annual total return after taxes on distributions and redemption is computed assuming all dividends, less the taxes due on such dividends, are reinvested and taking into account all applicable recurring and nonrecurring expenses, including the maximum sales charge in the case of front-end load shares and the CDSC that would be applicable to a complete redemption of the investment at the end of the specified period in the case of CDSC shares and assuming, for all classes of shares, complete redemption and payment of taxes due on such redemption. The ending value is determined assuming complete redemption at the end of the applicable periods, subtracting capital gains taxes resulting from the redemption and adding the presumed tax benefit from capital losses resulting from redemption. The taxes due on dividends and on the deemed redemption are calculated by applying the highest applicable marginal Federal individual income tax rates in effect on the reinvestment and/or the redemption date. The rates used correspond to the tax character (including eligibility for the maximum 15% tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income) of each component of each dividend and/or the redemption payment. The applicable tax rates may vary over the measurement period. The effects of state and local taxes are not reflected.

A Fund also may quote annual, average annual and annualized total return and aggregate total return performance data, both as a percentage and as a dollar amount based on a hypothetical investment of $1,000 or some other amount, for various periods other than those noted in Part I, Section VIII “Fund Performance” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information. Such data will be computed as described above, except that (1) as required by the periods of the quotations, actual annual, annualized or aggregate data, rather than average annual data, may be

II-78

quoted and (2) the maximum applicable sales charges will not be included with respect to annual or annualized rates of return calculations. Aside from the impact on the performance data calculations of including or excluding the maximum applicable sales charges, actual annual or annualized total return data generally will be lower than average annual total return data since the average rates of return reflect compounding of return; aggregate total return data generally will be higher than average annual total return data since the aggregate rates of return reflect compounding over a longer period of time.

Yield quotations will be computed based on a 30-day period by dividing (a) the net income based on the yield of each security earned during the period by (b) the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that were entitled to receive dividends multiplied by the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period. Tax equivalent yield quotations will be computed by dividing (a) the part of a Fund’s yield that is tax-exempt by (b) one minus a stated tax rate and adding the result to that part, if any, of the Fund’s yield that is not tax-exempt.

See Part I, Section VIII “Fund Performance” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for performance information for the shares of your Fund for the periods indicated.

A Fund’s total return will vary depending on market conditions, the securities comprising a Fund’s portfolio, a Fund’s operating expenses and the amount of realized and unrealized net capital gains or losses during the period. The value of an investment in a Fund will fluctuate and an investor’s shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than their original cost.

In order to reflect the reduced sales charges in the case of front-end load shares or the waiver of the CDSC in the case of CDSC shares applicable to certain investors, as described under “Purchase of Shares” and “Redemption of Shares,” respectively, the total return data quoted by a Fund in advertisements directed to such investors may take into account the reduced, and not the maximum, sales charge or may take into account the CDSC waiver and, therefore, may reflect greater total return since, due to the reduced sales charges or the waiver of sales charges, a lower amount of expenses is deducted.

On occasion, a Fund may compare its performance to, among other things, the Fund’s benchmark index indicated in the Prospectus, the Value Line Composite Index, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, or to other published indices, or to performance data published by Lipper Inc., Morningstar, Inc. (“Morningstar”), Money Magazine, U.S. News & World Report, BusinessWeek, Forbes Magazine, Fortune Magazine or other industry publications. When comparing its performance to a market index, a Fund may refer to various statistical measures derived from the historical performance of a Fund and the index, such as standard deviation and beta. As with other performance data, performance comparisons should not be considered indicative of a Fund’s relative performance for any future period. In addition, from time to time a Fund may include the Fund’s Morningstar risk-adjusted performance ratings assigned by Morningstar in advertising or supplemental sales literature. From time to time a Fund may quote in advertisements or other materials other applicable measures of Fund performance and may also make reference to awards that may be given to the Manager. Certain Funds may also compare their performance to composite indices developed by Fund management.

A Fund may provide information designed to help investors understand how the Fund is seeking to achieve its investment objectives. This may include information about past, current or possible economic, market, political or other conditions, descriptive information or general principles of investing such as asset allocation, diversification and risk tolerance, discussion of a Fund’s portfolio composition, investment philosophy, strategy or investment techniques, comparisons of the Fund’s performance or portfolio composition to that of other funds or types of investments, indices relevant to the comparison being made, or to a hypothetical or model portfolio. A Fund may also quote various measures of volatility and benchmark correlation in advertising and other materials, and may compare these measures to those of other funds or types of investments.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Each Fund’s Board of Directors has delegated to the Manager authority to vote all proxies relating to the Fund’s portfolio securities. The Manager has adopted policies and procedures (the “Proxy Voting Procedures”) with respect

II-79

to the voting of proxies related to the portfolio securities held in the account of one or more of its clients, including a Fund. Pursuant to these Proxy Voting Procedures, the Manager’s primary objective when voting proxies is to make proxy voting decisions solely in the best interests of each Fund and its shareholders, and to act in a manner that the Manager believes is most likely to enhance the economic value of the securities held by the Fund. The Proxy Voting Procedures are designed to ensure that the Manager considers the interests of its clients, including each Fund, and not the interests of the Manager, when voting proxies and that real (or perceived) material conflicts that may arise between the Manager’s interest and those of the Manager’s clients are properly addressed and resolved.

In order to implement the Proxy Voting Procedures, the Manager has formed a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Committee”). The Committee, a subcommittee of the Manager’s Equity Investment Policy Oversight Committee (“EIPOC”) is comprised of a senior member of the Manager’s equity management group who is also a member of EIPOC, one or more other senior investment professionals appointed by EIPOC, portfolio managers and investment analysts appointed by EIPOC and any other personnel EIPOC deems appropriate. The Committee will also include two non-voting representatives from the Manager’s Legal Department appointed by the Manager’s General Counsel. The Committee’s membership shall be limited to full-time employees of the Manager. No person with any investment banking, trading, retail brokerage or research responsibilities for the Manager’s affiliates may serve as a member of the Committee or participate in its decision making (except to the extent such person is asked by the Committee to present information to the Committee on the same basis as other interested knowledgeable parties not affiliated with the Manager might be asked to do so). The Committee determines how to vote the proxies of all clients, including a Fund, that have delegated proxy voting authority to the Manager and seeks to ensure that all votes are consistent with the best interests of those clients and are free from unwarranted and inappropriate influences. The Committee establishes general proxy voting policies for the Manager and is responsible for determining how those policies are applied to specific proxy votes, in light of each issuer’s unique structure, management, strategic options and, in certain circumstances, probable economic and other anticipated consequences of alternate actions. In so doing, the Committee may determine to vote a particular proxy in a manner contrary to its generally stated policies. In addition, the Committee will be responsible for ensuring that all reporting and recordkeeping requirements related to proxy voting are fulfilled.

The Committee may determine that the subject matter of a recurring proxy issue is not suitable for general voting policies and requires a case-by-case determination. In such cases, the Committee may elect not to adopt a specific voting policy applicable to that issue. The Manager believes that certain proxy voting issues require investment analysis — such as approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions – akin to investment decisions, and are, therefore, not suitable for general guidelines. The Committee may elect to adopt a common position for the Manager on certain proxy votes that are akin to investment decisions, or determine to permit the portfolio manager to make individual decisions on how best to maximize economic value for a Fund (similar to normal buy/sell investment decisions made by such portfolio managers). While it is expected that the Manager will generally seek to vote proxies over which the Manager exercises voting authority in a uniform manner for all the Manager’s clients, the Committee, in conjunction with a Fund’s portfolio manager, may determine that the Fund’s specific circumstances require that its proxies be voted differently.

To assist the Manager in voting proxies, the Committee has retained Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”). ISS is an independent adviser that specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy-related services to institutional investment managers, plan sponsors, custodians, consultants, and other institutional investors. The services provided to the Manager by ISS include in-depth research, voting recommendations (although the Manager is not obligated to follow such recommendations), vote execution, and recordkeeping. ISS will also assist the Fund in fulfilling its reporting and recordkeeping obligations under the Investment Company Act.

The Manager’s Proxy Voting Procedures also address special circumstances that can arise in connection with proxy voting. For instance, under the Proxy Voting Procedures, the Manager generally will not seek to vote proxies related to portfolio securities that are on loan, although it may do so under certain circumstances. In addition, the Manager will vote proxies related to securities of foreign issuers only on a best efforts basis and may elect not to vote at all in certain countries where the Committee determines that the costs associated with voting generally outweigh the benefits. The Committee may at any time override these general policies if it determines that such action is in the best interests of a Fund.

II-80

From time to time, the Manager may be required to vote proxies in respect of an issuer where an affiliate of the Manager (each, an “Affiliate”), or a money management or other client of the Manager, including investment companies for which the Manager provides investment advisory, administrative and/or other services (each, a “Client”), is involved. The Proxy Voting Procedures and the Manager’s adherence to those procedures are designed to address such conflicts of interest. The Committee intends to strictly adhere to the Proxy Voting Procedures in all proxy matters, including matters involving Affiliates and Clients. If, however, an issue representing a non-routine matter that is material to an Affiliate or a widely known Client is involved such that the Committee does not reasonably believe it is able to follow its guidelines (or if the particular proxy matter is not addressed by the guidelines) and vote impartially, the Committee may, in its discretion for the purposes of ensuring that an independent determination is reached, retain an independent fiduciary to advise the Committee on how to vote or to cast votes on behalf of the Manager’s clients.

In the event that the Committee determines not to retain an independent fiduciary, or it does not follow the advice of such an independent fiduciary, the Committee may pass the voting power to a subcommittee, appointed by EIPOC (with advice from the Secretary of the Committee), consisting solely of Committee members selected by EIPOC. EIPOC shall appoint to the subcommittee, where appropriate, only persons whose job responsibilities do not include contact with the Client and whose job evaluations would not be affected by the Manager’s relationship with the Client (or failure to retain such relationship). The subcommittee shall determine whether and how to vote all proxies on behalf of the Manager’s clients or, if the proxy matter is, in their judgment, akin to an investment decision, to defer to the applicable portfolio managers, provided that, if the subcommittee determines to alter the Manager’s normal voting guidelines or, on matters where the Manager’s policy is case-by-case, does not follow the voting recommendation of any proxy voting service or other independent fiduciary that may be retained to provide research or advice to the Manager on that matter, no proxies relating to the Client may be voted unless the Secretary, or in the Secretary’s absence, the Assistant Secretary of the Committee concurs that the subcommittee’s determination is consistent with the Manager’s fiduciary duties.

In addition to the general principles outlined above, the Manager has adopted voting guidelines with respect to certain recurring proxy issues that are not expected to involve unusual circumstances. These policies are guidelines only, and the Manager may elect to vote differently from the recommendation set forth in a voting guideline if the Committee determines that it is in a Fund’s best interest to do so. In addition, the guidelines may be reviewed at any time upon the request of a Committee member and may be amended or deleted upon the vote of a majority of Committee members present at a Committee meeting at which there is a quorum.

The Manager has adopted specific voting guidelines with respect to the following proxy issues:

•

Proposals related to the composition of the boards of directors of issuers other than investment companies. As a general matter, the Committee believes that a company’s board of directors (rather than shareholders) is most likely to have access to important, nonpublic information regarding a company’s business and prospects, and is, therefore, best-positioned to set corporate policy and oversee management. The Committee, therefore, believes that the foundation of good corporate governance is the election of qualified, independent corporate directors who are likely to diligently represent the interests of shareholders and oversee management of the corporation in a manner that will seek to maximize shareholder value over time. In individual cases, the Committee may look at a nominee’s number of other directorships, history of representing shareholder interests as a director of other companies or other factors, to the extent the Committee deems relevant.

•

Proposals related to the selection of an issuer’s independent auditors. As a general matter, the Committee believes that corporate auditors have a responsibility to represent the interests of shareholders and provide an independent view on the propriety of financial reporting decisions of corporate management. While the Committee will generally defer to a corporation’s choice of auditor, in individual cases, the Committee may look at an auditors’ history of representing shareholder interests as auditor of other companies, to the extent the Committee deems relevant.

•

Proposals related to management compensation and employee benefits. As a general matter, the Committee favors disclosure of an issuer’s compensation and benefit policies and opposes excessive compensation, but believes that compensation matters are normally best determined by an issuer’s board of directors, rather

II-81

than shareholders. Proposals to “micro-manage” an issuer’s compensation practices or to set arbitrary restrictions on compensation or benefits will, therefore, generally not be supported.

•

Proposals related to requests, principally from management, for approval of amendments that would alter an issuer’s capital structure. As a general matter, the Committee will support requests that enhance the rights of common shareholders and oppose requests that appear to be unreasonably dilutive.

•

Proposals related to requests for approval of amendments to an issuer’s charter or by-laws. As a general matter, the Committee opposes poison pill provisions.

•

Routine proposals related to requests regarding the formalities of corporate meetings.

•

Proposals related to proxy issues associated solely with holdings of investment company shares. As with other types of companies, the Committee believes that a fund’s board of directors (rather than its shareholders) is best positioned to set fund policy and oversee management. However, the Committee opposes granting boards of directors authority over certain matters, such as changes to a fund’s investment objective, which the Investment Company Act envisions will be approved directly by shareholders.

•

Proposals related to limiting corporate conduct in some manner that relates to the shareholder’s environmental or social concerns. The Committee generally believes that annual shareholder meetings are inappropriate forums for discussion of larger social issues, and opposes shareholder resolutions “micromanaging” corporate conduct or requesting release of information that would not help a shareholder evaluate an investment in the corporation as an economic matter. While the Committee is generally supportive of proposals to require corporate disclosure of matters that seem relevant and material to the economic interests of shareholders, the Committee is generally not supportive of proposals to require disclosure of corporate matters for other purposes.

Information about how a Fund voted proxies relating to securities held in the Fund’s portfolio during the most recent 12 month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) at www.blackrock.com and (2) on the Commission’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Description of Shares

Shareholders of a Fund are entitled to one vote for each full share held and fractional votes for fractional shares held in the election of Directors and generally on other matters submitted to the vote of shareholders of the Fund. Shareholders of a class that bears distribution and/or service expenses have exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution and service expenditures (except that Investor B and Investor B1 shareholders may vote upon any material changes to such expenses charged under the Investor A Distribution Plan). Voting rights are not cumulative, so that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting in the election of Directors can, if they choose to do so, elect all the Directors of a Fund, in which event the holders of the remaining shares would be unable to elect any person as a Director.

No Fund intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders in any year in which the Investment Company Act does not require shareholders to act upon any of the following matters: (i) election of Directors; (ii) approval of a management agreement; (iii) approval of a distribution agreement; and (iv) ratification of selection of independent accountants. Shares issued are fully paid and non-assessable and have no preemptive rights. Redemption and conversion rights are discussed elsewhere herein and in each Fund’s Prospectus. Each share of each class of Common Stock is entitled to participate equally in dividends and distributions declared by a Fund and in the net assets of the Fund upon liquidation or dissolution after satisfaction of outstanding liabilities.

For Funds organized as Maryland corporations, the by-laws of the Fund require that a special meeting of shareholders be held upon the written request of a minimum percentage of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting, if they comply with applicable Maryland law.

Certain of the Funds are organized as “Massachusetts business trusts.” Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of such a trust may, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for its obligations. However, the

II-82

Declaration of Trust establishing a trust, a copy of which for each applicable Fund, together with all amendments thereto (the “Declaration of Trust”), is on file in the office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the trust and provides for indemnification and reimbursement of expenses out of the trust property for any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the trust. The Declaration of Trust also provides that a trust may maintain appropriate insurance (for example, fidelity bond and errors and omissions insurance) for the protection of the trust, its shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents covering possible tort and other liabilities. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which both inadequate insurance existed and the trust itself was unable to meet its obligations.

Certain Funds are organized as Delaware statutory trusts.

See Part I, Section IX “Additional Information — Description of Shares” of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for additional capital stock information for your Fund.

Additional Information

Under a separate agreement, BlackRock has granted each Fund the right to use the “BlackRock” name and has reserved the right to (i) withdraw its consent to the use of such name by a Fund if the Fund ceases to retain BlackRock Advisors, LLC as investment adviser and (ii) to grant the use of such name to any other company.

See Part I, Section IX “Additional Information — Principal Shareholders” section of each Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for information on the holders of 5% or more of any class of shares of your Fund.

II-83

APPENDIX A

Description Of Bond Ratings

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s (“Moody’s”) Bond Ratings


Aaa		Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edge.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa		Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A		Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa		Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present, but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Ba		Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

B		Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa		Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Ca		Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

C		Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

Note: Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

A-1

Description of Moody’s U.S. Short-Term Ratings


MIG 1/VMIG 1		This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2/VMIG 2		This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3/VMIG 3		This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG		This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Description of Moody’s Commercial Paper Ratings / Demand Obligation Ratings

Moody’s Commercial Paper ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original maturity in excess of nine months. Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:


P-1		Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of short term promissory obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics: leading market positions in well established industries; high rates of return on funds employed; conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection; broad margins in earning coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation; and well established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

P-2		Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability for repayment of short term promissory obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

P-3		Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability for repayment of short term promissory obligations. The effects of industry characteristics and market composition may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes to the level of debt protection measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Description of Standard & Poor’s, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“Standard & Poor’s”), Debt Ratings

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations or a specific program. It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation.

The issue credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a financial obligation, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.

The issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors or obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources Standard & Poor’s considers reliable. Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.

The issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

A-2

I. Likelihood of payment — capacity and willingness of the obligor as to the timely payment of interest and repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

II. Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

III. Protection afforded to, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Long Term Issue Credit Ratings


AAA		An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. Capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA		An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest rated issues only in small degree. The Obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A		An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB		An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB B CCC CC C		An obligation rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest degree of speculation. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

D		An obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

c		The ‘c’ subscript is used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable.

p		The letter ‘p’ indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to the completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

*		Continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows.

r		This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected returns which are not addressed in the credit rating.

N.R.		This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

A-3

Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Commercial Paper Ratings

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A-1” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:



A-1		A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2		A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3		A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B		A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

C		A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D		A short-term obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating will also be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

c		The “c” subscript is used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable.

p		The letter “p” indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

*		Continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing

r		The “r” highlights derivative, hybrid, and certain other obligations that Standard & Poor’s believes may experience high volatility or high variability in expected returns as a result of noncredit risks. Examples of such obligations are securities with principal or interest return indexed to equities, commodities, or currencies; certain swaps and options, and interest-only and principal-only mortgage securities. The absence of an “r” symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility

A-4

or variability in total return.

A commercial paper rating is not a recommendation to purchase or sell a security. The ratings are based on current information furnished to Standard & Poor’s by the issuer or obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources it considers reliable. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information.

A Standard & Poor’s note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment.

— Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

— Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:


SP-1		Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2		Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3		Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Fitch Ratings’ (“Fitch”) Investment Grade Bond Ratings

Fitch investment grade bond ratings provide a guide to investors in determining the credit risk associated with a particular security. The rating represents Fitch’s assessment of the issuer’s ability to meet the obligations of a specific debt issue or class of debt in a timely manner.

The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the current and prospective financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor, as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the issuer’s future financial strength and credit quality.

Fitch ratings do not reflect any credit enhancement that may be provided by insurance policies or financial guarantees unless otherwise indicated.

Bonds carrying the same rating are of similar but not necessarily identical credit quality since the rating categories do not fully reflect small differences in the degrees of credit risk.

Fitch ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell, or hold any security. Ratings do not comment on the adequacy of market price, the suitability of any security for a particular investor, or the tax-exempt nature or taxability of payments made in respect of any security.

Fitch ratings are based on information obtained from issuers, other obligors, underwriters, their experts, and other sources Fitch believes to be reliable. Fitch does not audit or verify the truth or accuracy of such information. Ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or the unavailability of, information or for other reasons.


AAA		Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA		Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated “AAA.” Because

A-5


		bonds rated in the “AAA” and “AA” categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated “F-1+.”

A		Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

BBB		Bonds considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory-credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these bonds, and therefore impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings.

Plus (+) or Minus (-): Plus and minus signs are used with a rating symbol to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the “AAA” category.

Description of Fitch’s Speculative Grade Bond Ratings

Fitch speculative grade bond ratings provide a guide to investors in determining the credit risk associated with a particular security. The ratings (“BB” to “C”) represent Fitch’s assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of principal and interest in accordance with the terms of obligation for bond issues not in default. For defaulted bonds, the rating (“DDD” to “D”) is an assessment of the ultimate recovery value through reorganization or liquidation. The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the current and prospective financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor, as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the issuer’s future financial strength.

Bonds that have the rating are of similar but not necessarily identical credit quality since rating categories cannot fully reflect the differences in degrees of credit risk.


BB		Bonds are considered speculative. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

B		Bonds are considered highly speculative. While bonds in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor’s limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.

CCC		Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous business and economic environment.

CC		Bonds are minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.

C		Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

D DD DDD		Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments. Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of the obligor. “DDD” represents the highest potential for recovery on these bonds, and “D” represents the lowest potential for recovery.

		Plus (+) or Minus (-): Plus and minus signs are used with a rating symbol to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the “DDD,” “DD,” or “D” categories.

A-6

Description of Fitch’s Short term Ratings

Fitch’s short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand or have original maturities of up to three years, including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and investment notes.

The short term rating places greater emphasis than a long term rating on the existence of liquidity necessary to meet the issuer’s obligations in a timely manner.

Fitch short-term ratings are as follows:


F-1+		Exceptionally Strong Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating are regarded as having the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.

F-1		Very Strong Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated “F-1+.”

F-2		Good Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating have a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues assigned “F-1+” and “F-1” ratings.

F-3		Fair Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating have characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could cause these securities to be rated below investment grade.

F-S		Weak Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating have characteristics suggesting a minimal degree of assurance for timely payment and are vulnerable to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

D		Default. Issues assigned this rating are in actual or imminent payment default.

LOC		The symbol “LOC” indicates that the rating is based on a letter of credit issued by a commercial bank.

NR		Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

Conditional		A conditional rating is premised on the successful completion of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

Suspended		A rating is suspended when Fitch deems the amount of information available from the issuer to be inadequate for rating purposes.

Withdrawn		A rating will be withdrawn when an issue matures or is called or refinanced and, at Fitch’s discretion, when an issuer fails to furnish proper and timely information.

FitchAlert		Ratings are placed on FitchAlert to notify investors of an occurrence that is likely to result in a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive,” indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative,” for potential downgrade, or “Evolving,” where ratings may be raised or lowered. FitchAlert is relatively short term, and should be resolved within 12 months.

Ratings Outlook: An outlook is used to describe the most likely direction of any rating change over the intermediate term. It is described as “Positive” or “Negative.” The absence of a designation indicates a stable outlook.

A-7

APPENDIX B

ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL CONDITIONS IN NEW JERSEY

The following information is a brief summary of factors affecting the economy of the State of New Jersey and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors. Other factors will affect issuers. The summary is based upon publicly available offering statements relating to debt offerings of state and local issuers and other demographic information; however, it has not been updated nor will it be updated during the year. The Trust has not independently verified this information.

New Jersey (sometimes referred to herein as the “State”) operates on a fiscal year beginning July 1 and ending June 30. For example, “Fiscal Year 2009” refers to the State’s fiscal year beginning July 1, 2008 and ending June 30, 2009.

The General Fund is the fund into which all State revenues, not otherwise restricted by statute, are deposited and from which appropriations are made. The largest part of the total financial operations of the State is accounted for in the General Fund. Revenues received from taxes and unrestricted by statute, most federal revenue and certain miscellaneous revenue items are recorded in the General Fund.

The State’s undesignated General Fund balance was $377 million for Fiscal Year 2005 and $462 million for Fiscal Year 2006. For Fiscal Year 2007 and Fiscal Year 2008, the balance in the undesignated General Fund was $1,213 million and is estimated at $1,410 million, respectively.

The State’s economic base is diversified, consisting of a variety of manufacturing, construction and service industries, supplemented by rural areas with selective commercial agriculture.

New Jersey’s economy continued to expand in 2007, but at a slower pace than 2006. New Jersey added approximately 117,800 jobs between March 2003 and December 2007. Payroll employment increased at an average annual rate of .1% in 2007 after growing at 0.8% in 2006. The State’s level of payroll employment in December 2007 was around 4.1 million, remaining above the 4 million mark for the 47^th month in a row.

New Jersey’s employment fell by -0.1% in May 2008 (-5,300 jobs); this represents the first decline in 2008 as compared to a year ago. Most of the job losses reported in May 2008 were for the financial services sector (-8,300 jobs) reflecting the turmoil due to the subprime mortgage crisis. The State also continues to have job losses in manufacturing (-8,000 jobs) and in construction (-4,700 jobs), which may remain weak if the housing sector continues to decline. The government sector also shed over 1,000 jobs during this period. Employment gains between May 2007 and May 2008 were primarily spread across the service providing sectors with particularly strong growth in education and health services (11,600 jobs) followed by professional business services (3,900 jobs) and other services (2,300 jobs), as compared to year ago.

The generally, stable labor market conditions have kept the State’s unemployment rate below 5.0% through March 2008; however, it has increased to 5.4% in May 2008, reflecting the recent softening trend. However, the State’s unemployment rate remains below the national unemployment rate.

According to the United States Commerce Department, Bureau of Economic Analysis in a release dated June 19, 2008, the preliminary growth rate for New Jersey’s personal income of 3.6% for the first quarter of 2008 came in below the revised growth rate of 5.1% for the fourth quarter of 2007.

The housing sector is expected to continue to weaken in the months ahead with housing permits in 2008 expected to decline to approximately 20,000 units, significantly below the level of housing permits of approximately 34,000 units for 2006 and the approximately 25,000 units in 2007. Vehicle registrations fell by over 4% in 2007 and registrations for the first quarter of 2008 remain 9% below the same period a year ago. New vehicle registrations are projected to remain below the 600,000 vehicle registration level in 2008 and 2009.

New Jersey and the nation are expected to continue to experience moderating economic growth in 2008. In the Beige Book on economic performance released by the Federal Reserve Board on June 11, 2008, the Federal Reserve Board stated that economic activity remained generally weak. The latest New Jersey

B-1

economic forecasts from Global Insight, Moody’s Economy.com, and Rutgers University expect continued economic growth at a moderate pace; however, financial market stresses and the slowing housing sector may lead to further slowing of economic growth.

New Jersey’s economy is expected to follow the national trend in 2008. Employment is projected to contract slightly by approximately -0.2% in 2008 and stay flat in 2009. The personal income growth rate is expected to increase at a moderate pace of less than the 4.0% rate in 2008 and 2009.

Inflation is expected to remain above the 3% rate expected in 2008, as higher energy and other commodity prices are a concern. However, the Federal Open Market Committee (the “Committee”) expects inflation to moderate later in 2008 into 2009. Low interest rates have supported spending in the housing sector and other consumer durables in the State but further monetary easing is not expected. However, as indicated at its June 2008 meeting, the Committee expressed its belief that the substantial easing of monetary policy to date along with the Committee’s efforts to foster market liquidity should help to promote moderate economic growth over time.

The State and the nation may experience further near-term deterioration in growth and the expected pace of economic expansion may stall in consumers, investors, and businesses become more concerned about energy prices, financial market turmoil and geopolitical tensions. To a large extent, the future direction of the economy nationally and in New Jersey hinges on the assumptions regarding economic recession, energy prices and stability in financial markets. With the positive impact of the federal economic growth of the State are expected to stabilize in late 2008 and beyond.

Tort, Contract and Other Claims. At any given time, there are various numbers of claims and cases pending against the State, State agencies and employees, seeking recovery of monetary damages that are primarily paid out of the fund created pursuant to the New Jersey Tort Claims Act (N.J.S.A. 59:1-1, et seq.). The State does not formally estimate its reserve representing potential exposure for these claims and cases. The State is unable to estimate its exposure for these claims and cases.

The State routinely receives notices of claims seeking substantial sums of money. The majority of those claims have historically proven to be of substantially less value than the amount originally claimed. Under the New Jersey Tort Claims Act, any tort litigation against the State must be preceded by a notice of claim, which affords the State the opportunity for a six-month investigation prior to the filing of any suit against it.

In addition, at any given time, there are various numbers of contract and other claims against the State and State agencies, including environmental claims asserted against the State, among other parties, arising from the alleged disposal of hazardous waste. Claimants in such matters are seeking recovery of monetary damages or other relief which, if granted, would require the expenditure of funds. The State is unable to estimate its exposure for these claims.

At any given time, there are various numbers of claims and cases pending against the University of Medicine and Dentistry and its employees, seeking recovery of monetary damages that are primarily paid out of the Self Insurance Reserve Fund created pursuant to the New Jersey Tort Claims Act (N.J.S.A. 59:1-1, et seq.). An independent study estimated an aggregate potential exposure of $148,600,00 for tort and medical malpractice claims pending as of December 31, 2007. In addition, at any given time, there are various numbers of contract and other claims against the University of Medicine and Dentistry, seeking recovery of monetary damages or other relief which, if granted, would require the expenditure of funds. The State is unable to estimate its exposure for these claims.

Buena Regional Commercial Township et al. v. New Jersey Department of Education et al. This lawsuit was filed in Superior Court, Chancery Division, Cumberland County. This lawsuit was filed on December 9, 1997, on behalf of 17 rural school districts seeking the same type of relief as has been mandated to be provided to the poor urban school districts in Abbott v. Burke. The plaintiffs requested a declaratory judgment stating that the chancery court retain jurisdiction, pending the remanding of the matter to the Commissioner of Education (the “Commissioner”) for a hearing. The chancery court did

B-2

not retain jurisdiction. Once the matter was transferred to the Commissioner, plaintiffs moved to amend their pleadings and have done so three times. With each new pleading, the State has answered with a motion to dismiss. Decisions on the first two motions to dismiss were rendered moot by plaintiffs’ filing of a subsequent amended pleading. On February 24, 2000, the Commissioner decided the State’s final motion to dismiss and ordered that the matter be transmitted to the Office of Administrative Law (“OAL”) for a hearing limited to whether each petitioning district has fully effectuated the provisions of the Comprehensive Educational Improvement and Financing Act (“CEIFA”), including the provisions for early childhood program aid and demonstrably effective program aid. On December 29, 2000, the Administrative Law Judge (“ALJ”) rendered a decision finding that all of the petitioning school districts established that they were using CEIFA funding appropriately and recommended that the second part of the hearing process move forward. Subsequently, with a modification as to the standard of review, the Commissioner affirmed the ALJ’s decision. The matter was remanded to the OAL to determine whether educational deficiencies exist in the districts and, if so, whether the deficiencies are linked to the funding formula. On September 26, 2002, the ALJ issued an Initial Decision, finding that five of the seventeen petitioning school districts were unable to provide a thorough and efficient education to their students. As a remedy, the ALJ recommended full “Abbott” funding for these five districts. On November 9, 2002, the parties submitted written exceptions to the Initial Decision. Of the twelve (12) districts that were unsuccessful in demonstrating a failure to provide a thorough and efficient education to their students and therefore no remedy was proposed by the ALJ, only six filed exceptions that the ALJ was incorrect as to them.

Following a review of the Initial Decision, exceptions and record, the Commissioner, on February 10, 2003, adopted in part and rejected in part the Initial Decision. The Commissioner rejected the finding that Buena Regional, Commercial, Fairfield and Woodbine met the standard for “special needs district” status. The Commissioner adopted the finding that Salem City met the standard for special needs status and recommended to the Legislature that Salem be included within CEIFA’s definition of an “Abbott District.” Additionally, the Commissioner adopted the finding that the other twelve petitioning districts did not demonstrate that CEIFA is insufficient to enable them to provide a thorough and efficient education to their students. In the cases of Buena Regional, Commercial, Fairfield, Salem City and Woodbine, the Commissioner directed the respective County Superintendents to undertake thorough reviews of the districts’ 2003-04 budgets to determine their sufficiency to provide a thorough and efficient education as well as to ensure the appropriate use of Early Childhood Program Aid and Demonstrably Effective Program Aid. The Commissioner further directed the County Superintendents to take any appropriate actions, including fund reallocation, to target areas of particular need. Finally, the Commissioner determined that it may be appropriate to trigger his powers pursuant to N.J.S.A. 18A:7F-6 if the reviews of the respective County Superintendents so merit. On March 6, 2003, ten of the districts appealed the decision of the Commissioner of Education to the State Board of Education. On July 2, 2003, two of the ten districts withdrew their appeals. On June 15, 2005, the Legal Committee of the State Board of Education issued a report (“Report”) to the parties. The Report found that the current methods of funding school districts in the State are ineffective and cause disparities. Moreover, the Report found that the appealing school districts in this litigation and those school districts in this litigation which did not pursue an appeal are entitled to relief. The Report directs the Commissioner to undertake a Statewide study of components necessary for a thorough and efficient education and for the Commissioner to conduct individual school district needs assessments for all of the original school districts in this litigation. The parties have an opportunity to file exceptions to the Report prior to its presentation to the State Board of Education for approval. The Department of Education (the “Department”) filed exceptions to a revised report. On January 4, 2006, the State Board of Education adopted the revised report, with slight modifications, from the Legal Committee, thereby finding CEIFA unconstitutional as applied to the school districts in this litigation. The State Board of Education has directed the Commissioner to design a needs assessment, which is to be performed in each of the school districts participating in this litigation. The Commissioner is directed to submit the proposed design of the needs assessment to the State Board of Education by February 1, 2006. Additionally, the State Board

B-3

of Education found problems with the method of school funding on a Statewide basis and directed the Commissioner to analyze the current system and provide the State Board of Education with findings and recommendations as to the educational components essential to the establishment of a unified system for public education which meets constitutional goals.

On January 11, 2006, a notice of appeal was filed with the New Jersey Superior Court, Appellate Division on behalf of the plaintiffs. On February 23, 2006, the State filed a motion to dismiss the appeal as to all (except 8) parties. On March 28, 2006, the Appellate Division granted the State’s motion to dismiss (“March 28th Order”). The plaintiffs filed a motion for reconsideration of the Appellate Division’s March 28th Order on March 31, 2006. On April 17, 2006, the plaintiff’s motion for reconsideration was denied. On January 29, 2007 the plaintiffs filed with the New Jersey Supreme Court (the “Supreme Court”) a notice of motion for certification of appeal pending unheard in the Appellate Division. On that same date plaintiffs also filed in the Appellate Division a motion to accelerate the appeal. Both motions were denied on February 21, 2007. On March 14, 2008, the Appellate Division affirmed the decision of the State Board of Education. The State intends to vigorously defend this matter.

2001-2002 Abbott District Appeals. Several Abbott districts filed administrative petitions of appeal to the Commissioner of Education regarding departmental decisions rendered on approved programs and funding for the 2001-2002 school year. Additionally, four districts filed appeals on behalf of each of the schools in their districts challenging the Department’s determinations on each school’s Whole School Reform Plan/School-Based Budgets. The matters involving three of the districts have been amicably resolved. With regard to the fourth district, Elizabeth, upon notice by the district, the initial decisions of the Administrative Law Judge were not acted upon by the Commissioner and, instead, the matter was dismissed as withdrawn by the district. Also, eleven districts filed petitions of appeal on the Department’s decisions awarding additional Abbott v. Burke State aid seeking, in total, over $353 million in additional aid. The districts disagreed with the Department’s findings of budget reallocations, revenues and the final award of additional Abbott v. Burke State aid. Motions to dismiss in lieu of answers were filed in four of the eleven districts. The State’s motion to dismiss the petition in one of the eleven districts was granted and the remaining matters were transferred to the Office of Administrative Law for hearing. Amicable resolutions were reached in ten of the eleven districts. Finally, the Education Law Center (“ELC”) filed a petition and amended petition challenging the decisions and non-decisions of the Department in this regard on behalf of students in the thirty Abbott districts. Generally, the ELC took issue with the Department’s process and decisions regarding additional Abbott v. Burke State aid. On August 24, 2001, the State filed a motion for summary decision in lieu of answer and will continue to vigorously defend this appeal.

J.D., J.G., v. Lucille E. Davy, Commissioner of the New Jersey Department of Education. In late January 2007, plaintiffs filed a complaint in the New Jersey Superior Court, Chancery Division, Essex County (the “Court”) for injunctive and declaratory relief striking down provisions of State law, specifically N.J.S.A. 18A:36A-10, N.J.S.A. 18A:36A-12 and N.J.A.C. 6A:10A-1.2, that plaintiffs allege unconstitutionally discriminate against children attending Newark public charter schools. The action is styled as a class action for all students currently attending public charter schools in Newark. The complaint further states that the disparity between Abbott funding in Newark’s district schools and the public charter schools in Newark is $9,600 annually per pupil and $37,000 per pupil in facilities funding. By not allowing Newark’s public charter schools access to Abbott funding and State facilities funding, plaintiffs allege the State is violating the Equal Protection Clause of the New Jersey Constitution. The State filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on April 10, 2007. Oral argument on the motion was heard on July 13, 2007, at which time the Court reserved decision on the State’s motion. The State intends to vigorously defend this matter.

Abbott v. Burke (Motion to Enforce Facilities Order). On October 2, 2007 the plaintiffs filed a new motion in aid of litigants’ rights with the New Jersey Supreme Court (the “Supreme Court”) requesting the State be ordered to comply with prior Supreme Court directives to remediate the school facilities deficiencies in the Abbott districts. The plaintiffs argue that the State is in default of its constitutional

B-4

obligations to fund school facilities construction projects in the Abbott districts. The plaintiffs are requesting that the Supreme Court order the State to secure and provide funding necessary to resume planning, design, construction and other activities to complete approved school construction projects in the Abbott districts, including necessary health and safety repairs, by December 31, 2007. Oral argument was held on January 23, 2008. By order dated February 19, 2008, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion in light of representations made by the state that the Governor would seek legislation authorizing an increase in the satutory bond limit for Abbott district school facilities construction projects by a minimum of $2.5 billion in February 2008. The State intends to vigorously defend this matter.

Lonegan v. State. On July 28, 2008, a complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, Bergen County, Docket Number BER-L-5712-08, against the State, the State Treasurer, the New Jersey Economic Development Authority (“NJEDA” and, together with the State and the State Treasurer, the “State Defendants”), the Governor of the State and the Commissioner of the Department of Education claiming that P.L. 2008, c. 39, which amends certain provisions of the Educational Facilities Construction and Financing Act (Chapter 72, §§ 1 through 30 and 57 through 71 of the Laws of New Jersey of 2000), and authorizes the issuance by NJEDA of an additional $3.9 billion of bonds, the debt service on which is payable from State appropriations under a contract between the NJEDA and the State Treasurer (collectively, the “School Construction Bonds”), violates Article VIII, Section 2, paragraph 3 of the New Jersey Constitution, commonly known as the “Debt Limitation Clause.”

The plaintiff previously asserted that School Construction Bonds were subject to voter referendum pursuant to the Debt Limitation Clause in the cases of Lonegan v. State, 174 N.J. 435 (2002) and Lonegan v. State, 176 N.J. 2 (2003), and the New Jersey Supreme Court ruled in favor of the State Defendants. The State plans to vigorously defend this matter.

New Jersey Protection and Advocacy, Inc. v. Jennifer Velez (I). Plaintiff, a non-profit agency designated as New Jersey’s protection and advocacy organization (“NJP&A”) pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 10801 et seq., filed this action on April 5, 2005. NJP&A filed an amended complaint on May 19, 2005, eliminating the state law claims from its original complaint. The suit alleges that the Department of Human Services (“DHS”) is in violation of Due Process provisions of the United States Constitution; the integration mandate of Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. 12130 et seq., as interpreted by the Supreme Court in Olmstead v. L.C., 527 U.S. 581 (1999); and Section 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act, 29 U.S.C. §794.

Specifically, NJP&A is seeking to vindicate the rights of all patients in state psychiatric hospitals on Conditional Extension Pending Placement (“CEPP”) status, pursuant to IMO S.L., 94 N.J. 128 (1983)). NJP&A is seeking prospective injunctive relief, specifically an order requiring DHS to promptly take all necessary steps to enable patients on CEPP status to receive services in the most integrated setting appropriate to their needs; monetary penalties, prevailing party costs, disbursements and attorneys’ fees pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 1988; and an injunction requiring DHS to report to NJP&A on the number and names of CEPP patients and other information as NJP&A may require, on a ongoing basis. The State filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. In its opposition to the motion, NJP&A agreed to strike the portion of the complaint in which it requested a per diem penalty. The remainder of the motion to dismiss was denied by the court on September 30, 2005. The State filed its answer denying liability on all claims asserted by NJP&A on October 13, 2005. In February 2008, DHS issued a written plan, Home to Recovery — CEPP Plan, to develop a system over the next six years that ensures persons placed on CEPP status are placed within six months. At this time, the State estimates its exposure for these claims to be in excess of $20 million per year in increased costs for community placements. The State is vigorously defending this matter.

New Jersey Protection and Advocacy, Inc. et al. v. Jennifer Velez (II). Plaintiff, NJP&A and two clients of the New Jersey Department of Human Services, Division of Developmental Disabilities (“Department”) filed this action on September 29, 2005. On October 7, 2005, Plaintiff served defendant, Commissioner of

B-5

Human Services (“Commissioner”) with a summons complaint and waiver of service. The Plaintiff alleges that the Department is in violation of Title II of the Americans With Disabilities Act (the “ADA”), as interpreted in Olmstead v. L.C., 527 U.S. 581 (1999), Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act and the Medicaid Act. The Plaintiff is seeking declaratory and prospective injunctive relief, attorneys fees, litigation expenses and other relief. More specifically, the Plaintiff seeks community placements for the people that Plaintiff alleges are in State-operated developmental centers while awaiting community placement. The State filed its answer on December 5, 2005.

On February 1, 2008, the Plaintiff filed an amended complaint, alleging that the Commissioner is in violation of the Fourteenth Amendment of the United States Constitution and the ADA because the Commissioner fails to provide for commitment hearings before a developmentally disabled individual is admitted to a State developmental center and fails to provide for on-going commitment hearings during an individual’s continued residence at a State developmental center. In addition, the Plaintiff seeks injunctive relief requiring that the State conduct hearings on notice and with representation for the developmentally disabled individual prior to admission and annually thereafter. Pursuant to L. 2006, c. 61, on May 21, 2007, the Department submitted to the State Legislature an eight-year plan to make community placements for all people who are assessed to be appropriate for community placement and wish to be so placed. The State filed its answer on June 4, 2007. The State is vigorously defending this matter.

New Jersey Protection and Advocacy, Inc. v. Jennifer Velez (III). Plaintiff, NJP&A filed suit on April 23, 2008 against the Commissioner of the Department of Human Services seeking relief for individuals who are eligible for services from the New Jersey Department of Human Services, Division of Developmental Disabilities (the “Department”), seeking reformation of the Department’s Home and Community Based Waiver services, which are implemented by the Department pursuant to State and federal law. Part of that cost is borne by the federal government as part of the New Jersey Community Care Waiver, which is part of the State’s Medicaid plan. NJP&A alleges that there are approximately 8,000 developmentally disabled persons on the waiting list for community placements. Although both State law and the Medicaid Act allow waiting lists, NJP&A’s suit, brought under 42 U.S.C.A. § 1983, alleges that the waiver program, as currently utilized, violates Title II of the ADA, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, and Sections 1396a(a)(8) and 1396n(c)(2)(C) and (d)(2)(c) of the Medicaid Act. NJP&A seeks an injunction requiring the State to provide the community services within specified reasonable time frames and to eliminate the waiting list within 3 years, as well as other relief, attorneys’ fees other and costs. The State filed a motion for a more definite statement and to strike portions of the complaint. The State is vigorously defending this matter.

East Cape May Associates v. New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection. This matter is a regulatory taking case in which the plaintiff claims that it is entitled to in excess of $30 million in damages for a taking of its property without just compensation. The property is approximately 96 acres of freshwater wetlands in the City of Cape May. Plaintiff filed its complaint in Superior Court, Law Division, on December 8, 1992, after the Department of Environmental Protection (“DEP”) denied an application for 366 single family homes. On motion for summary judgment, the trial court ruled that the State was liable for a regulatory taking as of December 1992. Thereafter, the New Jersey Appellate Division held that DEP could avoid liability by approving development on the property under Section 22(b) of the Freshwater Wetlands Protection Act. In addition, the Appellate Division remanded the case for a determination of whether the “property” also included 100 acres previously developed by the plaintiff’s principals. On remand from the Appellate Division, the trial court ruled on October 8, 1999 that the “property” did not include the 100 acres previously developed, and that DEP could not approve development of the 80 remaining acres without first adopting rules. Since DEP had not adopted rules, the trial court held the DEP’s development offer of 64 homes on the 80 acres was ineffective and DEP was liable for a taking of the property. The State filed an appeal of the trial court’s decision and East Cape May Associates filed a cross-appeal. Oral argument was held on May 14, 2001. On July 25, 2001, the Appellate Division affirmed the trial court’s decision, and found that before DEP could approve limited

B-6

development to avoid a taking, it was required to adopt rules. The Appellate Division remanded the case for such rule-making, the making of a development offer under the rules, and a determination by the trial court as to whether the new offer complies with the rules and avoids a taking. East Cape May Associates petitioned the New Jersey Supreme Court for certification of this decision, which was denied. Upon remand from the Appellate Division, DEP promulgated regulations to implement Section 22(b), which took effect on January 22, 2002 and is now implementing those rules. The case remains on remand pending DEP’s full implementation of the regulations. In July 2003, the trial judge referred the case to mediation and appointed former Justice Daniel O’Hern as mediator. On February 17, 2005, mediator Justice O’Hern advised the trial court that mediation had concluded without agreement. A settlement was tentatively reached in January 2008, but the parties have not been able to satisfy various settlement contingencies to date. In the meantime, DEP is moving forward to implement its Section 22(b) rules and to prepare its Section 22(b) development offer. The Superior Court, Law Division has selected a 450-day time frame for discovery. The State is vigorously defending this matter.

FiberMark North America, Inc. v. State of New Jersey, Department of Environmental Protection. This lawsuit was filed in Superior Court, Law Division, Hunterdon County on May 27, 2008 by FiberMark North America, Inc. (“FiberMark”) as owner of the Warren Glen waste water treatment facility (“Warren Glen”) in Hunterdon County. FiberMark’s complaint asserts claims against DEP under the New Jersey Eminent Domain Act, N.J.S.A. 20:3-1 et seq., Article 1, Paragraph 20 of the State Constitution and the 5^th and 14^th Amendments of the United States Constitution, and for trespass, private nuisance, negligence and dangerous condition under the New Jersey Tort Claims Act, N.J.S.A. 59:1-1 et seq. Specifically, FiberMark alleges that DEP is responsible for unpermitted discharges of landfill pollutants into FiberMark’s waste water treatment lagoon #1 at Warren Glen from a neighboring landfill. FiberMark also claims that it has suffered damages due to incurred maintenance costs for Warren Glen, taxes, utility fees, license fees and operating fees and costs associated with Warren Glen, costs to operate the wastewater treatment system for Warren Glen, costs associated with delay in the clean-up of Warren Glen under the ISRA statutes, consulting and legal fees, and other costs resulting from being unable to cease operations and to decommission and sell Warren Glen.

FiberMark claims it is the successor to a 1991 landfill agreement (“1991 Agreement”), by which FiberMark was obligated to receive and treat leachate from the neighboring landfill in FiberMark’s waste water treatment lagoons before discharge into the Musconetcong River. FiberMark claims that as part of a voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition for reorganization filed in the State of Vermont, the bankruptcy court granted FiberMark’s motion to reject the 1991 Agreement on June 23, 2005. FiberMark claims it has had no responsibility to treat the leachate from the neighboring landfill since that date and has suffered damages from DEP’s alleged illegal discharges of leachate onto Warren Glen, but that DEP forced FiberMark to continue treating leachate discharged from the neighboring landfill from March 2006 through September 13, 2007. In April 2007, DEP successfully rerouted the leachate so that it no longer runs onto Warren Glen and is permanently enjoined, on a prospective basis, from allowing leachate to run onto Warren Glen pursuant to a partial consent judgment entered into by the parties on September 12, 2007 in a related case, FiberMark North America Inc. v. Jackson, previously filed in the United States District Court. The State filed its answer to FiberMark’s complaint filed in State court on June 23, 2008. The State is vigorously defending this matter.

New Jersey Education Association et al. v. State of New Jersey et al. This matter was filed in the New Jersey Superior Court, Law Division, Mercer County. Plaintiffs’ third amended complaint alleges that the State violated various constitutional provisions, statutes and common law by failing to fund the Teachers’ Pension and Annuity Fund (“TPAF”) in the amount and manner prescribed by law while increasing the contribution paid by employees who participate in the fund from 3% to 5%. In particular, plaintiffs allege that the Treasurer failed to submit to the Legislature a request for the monies certified by the TPAF’s actuary to be necessary to fund the State’s contribution to the TPAF for Fiscal Years 2004 through 2007 and that the State Legislature failed to properly fund the TPAF as required by law and required the local school boards to increase the employees’ contributions from 3% to 5% in violation of applicable law.

B-7

Plaintiffs are seeking a judgment declaring that defendants’ failure to “properly and adequately fund” the TPAF violates various constitutional and statutory provisions, including provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. In their complaint, plaintiffs ask that the defendants be directed to make a payment into the TPAF or in the alternative, that the employees’ contribution be maintained at 3% and not increased. In addition, plaintiffs are seeking attorneys fees, disbursements and costs pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 188 or any other legal basis.

On April 28, 2004, the State moved to dismiss the complaint for failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted. Oral argument on the motion was held on June 11, 2004. On July 15, 2004, the court issued its decision granting the State’s motion to dismiss as to claims of violation of the constitutional principles of uniformity and fairness in taxation, violation of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and N.J.S.A. 43:3C-9.1, and breach of promissory estoppel. The court denied the State’s motion on the other claims. On or about June 28, 2004, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint which included allegations of underfunding the TPAF for the Fiscal Year 2005 and which sought an additional payment of $675 million into the TPAF. On November 23, 2004, the State moved to dismiss the amended complaint which motion was denied. The State then moved for leave to appeal to the Appellate Division seeking review of the court’s denial of the State’s motion to dismiss. On January 13, 2005, the Appellate Division denied the State’s motion. On February 2, 2005, the State moved for leave to appeal to the Supreme Court of New Jersey seeking review of the court’s order declining to dismiss the amended complaint against the State. By order dated September 12, 2005, the Supreme Court denied the State’s motion for leave to appeal. On April 2, 2008, the trial court held that the plaintiffs had failed to prove a substantial impairment of a contractual right and dismissed the complaint in its entirety. On May 22, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal. The State is vigorously defending this matter.

Professional Firefighters Association of New Jersey et al. v. State of New Jersey et al. This matter was filed in the New Jersey Superior Court, Law Division, Mercer County, on October 4, 2005 and was served on the State on October 20, 2005. The plaintiffs’ complaint alleges that the State violated various constitutional provisions (federal and State), statutes and common law by failing to fund the Police and Firemen’s Retirement System (“PFRS”) for Fiscal Year 2004 and Fiscal Year 2005 in the amount required by law. The plaintiffs also challenge the constitutionality of P.L. 2003, c. 108, which reduces the PFRS contributions required of local employers for Fiscal Year 2004 through Fiscal Year 2007. In addition to a judgment declaring that the defendants’ failure to properly and adequately fund PFRS in Fiscal Year 2004 and Fiscal Year 2005 violates various constitutional provisions, statutes and common law, the plaintiffs seek an order requiring the State “to make a payment to PFRS for FY2004 and FY2005 to properly fund the PFRS, in accordance with fiscally responsible actuarial calculations.” On January 26, 2007, the court heard arguments on motions made by the State to dismiss the complaint. On March 13, 2007, the court granted the State’s motion to dismiss three counts of the seven count complaint and to merge the other counts. The only count before the court is the plaintiffs’ claim that the State’s funding decisions constitute an unconstitutional impairment of contract. Discovery in the case is in progress. The State is vigorously defending this matter.

AMEC Civil, LLC v. State of New Jersey, Department of Transportation (MON-L-003174-03), (MON-L-004675-03) and (MON-L-3671-04). These matters were filed in the Law Division of the Superior Court of New Jersey in Monmouth County in 2003 and 2004. They involve claims against the New Jersey Department of Transportation (“DOT”) arising from a construction contract involving the N.J. Route 35 Shark River Bridge Replacement in Belmar, New Jersey. Plaintiff alleges that DOT breached the contract on various grounds including, without limitation, the DOT placed limitations on plaintiff’s work hours and work days in the river channel; the DOT gave instructions to plaintiff during a beam erection which resulted in an accident; the project was defectively designed so that it could not be constructed as designed; the DOT failed to disclose access problems and differing site conditions; the DOT failed to obtain permits and utility relocations; and the DOT is generally responsible for a host of delay-causing issues resulting in significant alleged damages to the plaintiff. By order of the court dated December 15, 2004, all three matters were consolidated for all purposes. On March 18, 2005,

B-8

cross-motions for summary judgment on the issues concerning access to the river channel were denied by the court. The discovery period ended on May 9, 2007. In June 2007, the parties took part in mediation in an effort to settle the litigation. Such efforts were unsuccessful. Motions for summary judgment were filed on October 1, 2007. On May 22, 2008, the motions for summary judgment were argued. Decision on the motions for summary judgment is still pending by the court. No trial date has yet been set. The State is vigorously defending these matters.

Railroad Construction Company, Inc. v. State of New Jersey, Department of Transportation. This matter is not yet in litigation. It involves claims of approximately $47.4 million by Railroad Construction Company, Inc. (“RCC”) against the New Jersey Department of Transportation (“DOT”) arising from a construction contract. The construction contract was for the construction of weigh stations and commercial vehicle inspection stations with complex weighing/monitoring and signaling systems to monitor truck traffic located in either direction of Route 78, at Exit 6 off of Route 78 in Greenwich Township, Warren County. Additionally, the commercial vehicle inspection station on the eastbound side was expanded for use by the New Jersey State Police to provide offices, a break room and a jail cell. Associated roadway improvements constructed include 15 sign structures, lighting, drainage, reconstruction of two bridges, and removal and replacement of a third bridge. The old weigh station at Exit 3 eastbound was demolished. RCC alleges that DOT breached its contract on various grounds, including, but not limited to: unanticipated rock removal; unusual weather conditions; errors in the construction documents; changes in the character of the work; additional work; inaccurate plans to perform milling and paving; acceleration required by DOT; State shutdown during the summer of 2006; JCP&L utility strike; lane occupancy charges; and subcontractor issues. Substantial completion of the project occurred on or about July 28, 2007, but the project is not yet fully complete. RCC is providing documentation in support of its claims. DOT and RCC will initially present their positions to the DOT Claims Committee. If resolution fails, both parties have agreed to proceed to mediation. If mediation fails, it is anticipated that RCC will file suit. The State will vigorously defend this matter.

Twenty First Century Rail Corporation v. New Jersey Transit Corporation. This case is not yet in litigation. In December 2007, Twenty First Century Rail Corporation (“TFC”) filed a claim against the New Jersey Transit Corporation (“NJ Transit”) concerning the construction by TFC of a major portion of the second phase of NJ Transit’s Hudson Bergen Light Rail Transit Project (“HBLRT”), pursuant to the claims review process set forth in TFC’s contract with NJ Transit. TFC is the prime contractor on the long-term design, construction and operation of the HBLRT. Although the entire project was bid out by NJ Transit as a design/build/operate/maintain contract to be constructed in several major phases, one portion of the second phase was designed in its entirety by NJ Transit’s design consultant firm, Parsons, Brinkerhoff, Quade & Douglass (the “Design Consultant”), for construction by TFC (the “N-30 Tunnel Contract”). The N-30 Tunnel Contract involved the enlargement and rehabilitation of the existing Weehawken Tunnel under the Palisades, the construction of a new street-level station to be connected to the Weehawken Tunnel by an elevator system, and the installation of necessary light rail tracks, signals and communications. The contract with TFC required it to subcontract out the work after soliciting competitive bids. The subcontract was issued by TFC to a joint venture of Frontier-Kemper Constructors, J.F. Shea Construction and Beton-Und Monierbau (collectively, “Frontier-Kemper”). TFC and Frontier-Kemper claim that substantial design errors and omissions by NJ Transit’s Design Consultant led to significant delays on the N-30 Tunnel Contract by Frontier-Kemper, resulting in substantial damages to Frontier-Kemper. The State is vigorously defending this matter.

Horizon Blue Cross Blue Shield of New Jersey v. The State of New Jersey et als. The New Jersey Legislature amended the insurance premiums tax to remove the availability of the insurance premiums tax “cap” for health service corporations. The Legislature projected that the amendment would have a positive revenue effect of approximately $40 million annually. On July 6, 2005, Horizon Blue Cross Blue Shield of New Jersey (“Horizon”) filed a complaint in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Chancery Division, Essex County, contesting this tax amendment and seeking (i) a declaration that the statute is unconstitutional; (ii) to restrain and enjoin the State from collecting the tax; and (iii) other relief.

B-9

Horizon asserts numerous Federal and State constitutional claims regarding the amendment, including violations of due process, equal protection, special legislation, retroactivity, the takings clause, and the attainder clause, and unauthorized state action under 42 U.S.C. Sec. 1983. The State filed an answer and a motion to transfer the matter to the Tax Court of New Jersey, on August 9, 2005, respectively. On October 28, 2005, the court granted the State’s motion to transfer this matter to the Tax Court of New Jersey.

On February 9, 2006, Horizon filed an order to show cause seeking injunctive relief against enforcement by the State of the amendment. On February 21, 2006, the State filed its opposition to the order to show cause and also filed a cross motion to dismiss Horizon’s Section 1983 and takings clause claims. On February 22, 2006, the Tax Court denied Horizon’s request for injunctive relief, agreeing with the State that the payment of the insurance premium tax pursuant to the amendment did not cause irreparable harm to Horizon. The Tax Court also, on February 22, 2006, denied the State’s cross motion. On May 4, 2006, the State filed a motion to dismiss Horizon’s Section 1983 claim for failure to state a claim. On May 26, 2006, in response to the State’s motion to dismiss Horizon’s Section 1983 claim, Horizon filed a cross motion to compel discovery; which cross motion has been subsequently withdrawn. On June 9, 2006, the Tax Court dismissed Horizon’s Section 1983 claim. Discovery in this matter continues. The State is vigorously defending this matter.

New Jersey Self-Storage Association, etc. et. Al. v. Jon Corzine, et al. (II) On or about January 12, 2007, the New Jersey Self-Storage Association (the “Plaintiff”) field a complaint in the New Jersey Superior, Chancery Division, Monmouth County. The Plaintiff seeks a declaration under N.J.S.A. 2A:16-50 that the enactment of the new seven (7) percent sales tax on self-storage receipts violates several Federal and State constitutional provisions including, violations of due process and equal protection, the takings clause, the special legislation clause and the uniformity clause. On March 5, 2007, the State filed a motion (in lieu of an answer) to dismiss the complaint, or in the alternative, to transfer this matter to the Tax Court of New Jersey. On April 24, 2007, the Court granted the State’s motion to transfer this matter to the Tax Court of New Jersey. In December 2007, the plaintiff filed a motion for summary judgment. On February 19, 2008, the State filed its brief in opposition to the plaintiff’s motion for summary judgment and cross-moved for summary judgment. Arguments on the matter were held on May 23, 2008. On June 25, 2008, The Tax Court ruled in favor of the State denying the plaintiff’s motion for summary judgment and granted the State’s cross-motion for summary judgment dismissing four of the plaintiff’s five Federal and State constitutional claims. The plaintiff must advise the Tax Court and the State by July 25, 2008, whether the plaintiff will pursue their remaining Federal and State constitutional claim based on the takings clause. The State is vigorously defending this matter.

Currently, Standard & Poor’s rates the State of New Jersey’s general obligation bonds AA. Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Fitch Ratings rate the State of New Jersey’s general obligation bonds Aa3 and AA-, respectively.

B-10